(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Britannica Book Of The Year 1951"

TEXT PROBLEM 
WITHIN THE 
BOOK ONLY 



68405 



CD CO 

Ij > 



BRITANNIC A 
BOOK OF THE YEAR 

I 95 1 



BRITANNICA 
BOOK OF THE YEAR 



1951 




*i768 * 



ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA, LTD 

CHICAGO LONDON TORONTO 



COPYRIGHT BY 

ENCYCLOPEDIA BR1TANNICA, LTD. 
LONDON, 1951 



PRINTED AND BOUND BY 

KNIGHT FORSTFR, LTD. 

LPEDS 



PREFACE 

FOR this, the 1951 edition of the Britannica Book of the Year, the opportunity 
was taken to emphasize by an increase in length the importance of a few articles 
dealing with topics especially prominent in 1950. One of the selected articles 
was COMMUNIST MOVEMENT. For, as the contributor has said in his introductory 
sentence to it, " it was generally recognized by 1950 that the Communist movement 
in the world was a much more complicated affair than had often been realized." 
It was hoped, therefore, that the article would give to all a better understanding of 
the subject's facets. A corollary to this decision was a fuller treatment for the article 
CHINA, a country which by Oct. 1950 had completed its first full year of control by 
the People's Republic. A third choice fell most deservedly but less dramatically 
upon the British domestic topic of LIBRARIES to mark the centenary of the passing 
of the Public Libraries act in 1850. 

The year also demanded a number of new titles. One of these, HOLY YEAR, 
though by its nature transitory, offered the opportunity for some good descriptive 
writing; another, unwelcome, was KOREAN WAR. The barometers of opinion and 
emotion were seldom steady about this war but at the start the mood of the Western 
world was captured by the cartoon reproduced from Punch on page 649. 

Other new articles to be introduced included CIVIL DEFENCE, EUROPEAN COAL 
AND STEEL POOL (Schuman Plan), EASTERN EUROPEAN ECONOMIC PLANNING and 

HEAVY ENGINEERING and LIGHT ENGINEERING. It had been felt for some time 



that the articles on individual industries, which were retained, had failed by 
themselves to give the general reader a sufficiently, clear picture of industrial 
achievements and developments. The articles on heavy and light engineering were 
planned to overcome this defect. 

An innovation was the assigning of separate articles to all British and French 
colonies, the article FRENCH UNION now becoming a general review like its counter- 
part COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS. Marching with the times COMMONWEALTH OF 
NATIONS was itself a change of title taking the place of the former BRITISH EMPIRE. 
Other changes of title were YOUTH EMPLOYMENT for JUVENILE EMPLOYMENT; 
JEWRY, WORLD for JUDAISM. Grave and gay, as much as possible of the happenings 
of 1950 were recorded. KASHMIR was conspicuous; Brumas was remembered. 

JOHN ARM1TAGE 

London Editor. 



EDITORS AND CONTRIBUTORS 

WALTER YUST, Editor in chief of Encyclopaedia Britannica 
JOHN ARM IT AGE, London Editor 

The initials and names of contributors to the Britannica Book of the Year with the principal 
articles written by them are given below. The arrangement is alphabetical by initials. 



A.A.P. Greece 

ALEXANDER ALEXANDROU PALLIS. B.A. Minister Pleni- 
potentiary attached to the Greek Embassy; Director, Greek Office of 
Information, London. Author of Greece's Anatolian Venture 
and After; etc. 

A.C.Ch. X-Ray and Radiology 

ARTHUR C. CHRISTIE, M.D. Chief, Department of Radiology, 
Doctors Hospital Medical Centre, Washington. 

A.Ck. English Literature (in part) 

ARTHUR CROOK. Literary Critic, London. 

A. Da. Football (in part) 

ALLISON DANZIG. Member of sports staff, The New York Times. 
Author of The Racquet Game; etc. 

A.D.Ls. Entomology 

ANTHONY DAVID LEES, M.A., Ph.D. Senior Scientific Officer, 
Agricultural Research Council, Unit of Insect Physiology, Great 
Britain. 

A,Dr. Textile Industry (in part) 

ALFRED DAWBER, Mem. Text. Inst. Editor of Textile Manu- 
facturer, Manchester; compiler of Textile Manufacturer Year Book; 
etc. 

Ae. Rackets; Tennis 

LORD ABERDARE. Chairman, National Association of Boys' 
Clubs. Former rackets and tennis amateur champion of Britain, 
U.S. and Canada. Author of First Steps to Rackets (with E. B. Noel). 

A.Flo. Spanish-American Literature 

ANGEL FLORES. Chairman, Latin American Area Studies, and 
Professor of Latin American Literature, Queens College, Flushing, 
New York. Author of Lope de Vega; Cervantes Across the Centuries; 
The Kafka Problem; Fiesta in November. 

A.G.Br. Dyestuffs (in part) 

ANSCO G. BRUINIER, Jr. Technical Advertising Manager, 
Dyestuffs Division, Organic Chemicals Department, E. I. du Pont 
de Nemours and Company, Inc., Wilmington, Delaware. 

A.G.L.I. Hospitals (in part); Nursing 

A. G. L. IVES, M.V.O., M.A. Secretary, King Edward's Hospital 
Fund for London. Author of British Hospitals. 

A.G.Ne. Munitions of War (in part) 

A. G. NOBLE. Rear Admiral, U.S. Navy. Chief of the Bureau of 
Ordnance, Department of the Navy, Washington. 

A.H.H. Venereal Diseases (in part) 

ARTHUR HERBERT HARKNESS, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. Director, 
Endell Street Clinic (Institute of Urology), London; Civil Consultant 
to the Royal Navy. Author of Non-gonococcal Urethritis. 

A.H. J.B. Docks and Harbours (in part) ; etc. 

ALFRED HENRY JAMES BOWN, F.C.I.S., M.I.T. General 
Manager and Clerk, River Wear Commissioners, Sunderland. 
Author of Port Operation and Administration (with C. A. Dove). 

A.H.Ld. Forestry (in part) 

ARTHUR HENRY LLOYD, O.B.E., M.C., T.D., M.A. Lecturer 
in Forestry, University of Oxford. Author of Engineering for Forest 
Rangers. 

A.H.Md. Betting and Gambling (in part} ; Contract Bridge (in part) 
ALBERT H. MOREHEAD. Editor, The Official Rules of Card 
Games', Bridge Editor, The New York Times. Author of The Modern 
Hoyle; etc. 

A.J.A. Social Security, U.S. 

A. J. ALTMEYER. Commissioner, Social Security Administration, 
Federal Security Agency, Washington. 

A. J.Ar. Industrial Health (in part) 

ARTHUR JOSEPH AMOR, C.B.E., M.D., M.Sc., D.l.H. Principal 
Medical Officer, Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd., London. 
Author of An X-ray Atlas of Silicosis; The Chemical Aspects of 
Silicosis; Notes on the Toxicity of Solvents. 

A.J.Coe. South African Literature (in part) 

ABEL JACOBUS COETZEE, M.A., D.Litt., D.Litt. et Phil. Pro- 
fessor of Afrikaans Language and Folklore, University of the 
Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa. Author of Opkoms 
van die Afrikaanse Kultuurgedagte aan die Rand; Afrikaanse 
Volksgeloof\ etc. 

A.J.Hy. Advertising (in part) 

ARTHUR JAMES HEIGHWAY. Editor, World's Press News, 
London. 

A.J.L1. Spirits (in part) 

ALFRED J. LIEBMANN. President, Schenley Research Institute, 
New York. 



A.J.Mac. Anglican Communion; Church of England; etc. 

ALAN JOHN MACDONALD, D.D., F.S.A., F.R.Hist.S. Pre- 
bendary of St. Paul's; Rural Dean of the City of London and Rector 
of St. Dunstan-in-the-West. Author of Lanfranc, His Life, Work 
and Writings', Hildebrand; etc. 

A.J.P. Rifle Shooting 

ARTHUR JOHN PALMER. Secretary, National Small-Bore 
Association, London. Editor of the Rifleman. 

A.Kk. Printing (in part) 

ALBERT KIRK. Technical Secretary, British Federation of Master 
Printers. 

A.L.Blr. Scandinavian Literature 

ALAN LEIGH BLAIR. Translator and writer on Scandinavian 
literature. 

A.L.HI. Dance (in part) 

ARNOLD LIONEL H ASK ELL, M.A. Director/Principal, Sadler's 
Wells School, London; Vice President and Chairman of the Education 
Committee of the Royal Academy of Dancing; Joint Director of 
the Teacher's Training Course; Chairman of the Ballet Benevolent 
Fund. Author of Balletotnania', Diaghlleff; etc. 

A.L.W.S. Stocks and Shares (in part) 

A. L. W. SHILLADY. Chief Market Editor, Financial Times, 
London. 

A.M.Ds. Local Government (in part) 

AUDREY M. DAV1ES. Librarian, Institute of Public Adminis- 
tration, New York. 

A.M.F. Cartography 

ANTHONY MARGARET FERRAR, B.Sc. Assistant Map 
Curator, Royal Geographical Society, London. 

A.Mjd. Islam 

ABDUL MAJID, M.A. The Imam, the Mosque, Woking, Surrey. 
Editor of Islamic Review, Woking. 

A.Mu. Dance (in part) 

ARTHUR MURRAY. President, National Institute of Social 
Dancing, U.S.A. Author of How to Become a Good Dancer', Modern 
Dancing ; etc. 

An. Child Welfare (in part) 

LADY ALLEN OF HURTWpOD, F.I.L.A. President, Nursery 
School Association of Great Britain; President, World Organization 
for Early Childhood Education; Member of Advisory Council on 
Child Care (Home Office, London). Author of Whose Children? 

A.N.O. International Monetary Fund 

ANDREW N. OVERBY. Deputy Managing Director, International 
Monetary Fund. 

A.R.K. Chambers of Commerce (in part) 

ARTHUR RICHARD KNOWLES, C.B.E., F.C.l.S. Secretary- 
General, The Association of British Chambers of Commerce, 
London. 

A.R.M. Fisheries 

ARTHUR RICHARD MARGETTS, M.A. Scientific Officer, 
Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, Fisheries Laboratory, Lowes- 
toft, Suffolk. 

A.R.MacK. Immigration and Emigration (in part} ; Aliens (in part) 
ARGYLE R, MacKEY. Acting Commissioner, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service, U.S. Department of Justice, Washington. 

A.S.A. Telegraphy (in part) 

SIR ARTHUR STANLEY ANGWIN, K.B.E., D.S.O., M.C., f .D., 
M.I.C.E., M.I.E.E., B.Sc.(Eng-). Chairman, Cable and Wireless, Ltd., 
London, 1947-51. 

A.Stn. Exchange Control and Exchange Rates (in part) 

ALEXANDER STEVENSON. Senior Economist, International 
Bank for Reconstruction and Development. 

A.T.CI. New Zealand 

ARTHUR TREVOR CAMPBELL, M.A. Public Relations Officer, 
New Zealand Government, London. 

A.T.Me. Historical Research 

ALEXANDER TAYLOR MILNE, M.A., F.R.Hist.S. Secretary 
and Librarian, Institute of Historical Research, University of 
London. Compiler of Writings on British History (in progress). 

A.Var. Helsinki 

ANTERO VARTIA. Press Attache*, Finnish Legation, London. 

A.W.E. Botany 

ARTHUR WALLIS EXELL, M.A., F.L.S. Deputy Keeper, Botany 
Department, British Museum (Natural History), London. 

A. Ws. Fashion and Dress (in part) 

AUDREY WITHERS, B.A. Editor, Vogue, London. 



VII 1 



CONTRIBUTORS 



B.A.S. Wine* 

BAS1LE A. SAMARAKIS. Director, 1'Office International du Vin, 

Paris. 
B.C.Pt. Theology 

BERNARD CLIFFORD PLOWR1GHT, B.A., B.D. Secretary, 

Life and Work Department, Congregational Union of England and 

Wales, London. Author of Humanism Pagan or Christian', Our 

Gospel or His; Rebel Religion. 
B.Dr. Art Sales 

BERNARD DENVIR, B.A. Art Critic, Tribune and Daily Herald, 

London; Joint Editor, Art News and Review, London. Author of 

Drawings of William Hogarth; etc. 
B.Fy. Machinery and Machine Tools (in part} 

BURNHAM FINNEY. Editor, American Machinist, New York. 

B.J.W. Dentistry 

BRYAN JARDINE WOOD, F.D.S.R.C.S. Editor, British Dental 

Journal, London. 
B.L. Timber (in part) 

BRYAN LATHAM. Past President, Timber Trade Federation of the 

United Kingdom; Member of Timber Advisory Committee to the 

Board of Trade, London. 
B.L.B. Immigration and Emigration (in part} 

BERTHA LILIAN BRACEY, O.B.E., B.A. Women's Affairs 

Ofliccr for Schlcswig-Holstcin, Control Commission for Germany 

(British Element). 
B.Nc. Cinema (in part) 

BOYCE NEMEC. Executive Secretary, Society of Motion Picture 

and Television Engineers, New York. 
B.PI. Girl Guides (in part) 

OLAVE ST. CI AIR, LADY BADEN POWELL, G.B.E. World 

Chief Guide. Author of Opening Doorways. 
B.R.P. Burma; Thailand 

BERTIE REGINALD PEARN, M.A., F.R.Hist.S. Formerly 

Professor of History, University of Rangoon. Author of History 

of Rangoon. 
Br.S. Crime (in part); Police (in part) 

BRUCE SMITH. Secretary, Institute of Public Administration, 

New York. Author of Police Systems in the U.S.; Rural Crim 

Control; etc. 
B.Sk. Gliding (in part) 

BEN SHUPACK, B.S., M.A. Director, Soaring Society of America. 
B.W.C. Swimming (in part) 

BERTRAM WILLIAM CUMMINS. Hon. Publicity Secretary and 

Past President, Amateur Swimming Association. Founder and 

Hon. Editor, Swimming Times, Croydon, Surrey. 

C.A.Br. Australian Literature 

CLIFFORD AMANDUS BURMESTER, B.A. Chief Reference 
Officer, Commonwealth National Library, Canberra, Australia; 
former Librarian, Office of the High Commissioner of Australia in 
London and Liaison Officer of the Commonwealth National Library. 

C. A.Hh. Hotels, Restaurants and Inns (in part) 

CHARLES A. HORRWORTH. Executive Vice-President, American 
Hotel Association, New York. 

C.A.,1. French Union; Indo-China; etc. 

CHARLES-ANDR JULIEN. Professor of the History of Coloni- 
zation at the Sorbonne, Paris. Author of Histoire de VAfrique du 
Nord; Histoire de V expansion et de la colonization francair>es (vol. I, 
1948). 

C.A.Mo. Meat (in part) 

CECIL ALFRED MORRISON. Advertising Manager and Assistant 
Editor Meat Trades* Journal, London. f 

C.A.Sd. Leather; Shoe Industry 

CALVIN ADAMS SHEPARD. Editor, Shoe and Leather News, 
London. 

C.A.T. Spices 

CHARLES A. THAYER. Former President and Former Director, 
American Spice Trade Association. 

C.Bd. Rubber (in part) 

COLIN BRISLAND. Press Officer, British Rubber Development 
Board, London. 

C.B.E. Archery 

CHARLES BERTRAM EDWARDS. Secretary, Grand National 
Archery Society and Royal Toxophilite Society, London. 

C.Bt. Golf (in part) 

CHARLES BARTLETT. Golf Editor, Chicago Tribune; Secretary, 
Golf Writers' Association of America. 

C.Bu. Sculpture (in part) 

CARLYLE BURROWS, B.A. Art Editor, New York Herald Tribune. 

C.C.C. Police (in part) 

CHARLES CRAIK CUNNINGHAM, C.B., C.V.O., M.A., B.Litt. 
Secretary, Scottish Homes Department, Edinburgh. 

C.C.N.V. Physiology 

CHARLES CYRIL NORROY VASS, M.Sc., Ph.D., M.B., Ch.B. 
Reader in Physiology in the University of London. Part author of 
Synopsis of Physiology (4th ed.). 

C.C.Ws. Consumer Credit (in part) 

CHARLES COWLEY WORTERS, F.I.C.M. Secretary, the Hire 
Purchase Trade Association and the International Association for 
Promotion and Protection of Trade, Ltd., London; Member of 
Council of the Institute of Credit Management, London. 

C.Cy. Canadian Literature; etc. 

CHARLES CLAY. Director, Canadian Research and Editorial 
Institute, Ottawa, Ontario. Author of Young yoyageur; Muskrat 
Man; etc. 



C.D.H. Mexico 

C. DAVID HELLYER. Assistant Director, Institute of Inter- 
American Affairs, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida. 

C.D.M. Book Collecting and Book Sales 

CHARLES DUDLEY MASSEY. Managing Director of Pickering 
and Chatto, Booksellers, London. 

C.E.L.-Q. Lutherans 

CARL E. LUND-QUIST, B.D. Assistant Executive Director, U.S.A. 
National Committee for Lutheran World Federation; Executive 
Secretary, Division of Public Relations, National Lutheran Council. 

C.E.R. Forestry (in part) 

CHARLES EDGAR RANDALL, A.B., M.A. Information 
Specialist, Division of Information and Education, Forest Service, 
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington. Author of Our Forests; 
etc. 

C.E.R.S. Railways (in part) 

CHARLES ELY ROSE SHERRINGTON, O.B.E., M.C., M.A. 
Secretary, Railway Research Service, London. Author of Economics 
of Rail Transport in Great Britain; 100 Years of Inland Transport. 

C.F.As. Airports (in part) 

CHARLES FERDINAND ANDREWS, A.R.Ae.S., A.I.B. Assistant 
Editor, Air Travel and Editor, Airports and Air Transportation, 
London; former member of the technical stalT of the Aeroplane. 

C.F.Ke. Motor Industry (in part) 

CHARLES F. KETTERING. Director and former Vice President, 
General Motors Corporation. 

C.F.Mt. Wool 

CECIL FINER MALLETF, M.B.E. Joint Editor, Weekly Wool 
Chart. Statistics Adviser, United Kingdom Wool Industry Bureau 
of Statistics. 

C.G.C. Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbines (in part) 

CYRIL GORDON CONWAY, B.Sc. Consulting Engineer, Power 
Jets (Research and Development) Ltd., London. 

C.G.Fe. Chambers of Commerce (in part) 

CECIL GEORGE FREKE, C.I.E., M.A., B.Sc. Director, British 
National Committee, International Chamber of Commerce. 

C.G.My. Poultry 

CLARENCE GEORGE MAY. Editor, Poultry World, London. 
Author of Natural Hatching and Rearing; Bantams for Eggs. 

C.H.Bd. leprosy 

C. H. BINFORD, M.D. Medical Director, U.S. Public Health 
Service; Pathologist, U.S. Marine Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland. 

C.H.Bu. Machinery and Machine Tools (in part) 

CHARLES HENRY BURDER, M.B.E., B.A. Director and Acting 

Editor. Machinery, London. 
Ch.F. Cambridge University 

CHARLES FOX, M.A. Sometime Director of Training in the 

University of Cambridge. Author of Educational Psychology (4th 

ed.); etc. 
Ch.Fl. Motor Racing 

CHARLES FOTHERGILL. Motoring Correspondent, News 

Chronicle, London. Author of The Story of Grand Prix Motor Racing. 
C.H.G.T. Banking (in part); Bank of England; etc. 

C. GORDON TETHER. Money Market Editor, Financial Times, 

London. 
C.L.B. Psychology (in part) 

SIR CYRIL LODOWIC BURT, M.A., D.Sc., Hon.Ll.D.. 

Hon.D.Litt. Fellow of the British Academy. Hon. Fellow, Jesus 

College, Oxford. Professor of Psychology, University of London. 

Author of Mental and Scholastic Tests; The Subnormal Mind; The 

Young Delinquent', etc. 

C.L.Be. Wild Life Conservation (in part) 

CHARLES LEOFRIC BOYLE. Secretary, The Fauna Preservation 
Society, London. 

C.L.D. Motor Transport (in part) 

CHARLES L. DEARING. Senior Staff Member of The Brookings 
Instil ution, Washington. Author of American Highway Policy and 
National Transportation Policy (with Wild red Owen). 

C.L. de B. Fencing 

CHARLES-LOUIS de BEAUMONT, M.A. Membre d'Honneur 
de la Federation Internationale d'Escrime; President, British Empire 
Fencing Federation; Hon. Secretary, Amateur Fencing Association, 
London. Author of Modern British Fencing. 

C.McG. Cuba; Netherlands Overseas Territories (in part); etc. 

CONSTANTINE EDWARD McGUIRE. Economic Adviser 
(U.S.A.). Author of Italy's International Economic Position; etc. 

C.Mn. Shipbuilding (/// part); Shipping, Merchant Marine (in part) 
CUTHBERT MAUGHAN. Shipping Correspondent, The Times, 
London. Author of Commodity Market Terms; Our Mercantile 
Marine; etc. 

C.M.Pn. Industrial Health (in part) 

CARL M. PETERSON, M.D. Secretary, Council on Industrial 
Health, American Medical Association. 

C.M.R. Girl Guides (in part) 

CONSTANCE M. RITTENHOUSE (Mrs. Paul Rittenhouse). 
National Executive Director, Girl Scouts of the United States of 
America. 

C.M.Wi. Bolivia; Ecuador; Liberia 

CHARLES MORROW WILSON. Economist, Caribbean and West 
African Affairs. Director, American Foundation for Tropical 
Medicine. Author of Tropics; World of Tomorrow; Ambassadors 
in White; One Half the People; Liberia; etc. 



CONTRIBUTORS 



IX 



^.r. Missions, Foreign Religious 

CECIL NORTHCOTT, M.A. General Secretary, United Council 
for Missionary Education, London. Author of Religious Liberty. 

C.Q. Motor Cycling 

CYRIL QUANTRILL. Sports Editor, Motor Cycling, London. 

C.R.A, Marriage and Divorce 

CLIFFORD R. ADAMS, M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Psychology 
in Charge of Marriage Counselling for the School of Education, 
The Pennsylvania State College. Regional Consultant, American 
Institute of Family Relations. Author of Looking Ahead to Marriage. 

C.V.C. ' Korean War (in part) 

CHESTER V. CLIFTON, Jr., Lt. Col., U.S. Army. Assistant to 
the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Washington. 

D.A.C. Women's Activities 

DOROTHY A. CANNELL. Writer and Editor, London. 

D.A.G.R. Building and Construction Industry (in part) 

DONALD A. G. REID, B.Sc.(Eng.), A.M.I.C.E., A.M.l.Struct.E. 
Principal, London County Council Brixton School of Building. 

D.A.Sn. Malaya, Federation of; Singapore 

DERRICK ADOLPHUS SINGTON, B.A. Correspondent in the 
Far East, contributing to Glasgow Herald; Manchester Guardian; 
New Statesman; etc. 

D.B.S. Bridges (in part) 

DAVID BARNARD STEINMAN, A.M., C.E., Sc.D., Ph.D., 
F.R.S.A. U.S. Authority on the Design and Construction of Long- 
Span Bridges. 

D.C.B. Words and Meanings, New (in part) 

DAVID CLAYTON BROWNING, M.A., B.A., B.Litt. Journalist 
and author. Author of Everyman's English Dictionary; Everyman's 
Dictionary of Quotations and Proverbs. 

D.Cr. Aircraft Manufacture; Royal Air Force 

DOUGLAS COLYER, C.B., D.F.C., M.A. British Civil Air Attache 
at Paris, Brussels, The Hague, Rome, Madrid and Berne. 

D.D.C. Children's Books (In part} 

DORIS DAV1ES CHILCOT, F.L.A. Principal Assistant in Charge 
of Work with Young People, Islington Public Libraries, London. 

D.Dz. Atomic Energy (in part) 

DAVID DIETZ. Science Editor, Scripps- Howard Newspapers. 
Lecturer in General Science, Western Reserve University, Cleveland, 
Ohio. Author of Atomic Energy in the Coming Era; etc. 

D.F.K. Israel; etc. 

DAVID FRANCIS KESSLER, B.A. Managing Director, The 
Jewish Chronicle, London. 

D.F.Ky. Angling 

DONOVAN FRANK KELLEY. Writer on Angling, Plymouth. 

D.G.B. Sugar (in part) 

DAVID GRAHAM BURNS, B.A. Member of the staff, Common- 
wealth Economic Committee, London. 

D.G.Wo. Textile Industry (in part) 

DOUGLAS G. WOOLF. Former Editor in Chief, Textile World, 
New York. Textile Consultant and Publisher, East Pasadena Herald, 
Pasadena, California. 

D.Hn. Newspapers and Magazines (/// part) 

DEREK HUDSON, M.A. Literary Editor, Spectator, London. 
Author of Thomas Barnes of tl The Times'"; British Journalists and 
Newspapers; etc. 

D.Hs. Nairobi 

DAVID HUGHES, M.A. British Council, Nairobi, Kenya. 

D.I. Ireland, Republic of 

DENIS LIDDELL IRELAND. Senator, Republic of Ireland. 
Author of Eamon de Valera Doesn't See It Through; Six Counties 
in Search of a Nation. 

D.I.C. Spirits (in part) 

DENYS IRVINE COOMBER, B.Sc., A,R.1.C, Ph.D. Senior 
Scientific Officer, Government Chemist's Department, London. 

D.J.H. Wages and Hours (in part) 

DONALD J. HART, M.A. Dean, School of Business Administra- 
tion, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho. 

D.Me. Scotland 

SIR DAVID MILNE, K.C.B., M.A. Permanent Under Secretary 
of State for Scotland. 

D.M.T. Vegetable Oils and Animal Fats (in part) 

DONALD MARK TAILBY, B.A. Economic Assistant, Common- 
wealth Economic Committee, London. 

D.N.L. Societies, Learned and Professional 

DAVID NICOLL LOWE, O.B.E., M.A., B.Sc. Secretary, British 
Association for the Advancement of Science. 

D.Nn. London 

LADY DOROTHY NICHOLSON, M.A., M.B.fc. Author of 
Private Letters, Pagan and Christian; Pilgrims were They All; The 
Londoner; etc. 

D.R.Gi. France; Saar 

DARSIE RUTHERFORD GILLIE. Legion of Honour. Paris 
Correspondent, Manchester Guardian. 

D.St. Advertising (in part) 

DANIEL STARCH. Consultant in Business Research. Former 
Lecturer and Professor at Harvard University and the University of 
Wisconsin. Author of Principles of Advertising; etc. 

D.V. Oxford University 

DOUGLAS VEALE, C.B.E., M.A. Registrar of Oxford University 
and Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford. 



D.W. Botanical Gardens (in part) 

DONALD WYMAN. Horticulturist, Arnold Arboretum, Harvard 
University, Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts. 

D.W.H. Socialist Movement 

DENIS WINSTON HEALEY, M.B.E., M.A. Secretary, Inter- 
national Department of the British Labour Party. 

D.W.K.-J. Bread and Bakery Products 

DOUGLAS WILLIAM KENT-JONES, Ph.D., B.Sc., F.R.I.C. 
Analytical and Consulting Chemist, London. Author of Modern 
Cereal Chemistry ; The Practice and Science of Bread-making. 

E.A.P. Spanish Literature 

EDGAR ALLISON PEERS, M.A., Hon.LL.D. Professor of 
Spanish, University of Liverpool. Author of Studies of the Spanish 
Mystics; A History of the Romantic Movement in Spain; etc. 

E.Ba. Freemasonry 

ERNEST BEHA. Editor of The Freemason, London. Author of 
Lodges with a Difference. 

E.B.K. New Delhi 

Mrs. E. B. BRIDGWATER-KITCAT, M.B.E. Office of the Adviser 
in India to the Central Commercial Committee, New Delhi. 

E.B.Mc. Korea (in part) 

EVELYN BECKER McCUNE (Mrs. George McCune). Lecturer, 
University of California, Berkeley, California. 

E.C.-Js. Infantile Paralysis; Tuberculosis 

EDWARD CLAYTON-JONES, M.D. Assistant Editor, The 
Lancet, London. 

E.C.Sd. Aviation, Civil (in part); Gliding (in part) 

EDWIN COLSTON SHEPHERD, B.A., B.Litt. Air Correspondent, 
Sunday Times. Formerly Aeronautical Correspondent, The Times, 
and Editor, Aeroplane. Author of The R.A.F. To-day; Great Flights. 

Ed.D. Cinema (in part) 

EDGAR DALE. Professor of Education, Bureau of Educational 
Research, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Author of 
Audio- Visual Methods in Teaching; How to Read a Newspaper; etc. 

Ed.R.P. Architecture (in part) 

EDMUND R. PURVES. Executive Director, American Institute 
of Architects. 

E.E.Bs. Civil Service 

SIR EDWARD ETTINGDENE BRIDGES, G.C.B., G.C.V.O., 
M.C, M.A., Hon.LL.D., Hon.D.Litt., Hon.D.C.L. Permanent 
Secretary to the Treasury, London. 

E.E.R. United States of America 

EDGAR EUGENE ROBINSON, A.M., LL.D. Byrne Professor of 
American History and Director of the Institute of American History, 
Stanford University, Stanford, California. 

E.F.Hk. Yachting 

EDWARD FOWLES HAYLOCK. Editor, Yachting World, London. 

E.G. Children's Books (in part) 

ELIZABETH A. GROVES, B.A. Assistant Professor, School of 
Librarianship, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 

E.G.Cs. Ice Skating (in part) 

ERIC GEORGE COGGINS. Secretary, National Skating Associa- 
tion of Great Britain. 

E.Hd. , Afghanistan; Ceylon; Tibet; etc. 

EDWIN HAWARD. Secretary, India, Pakistan and Burma Associa- 
tion. Author of A Picture of India; Manchurian Medley; The Last 
Rebellion; etc. 

E.Hin. ' Zoological Gardens (in part) ; Zoology 

EDWARD HINDLE, M.A., Sc.D., Ph.D., F.R.S. Scientific Director, 
Zoological Society of London. Author of Flies and Disease- Biting 
Flies; A Laboratory Notebook of Zoology. 

E.H.Kg. National Trust 

EDWARD HERBERT KEELING, M.C, M.A. Member of 
Parliament; Chairman, Publicity Committee, National Trust. 

E.H.Kr. Mineralogy 

EDWARD HENRY KRAUS. Dean Emeritus of the College of 
Literature, Science and the Arts, and Professor Emeritus of Crystal- 
lography and Mineralogy, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 
Michigan. 

E.H.S. Isle of Man 

ERNEST HENRY STENNING, M.A. Vice-Principal, Chaplain 
and Senior Science Master of King William's College, Isle of Man. 
Canon of St. Columba. Chairman of the Ancient Monuments 
Committee. Author of The Isle of Man. 

E.l.F. Horticulture (in part) 

E. I. FARR1NGTON. Former Secretary, Massachusetts Horti- 
cultural Society and Editor of Horticulture. Author of The Gardener's 
Almanac; etc. 

E.I.P. Salvation Army (in part) 

ERNEST 1. PUGMIRE. National Commander of the Salvation 
Army in the United States. 

E.I.U. Vital Statistics 

ECONOMIST INTELLIGENCE UNIT, Economist Newspaper 
Ltd., London. 

E. J.C. Canning Industry (in part) 

EDWIN J. CAMERON. Director, Research Laboratories, National 
Canners' Association, U.S.A. 

E.J.L. " Sweden 

ETHEL JOHN LINDGREN, M.A., Ph.D. Lecturer, Department 
of Anthropology, University of Cambridge. Edi|or of The Study of 
Society; Methods and Problems. 



CONTRIBUTORS 



E.L.Co. Shipping. Merchant Marine (in part) 

E. L. COCHRANE. Vice Admiral, U.S. Navy (Retired). Chairman, 
Federal Maritime Board, and Administrator, Maritime Adminis- 
tration, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington. 

E.L.S. Armies of the World 

EDWIN L. SIBERT. Brigadier General, U.S. Array. Director of 
Staff, Inter-American Defence Board, Washington. ' 

E.M.C. Fertilizers 

EDWARD MORTIMER CROWTHER, D.Sc.. F.R.I.C. Head of 
the Chemistry Department and Deputy Director, Rothamsted 
Experimental Station, Harpenden, Hertfordshire. 

E.M.E. Airports (in part) 

EMERY M. ELLINGSON. Manager, Air Transport Association 
of America, Los Angeles, California. 

E.Mgh. Glass (in part) 

EDWARD MEIGH, M.B.E., M.Sc., F.I.I. A., F.S.G.T. Director, 
Glass Technical Services, Ltd., London. 

E.N.T. Paints and Varnishes 

ERIC NESHAN TIRATSOO, Ph.D., D.I.C., B.Sc., A.R.S.M.. 
F.G.S., F.R.G.S., M.Inst.Pct. Editor, Paint Manufacture', Petroleum; 
Atomics; Chemical Industries^ London. Author of Petroleum Geology. 

E.O.G. Cocoa; Coffee 

EDGAR OTTO GOTHSCH, B.Sc.(Econ.). Member of the staff, 
Commonwealth Economic Committee, London. 

E.P.J. Diabetes 

E. P. JOSLIN, M.D., Sc.D. Professor Emeritus of Clinical Medicine, 
Harvard University Medical School; Medical Director, George F. 
Baker Clinic, New England Deaconess Hospital, Boston, Massa- 
chusetts. 

E.R.Bk. International Bank for Reconstruction and Development 

EUGENE R. BLACK. President, International Bank for Recon- 
struction and Development, Washington. 

E.S.Br. Lawn Tennis (in part) 

EDWIN S. BAKER, A.B. Executive Secretary, United States Lawn 
Tennis Association. 

E.Se. Book Publishing (in part) ; Literary Prizes (in part) 

EDMOND S. SHGRAVE. Editor, Bookseller, London. 

E.S.J. Youth Employment (in part) 

ELIZABETH S. JOHNSON. Chief. Division of Child Labour and 
Youth Employment, Bureau of Labour Standards, U.S. Department 
of Labour, Washington. 

E.T/B. Mathematics 

ERIC TEMPLE BELL. Professor of Mathematics, California 
Institute of Technology, Pasadena. Author of The Magic of Numbers; 
The Search for Truth ; etc. 

E.V.Lh. Brewing and Beer (in part) 

E. V. LAHEY. Chairman and President, United States Brewers 
Foundation, Incorporated. 

E.W.G. Electrical Industries (in part) ; etc. 

EDWARD WILLIAM GOLDING, M.Sc. .Tech., M.I.E.E., 
M.A.I.E.E. Head of Rural Electrification and Wind-power Depart- 
ment, Electrical Research Association, London. Author of Electrical 
Measurement and Measuring Instruments; etc. 

E.Wi. Italy; Switzerland; etc. 

ELIZABETH WISKEMANN, M.A., M.Litt. Writer on Foreign 
Affairs. Author of Czechs and Germans; Undeclared \yar; Italy; 
The Rome-Berlin Axis. 

E.W.We. Tourist Industry 

ERNEST WALTER WIMBLE, C.B.F, Member of the British 
Tourist and Holidays Board; Member of the Motels Executive 
(British Transport Commission). 

F.A.Sw. Art Exhibitions (in part); Museums (in part) 

FREDERICK A. SWEET. Associate Curator of Painting and 
Sculpture, The Art Institute of Chicago. 

F.C.H. Rotary International 

FREDERICK C. HICKSON, F.C.I.S. General Secretary, Rotary 

International in Great Britain and Ireland. 
F.C.W. Cancer 

FRANCIS CARTER WOOD, M.D. Emeritus Director, Cancer 

Research, Columbia University, and Consulting Pathologist, St. 

Luke's Hospital, New York. Author of Clinical Diagnosis; etc. 
F.E.Lk. Gems 

FRANCIS ERNEST LEAK, F.G.A. Manager, John Bennett, 

Jeweller; Senior Partner of West of England Gemmological Labora- 
tory, Bristol. 
F.E.S. Eritrea; Libya; etc. 

FRANK EDMUND STAFFORD, C.B.E., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S. 

Adviser on former Italian colonies, African Department, Foreign 

Office, London (attached from Colonial Service). 
F.Ge. Exploration and Discovery: Geography 

FRANK GEORGE, M.A. Assistant Editor, Royal Geographical 

Society, London. 
F.H.Aw. Netherlands 

FRANCIS HARRY ANDREW. Writer on Foreign Affairs, London. 
F.J.K. Electrical Industries (in part) 

FRANCIS J. KOVALCIK. Assistant Editor, Electrical World, 

New York. 

F.J.Os. Town and Country Planning (in part) 

F. J. OSBORN. Chairman of Executive, Town and Country Planning 
Association, London. Author of Green-Belt Cities; etc. 

F.J.S. Food Research (in part) 

FREDERICK J. STARE, M.D. Professor of Nutrition, Schools of 
Medicine and Pflblic Health, Boston, Massachusetts. 



F.L.C. Salvation Army (in part) 

FREDERICK L. COUTTS. Assistant Literary Secretary, Salvation 
Army International Headquarters, London. Author of The Timeless 
Prophets; etc. 

F.L.D. New York City; Police (in part) 

FRANK LEE DONOGHUE. Director of Commerce for the City 
of New York. Author of Guardians of the Mine Country; Spotted 
Horse Patrol. 

F.L.K. Libraries (in part) 

FRANCIS LAWRENCE KENT, M.A. Librarian, United Nations 
Scientific, Educational and Cultural Organization, Paris; formerly 
Librarian of Bristol University. Co-editor of the World List of 
Scientific Periodicals. 

F.M.I. Karachi 

FERGUS MUNRO INNES, C.I.E. Adviser in Pakistan to the 
Central Commercial Committee. Accredited correspondent to 
Economist, Round Table and Capital, London; Contributor to the 
Annual Register, 1949 and 1950. 

F.Neu. Seismology 

FRANK NEUMANN. Chief, Seismology Branch, Coast and 
Geodetic Survey, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington. 

F.N.H. Nuts 

FRANK NORMAN HOWES, D.Sc. Principal Scientific Officer, 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Author of Nuts, their Production and 
Everyday Uses; etc. 

F.P.L.L. Pneumonia 

FRANK PATRICK LEE LANDER, O.B.E., M.D., F.R.C.P. 
Consultant Physician, Putney Hospital, London; Assistant Physician, 
Brompton Hospital and Royal Free Hospital, London. 

F.S.B. Literary Research 

FREDERICK SAMUEL BOAS, M.A., Hon.LL.D., Hon.D.Litt., 
F.R.S.L. A Vice President, Royal Society of Literature and English 
Association; President, Elizabethan Literary Society. Author of 
Shakespeare and his Predecessors; Christohper Marlowe: A Study, 
University Drama in the Tudor Age; etc. 

F.Sn. Great Britain and Northern Ireland, United Kingdom of 

FRANK SINGLETON, M.A. Editor, Tillotson's Newspapers Ltd., 
Bolton, Lancashire. Author of Independent Means; Lancashire and 
the Pen nines. 

F.S.R. Marine Biology 

FREDERICK STRAITEN RUSSELL, F.R.S. Director of the 
Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the 
United Kingdom. Author of The Seas (with C. M. Yongc). 

F.V.W. Soap, Perfumery and Cosmetics 

FREDERICK VICTOR WELLS, F.C.S., F.R.H.S. Editor of 

Soap, Perfumery and Cosmetics, London; Chairman, Society of 

Cosmetic Chemists of Great Britain. 
F.W.Ta. Cotton (in part) 

FREDERICK WILLIAM TATTERSALL, F.R.S.S., F.R.E.S. 

Cotton Trade Expert and Statistician, Manchester. 
F.W.W.-S. Interior Decoration 

FRANCIS WILLIAM WENTWORTH-SHEILDS, N.R.D. 

Designer; Visiting Instructor at the Twickenham School of Art, 

Middlesex. 
G.A.Ro. Iron and Steel (in part); Metallurgy; etc. 

GAR A. ROUSH. Former Editor, Mineral Industry, New York. 

Author of Strategic Mineral Supplies. 
G.A.Si. United Church of Canada 

GORDON A. SISCO, D.D. Secretary, The United Church of 

Canada. 
G.B:En. Alimentary System 

GEORGE B. EUSTERMAN, M.D. Professor Emeritus of Medicine, 

Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, Graduate 

School, University of Minnesota; Head of a Section in Medicine 

(Emeritus), Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota. Co-author (with 

D. C. Balfour) of The Stomach and Duodenum. 

G.D.H.C. Employment (in part); Trade Unions (in part); etc. 

GEORGE DOUGLAS HOWARD COLE, M.A. Chichele Professor 
of Social and Political Theory, Oxford University. Author of The 
British People (with R. W. Postgate) ; World in Transition. 

G.D.H.L. Air Races and Records 

GEORGE DAVID HOUGH LINTON. Former Press Officer, 
Ministry of Civil Aviation, London Airport. 

Ge.Bu. Hospitals (in part) 

GEORGE BUGBEE. Executive Director, American Hospital 
Association, Chicago. 

Ge.C. Christian Science 

GEORGE CHANNING. Manager, Christian Science Committees 
on Publication, Boston, Massachusetts. 

G.E.L. Ear, Nose and Throat, Diseases of (in part) 

GEORGE E. LIEBERMAN, M.D. Associate, in Otolaryngology, 
University of Pennsylvania Graduate School of Medicine, Phila- 
delphia. 

G.E.R.D. Oceanography 

GEORGE EDWARD RAVEN DEACON, D.Sc., F.R.S. Deputy 
Chief Scientific Officer, Royal Naval Scientific Service, Great Britain. 

G.Hb. Floods and Flood Control (in part) 

GENE HOLCOMB. Deputy Chief, Technical Information Division, 
Office of the Chief of Engineers, Department of the Army, 
Washington. 

G.H.Ba. Lacrosse 

GEORGE HENRY BARK. Hon. Secretary, English Lacrosse 
Union. 



CONTRIBUTORS 



XI 



G.H.Be. Genetics 

GEOFFREY HERBERT BEALE, M.B.E., Ph.D. Lecturer in 
Genetics, University of Edinburgh. 

G.H.B1. Local Government (in part) 

GEORGE HAROLD BANWELL. Secretary, Association of 
Municipal Corporations, London. 

G.H.H. International Court of Justice 

GREEN H. HACKWORTH, B.A., LL.B., Hon.LL.D. Judge, 
International Court of Justice, The Hague. Author of Digest of 
International Law. 

G.H.M.F. Canning Industry (in part) 

GEORGE HENRY MORRIS FARLEY, B.Sc. Editor, The Canning 
Industry and Tin-Printer and Box Maker, London. 

G.Hs. Hemp; Jute 

GORDON HUGHES. Managing Director, British-Continental 
Trade Press, Ltd.; Editor, Jute and Canvas Review, London. Author 
of Jute Markets and Prices; etc. 

GJ.Wk. Speedway Racing 

GEOFFREY JOHNSON WOODCOCK. Secretary, Speedway 
Riders' Association, Great Britain. 

G.L.B.S. Television (in part) 

GEORGE LISLE BEERS, Sc.D. Assistant Director of Engineering, 
RCA Victor Division, Radio Corporation of America, Camden, 
New Jersey. 

G.L.W. Refugees 

GEORGE L. WARREN, A.B. Adviser on Refugees and Displaced 
Persons, U.S. Department of State, Washington. 

G.M.C. Ear, Nose and Throat, Diseases of (in part) 

GEORGE MORRISON COATES, M.D. Emeritus Professor of 
Otolaryngology, Medical School and Graduate School of Medicine, 
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 

G.McA. Housing (in part) 

GILBERT MCALLISTER, M.A. Member of Parliament. Author 
of Town and Country Planning (with Elizabeth Glen McAllister); 
Homes, Towns and Countryside. 

G.M.Hy. Newspapers and Magazines (in part) 

GRANT M. HYDE, A.M. Professor of Journalism, School of 
Journalism, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. 

G.P. Argentina; Brazil; etc. 

GEORGE PENDLE, M.A. Writer and Broadcaster on Latin 
American alTairs. Author of Much Sky; Impressions of South 
America. 

G.P.O. Post Office (in part) ; Telephone (in part) 

Articles compiled through the courtesy of the Postmaster General, 
London. 

G.R.Mn. Northern Rhodesia; Southern Rhodesia; etc. 

GEORGE ROY NEVILL MORRISON. Journalist. Author of 
Farming in East Africa ; Kenya Carols. 

G.R.Rr. Fives (in part) 

GEOFFREY ROLAND RI.MMER. Chairman, Executive Com- 
mittee of the Rugby Fives Association. 

G.S.B. Korean War (in part) 

GEORGE S. BLANCHARD. Captain, U.S. Army. Assistant to 
the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Washington. 

G.S.K. Presbyterian Church 

GUY SOULLIARD KLETT. Research Historian, Department of 
History, The Presbyterian Church in the United States of America. 

G.St. Russian Literature 

GLEB PETROVICH STRUVE, B.A. Professor of Russian, Univer- 
sity of California, Berkeley, California. Author of 25 Years of Soviet 
Russian Literature. 

G,Wt. Tobacco 

GORDON WEST. Editor of Tobacco, London. 

H.A.E.S. Badminton 

HERBERT A. E. SCHEELE. Hon. Secretary, International Bad- 
minton Federation; Secretary, Badminton Association of England. 

Editor of the Badminton Gazette, 1946-51. 
H.A.Rn. Cold, Common 

HOBART A. REIMANN, M.D. Professor of Medicine, Jefferson 

Medical College, Philadelphia. 
H.B. Motor Cycle and Cycle Industry 

HAROLD BRIERCLIFFE. Assistant Editor, Motor Cycle and 

Cycle Trader , London. 
H.B.Cs. Anthropology (in part) 

HENRY B. COLLINS, Jr. Senior Ethnologist, Bureau of American 

Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington. 
H.B.S. Heart Diseases 

HOWARD BURNHAM SPRAGUE, M.D. Associate Physician, 

Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston. 
H.Btr. Council of Europe 

SIR HAROLD BERESFORD BUTLER, M.A., Hon.LL.D. 

Director of the International Labour Office, Geneva, 1932-38; 

Warden of Nuffield College, Oxford, 1939-43. Author of The Lost 

Peace; Peace or Power. 
H.B.Wy. Judiciary, U.S. 

HAROLD B. WILLEY. Deputy Clerk, United States Supremo 

Court, Washington. 
H.C.Ce, Hotels, Restaurants and Inns (in part) 

HENRY CHARLES CLARKE. Formerly Secretary of the Hotels 

and Restaurants Association of Great Britain. Author of Hotels 

and Restaurants as a Career. 
H.C.D. Education (in part); Unifcrsities and Colleges; etc. 

HAROLD COLLETT DENT, Hon.F.E.I.S., B.A. Editor, The Times 

Educational Supplement , London. Author of A New Order in English 

Education; Education in Transition; Secondary Education for All; 

Part-time Education in Great Britain. 



H.C.Ln. Betting and Gambling (in part) 

HERBERT CARL LAWTON, B.Sc., Ph.D. Private Consultant. 
Chairman, Education and Action for Leisure, London. Author of 
Everyman's Leisure. 

H.D.Z. Belgian Colonial Empire; Belgium; etc. 

HERBERT DAVID ZIMAN, M.A. Leader-writer and special 
correspondent of the Daily Telegraph, London. 

He.Br. Banking (in part) 

HENRY BRUfcRE. Chairman of the Board, The Bowery Savings 
Bank, New York. 

H.E.Hn. Squash Rackets 

HENRY ERIC HAYMAN. Secretary, Squash Rackets Association, 
London. 

H.G.N. Congress, U.S. 

HERBERT GEORGE NICHOLAS, M.A. Fellow, Librarian, 
Tutor and Lecturer in Politics and Modern History, Exeter College, 
Oxford; Faculty Fellow, Nuffield College, Oxford; Lecturer in 
Politics, Oxford University. 

H.G.Rn. India; Kashmir; Pakistan 

HUGH GEORGE RAWLINSON, M.A., F.R.A.S. Indian Educa- 
tional Service (retired). Author of India, a short Cultural History; 
British Beginnings in Western India; The British Achievement in 
India. 

H.G.S. Shipbuilding (in part) 

H. GERRISH SMITH. Chairman of the Board, Shipbuilders 
Council of America. 

H.H.Ik. Soil Conservation (in part) 

'HUGH H. BENNETT. Chief, Soil Conservation Service, U.S. 
Department of Agriculture, Washington. 

H.ls. Hong Kong 

WILLIAM HAROLD ING RAMS, C.M.G., O.B.E. Colonial 
Office, London. Author of Arabia and the Isles; Seven across the 
Sahara. 

H.J.A. Narcotics 

H. J. ANSLINGER. Commissioner of Narcotics, Treasury Depart- 
ment, Washington. U.S. Representative on the United Nations 
Commission on Narcotic Drugs. Member, Committee on Narcotic 
Drugs and Drug Addiction, National Research Council. Author of 
The Physician and the Federal Narcotic Law; etc. 

H.Jn. Iceland 

HALLD6R J6NASSON. Department of Statistics, Government 
of Iceland, Reykjavik. 

H.Js. Town and Country Planning (in part) 

HARLEAN JAMES, A.B. Executive Secretary, American Planning 
and Civic Association and National Conference on State Parks; 
Secretary-Treasurer, Joint Committee on the National Capitol. 
Author of Land Planning for the City, State and Nation; Romance 
of the National Parks. 

H.J.S. Suez Canal 

HUGH JOSEPH SCHONF1ELD. Author of The Suez Canal; etc. 

H.L. Golf (in part) 

HENRY CARPENTER LONGHURST, B.A. Author of Golf; etc. 

H.L.B. Fives (in part) 

HEDLEY LE BAS, B.A. Hon. Secretary, Eton Fives Association. 

H.Ln. Denmark; Greenland; etc. 

HELCJE LARSEN, M.A. Teacher at Nyk0bing Katedralskole, 
Denmark. Author of Politiske Crundtauker (Political Ideas); Contri- 
butor to Defem lauge ar (The five long years). 

H.L.T. Rubber (in part) 

HARLXN L. TRUMBULL. Vice President in charge of research, 
The B.F. Goodrich Company, Brecksville, Ohio. 

H.M.H. . American Literature 

HARRISON.M. HAYFORD, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of English, 
Northwestern University, Evanstown, Illinois.. 

H.Mnt. Crime (in part) 

HERMANN MANNHEIM, Dr. jur. Reader in Criminology in 
the University of London. Author of Social Aspects of Crime in 
England between the Wars; Criminal Justice and Social Recon- 
struction; etc. 

H.M.P. Housing (in part); etc. 

HENRY M. PROPPER. Housing Consultant; Lecturer, Division 
of Graduate Studies, Brooklyn College, Brooklyn, New York. 
Former Executive Vice President, National Committee on Housing. 

H.M.W. Psychology 

HELEN M. WOLFLE. Managing Editor, American Psychologist. 

H.Ra. Dermatology 

HERBERT RATTNER, M.D. Professor of Dermatology, North- 
western University, Evanstown, Illinois. 

H.R.MI. Luxembourg 

H. R. MADOL. Commissioner of Information, Legation of the 
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, London. 

H.R.V. Psychiatry 

HENRY R. VIETS, M.D. Lecturer on Neurology, Harvard Medical 
School; Neurologist, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston. 
Librarian, Boston Medical Library. 

H.S.A. Cricket 

HARRY SURTEES ALTHAM, D.S.O., M.C., M.A. Master at 
Winchester College, Hampshire. Treasurer of the M.C.C., London. 
Chairman of the M.C.C. Enquiry Committee. Author of A History 
of Cricket. 

H.S.D. Egypt; etc. 

HERBERT STANLEY DEIGHTON, M.A., B.Litt. Fellow, Dean, 
Chaplain and Lecturer in Classics and Modern History, Pembroke 
College, Oxford; Former Visiting Professor, Fuad I University, 
Cairo. 

H.Su. Accidents (in part) 

HELEN ISABEL SUTHERLAND, M.Inst.T.A., F.C.T.S., 
F. Comm. A. Secretary, The Royal Society for, the Prevention of 
Accidents, London. 



Xtl 



CONTRIBUTORS 



H.S.Vg. Air Forces of the World (in part) 

HOY T S. VANDENBERG. Chief of Staff, United States Air Forces, 
Washington. 

H.S.-W. Czechoslovakia; Hungary; Yugoslavia; etc. 

GEORGE HUGH NICHOLAS SETON-WATSON, M.A. Fellow 
and Praelector in Politics, University College, Oxford; Lecturer in 
Politics, Oxford University. Author of Pastern Europe Between the 
Wars, 19 18-4 I; The East European Revolution', etc. 

H.W.Dg. Prisoners of War; Red Cross 

HENRY W. DUNNING. Executive Secretary, League of Red 
Cross Societies, Geneva, Switzerland. 

H.W.Iflk. Child Welfare (in part) 

HOWARD W. HOPKIRK, A.B. Senior Consultant, Child Welfare 
League of America, Inc. 

H.W.Le P. British Anrty 

H. VV. Le PREVOST. Major, British Army. Information Division, 
Ministry of Supply, London; formerly of Directorate of Public 
Relations, War Omce, London. 

H.W.Pe. Friends, the Religious Society of 

HUBERT WILLIAM PEET. Formerly Editor, The Friend, London. 

H./. Wild Life Conservation (In part) 

HOWARD 7AHNISER. Executive Secretary, The Wilderness 
Society (U.S.A.). Editor, The Living Wilderness, Book editor, 
Nature Magazine, 

I.Cg. Post Office (in part) 

ISAAC GREGG. Former Director of Press Relations, Office of the 
Postmaster, Washington. 

l.L.BI. Linen and Flax; etc. 

IRENE BLUNT. Secretary, The National Federation of Textiles, 
Inc., New York. 

I. M.S. Hawaii 

INGRAM M. STAINBACK. Governor of Hawaii. 

I. Mu. Table Tennis 

HON. IVOR MONTAGU, M.A. Chairman, English Table Tennis 
Association; President, International Table Tennis Federation. 
Author of Table Tennis Today ; Table Tennis. 

l.R.M.M. Architecture (in part) 

IAN ROBERT MORE McCALLUM, A.R.I.B.A., A.A.dipt. 
Editor, The Architectural Review. Editor of Physical Planning'. 
The Groundwork of a New Technique. 

l.W.R. Words and Meanings, New (in part) 

I. WILLIS RUSSELL. Chairman of the Research Committee on 
New Words of the American Dialect Society which prepared the 
American contributions to the article. The Committee consisted 
(1950) of Henry Alexander, O. B. Emerson, Atcheson L. Hench, 
Albert H. Marckwardt, Mamie J. Meredith and Peter Tamony. 

J.A.F. Archaeology (in part) 

JAMES A. FORD. Assistant Curator of North American Arch- 
aeology, American Museum of Natural History, New York. 

J.A.G. Furniture Industry (in part) 

JEROME ARTHUR GARY. Editor, Furniture Age, Chicago. 
Author of The Romance of Period Furniture', etc. 

J.A.Hu. Conlirtonwealth of Nations (in part); etc. 

JOHN ANTHONY HUTTON, B.A. Formerly research assistant, 
Institute of Colonial Studies, Oxford. 

J.A.MK Electric Transport (in part) 

JOHN ANDERSON MILLER, Ph.B. GeneraJ Electric Company, 
Schenectady, New York. Author of Fares Please ; Me n and Volts 
at War; etc. 

J.A.Rs. Greyhound Racing 

JOSEPH ALEXANDER RICHARDS. Managing Editor, Grey- 
hound Owner and Breeder ; London. 

J.A.S.R. Coal 

JOHN ANTHONY SYDNEY R1TSON, D.S.O., O.B.E., M.C., 
T.D., B.Sc., M.I.M.E. Professor of Mining in the University of 
London at the Royal School of Mines, Imperial College, London. 

J.Bs. Gynaecology and Obstetrics 

JOSEPHINE BARNES, M.A., D.M., M.R.C.P., F.R.C.S., 
M.R.C.O.G. Assistant, Obstetric Unit, University College Hospital, 
London. Assistant Obstetrician and gynaecologist, Elizabeth 
Garrett Anderson Hospital, London, etc. Author of Gynaecological 
Histology. 

J.Bx. Shops and Department Stores 

JOHN BAXTER, B.Com., Ph.D.(Econ). Head of Research Depart- 
ment, Marks and Spencer, Ltd., London. 

J.C.G. Polo 

JACK ROSE COMPTON GANNON, C.B.E., M.V.O., Writer on 
polo; formerly Manager and Secretary, the Hurlingham Club. 

J.C.G.J. Wales 

J. C. GRIFFITH JONES. Journalist and Broadcaster; Welsh 
Correspondent, Observer, London. 

J.Chn. Archaeology (in part) 

JOHN CHARLTON, M.A., F.S.A. Inspectorate of Ancient Monu- 
ments, England; Excavator of Roman and Mediaeval sites. 

.I.C.P.P. Osteopathy 

JOCELYN CAMPBELL PATRICK PROBY, M.A., B.Litt., D.O. 
Member, General Council and Register of Osteopaths, Ltd., London. 
Author of Essay on Osteopathy; The Relation of Micro-Organisms 
to Disease; etc. 

J.Cw. Music (In part) 

JOHN CULSHAW. Author, lecturer and broadcaster on music. 
Author of Sergei Rachmaninov; The Concerto. 



J.C.Wn. Tunnels 

JOHN CROSSLEY WADDINGTON, M.Inst.C.E., M.A.S.C.E. 
Chief Engineer, A. Waddington and Son, Ltd., London. 

J.De. Taxation (in part) 

JOHN DANE, Jr., Partner, Choate, Hall and Stewart, Boston, 
Massachusetts. 

J.E.Ce. Tea 

JOYCE EVELYN CUTMORE. Economic Assistant, Common- 
wealth Economic Committee, London. 

J.K.N. Livestock (in part) 

JAMES EDWARD NICHOLS, M.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S.Ed. Professor 
of Agriculture (Animal Husbandry) in the University of Wales at 
the University College of Wales, Aberystwyth. Author of Livestock 
improvement. 

J.E.Sp. Philippines 

JOSEPH E. SPENCER. Associate Professor of Geography, Univer- 
sity of California, Los Angeles. 

J.E.Ss. Northern Ireland 

JOHN EDWARD SAYERS. Political Correspondent, Belfast 
Telegraph. 

J.E.Wi. Germany; Berlin 

JOHN EMLYN WILLIAMS, M.A., Ph.D. Central European 
Correspondent, the Christian Science Monitor, Boston, Massachusetts. 



Ice Hockey (in part) 
Secretary to the British 

Mental Diseases 

i.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 
Royal Hospital and the 

Finland 

Staff Tutor, Cambridge 
Author of Finland; The 



J.F.A. 

JOHN FRANCIS AHEARNE, F.C.I.S. 
Ice Hockey Association. 

J.G.H. 

JOHN GERARD HAMILTON, M.D., B 
D.P.M. Consultant Psychiatrist, Bethlem 
Maudsley Hospital, London. 
J.H.Jn. 

JOHN HAMPDEN JACKSON, M.A. 
University Board of Extra Mural Studies. 
Between-War World; etc. 

J.HI. Civil Defence 

SIR JOHN HODSOLL, Wing Commander, Royal Air Force. 
Director General, Civil Defence Training, Home Office, London. 

J.H.L. Unitarian Church (in part) 

JOHN HOWLAND LATHROP, D.D. Minister, the First Unitarian 
Congregational Society in Brooklyn, New York; Member, Board of 
Directors, American Unitarian Association. 

J.H.Ps. London University 

J. HOOD PHILLIPS, M.A. Secretary to the Senate, University of 
London. 

J.Kd. Water Supply (in part); etc. 

JULIUS KENNARD, B.Sc.(Eng.), M.I.C.E., M.I.W.E., M. Cons.E. 
Chartered civil engineer; Partner of Edward Sandeman, Kcnnard 
and Partners, Westminster, London. 

J.K.L. Banking (in part); Federal Reserve System 

JOHN K. LANGUM. Vicc-President, Federal Reserve Bank of 
Chicago. 

J.K.R. Agriculture (in part); Meat (in part); etc. 

JOHN KERR ROSE, A.M., Ph.D., J.D. Geographer, Legislative 
Reference Service, Library of Congress, Washington. 

J.Ky. Unitarian Church (in part) 

JOHN KIELTY. Secretary, General Assembly, Unitarian and Free 
Christian Churches, London. 

J.LaF. Pius XII; Roman Catholic Church (in part) 

JOHN LaFARGE, S. J. Associate Editor, America, National 
Catholic Weekly, New York. 

J.L.Be. Patents 

JOHN LUCIAN BLAKE, M.Sc. Barrister-at-Law. Comptroller 
General, Patent Office, London. 

J.L.-Ee. Puerto Rico 

JUAN LABADIE-EURITE, M.S.(Agric.). Chief, Division of 
Statistics, Bureau of the Budget, San Juan, Puerto Rico. 

J.L.Ms. Atomic Energy (in part) 

JOHN LOUIS MICHIELS, Ph.D., A.R.C.S. Lecturer in Physics, 
Imperial College, London. 

J.Ln. South Africa, Union of; etc. 

JULIUS LEWIN, B.A., LL.B. Barrister-at-Law. Advocate of the 

Supreme Court qf South Africa. Senior Lecturer in Native Law and 

Administration, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg. 

Joint Editor, African Studies; Author of Studies in African Native 

Law; etc. 
J.Lwh. Jewry, World 

JOSEPH LEFTWICH. Author of Yisroel; What Will Happen to 

the Jews; The Tragedy of Anti-Semitism; etc. 

J.M.Br. Juvenile Delinquency 

JOSEPHINE MACALISTER BREW, M.A., LL.D. Education 
Adviser, National Association of Girls' Clubs and Mixed Clubs. 
Author of Informal Education; In the Service of Youth; etc. 

J.McA. Chile; Uruguay 

JOHN McADAMS. Former Instructor of Latin American History 
and Government, University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras, Puerto 
Rico. 

J.Of. Lawn Tennis (in part) 

JOHN SHELDON OLLIFF. Lawn Tennis Correspondent, Daily 
Telegraph, London. Author of OUiff on Tennis; Lawn Tennis; The 
Romance of Wimbledon. 



CONTRIBUTORS 



xni 



Jo.Ms. National Health Service; National Insurance 

JOHN MOSS, C.B.E. Barrister-at-Law. Author of Health and 
Welfare Services Handbook; Editor of Local Government Law and 
Legislation. 

J.P.D. Boxing (in part) 

JAMES P. DAWSON, Writer on Baseball and Boxing, The New 
York Times. 

J.P.V.Z. Aviation, Civil (in part) 

J. PACKER VAN ZANDT, B.S., Ph.D. Deputy Assistant Secretary 
of the U.S. Air Force, Washington. Author of Civil Aviation and 
Peace; etc. 

J.R.Ay. Nationalization 

JOHN RAYNER APPLEBEY, M.A. Leader Writer, Financial 
Times, London. 

J.R.Ra. Agriculture 

JOHN ROSS RAEBURN, B.Sc.(Agric.), M.S., M.A., Ph.D. Reader 
in Agricultural Economics, University of London. 

J.S.L. Anaesthesiology 

JOHN S. LUNDY, M.D. Professor of Anaesthesiology, University 
of Minnesota Graduate School, Minneapolis. Head, Section on 
Anaesthesiology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota. 

J.Sto. Electronics (in part) 

JAMES STOKLEY, B.S.(Ed.), M.S. Publicity Representative, 
General Electric Research Laboratory, Schenectady, New York. 
Author of Science Xemakes Our World; Electrons in Action; Editor 
of Science Marches On. 

J.W.D. Canoeing 

JOHN WEBSTER DUDDERIDGE, B.Sc. Hon. Secretary, the 
British Canoe Union. Master in Charge of Physical Education at the 
Haberdashers' Aske's School, Hampstead. 

J.W.Fr. Bowls 

JOHN WILLIAM FISHER, M.R.C.S., D.P.H., D.P.M. Bowls 
correspondent, Western Morning News, Express and Echo, etc. 
Author of A New Way to Better Bowls; Bowls; etc. 

J.W.Ce. Electric Transport (in part) 

JOHN WATK1N GRIEVE, B.Sc., A.M.I.E.E. Assistant (Schemes 
and Calculations), Electrical Engineering New Works and Develop- 
ment Section, The Railway Executive, London. 

J.W.J. Electric Power (in part) 

JOHN W. JENKINS. Publications Division, Federal Power Com- 
mission, Washington. 

J.W.Mw. Reparations; etc. 

JOSEPH W. MARLOW, A.B., LL.B. Lawyer. Former Editor and 
Research Analyst, Military Intelligence Service, U.S. War Depart- 
ment. 

K.Bn. Libraries (in part) 

KARL BROWN, A.B., LL.B. Associate Bibliographer and Editor 
of Publications, New York Public Library. Editor, Library Journal, 
New York. 

K.E.H. Dairy Farming (in part); etc. 

KENNETH EDWARD HUNT, M.A., Dipl.Agric. Demonstrator in 
Agricultural Economics, Oxford University. 

K.E.R. Gold Coast ; Nigeria ; etc. 

KENNETH ERNEST ROBINSON, M.A. Official Fellow of 
Nuffield College, Oxford; Reader in Colonial Administration, 
Oxford University. 

K.G.B. British Borneo; Kenya; etc. 

KENNETH GRANVILLE BRADLEY, B.A., C.M.G. Editor of 
Corona. Author of Diary of a District Officer; The Colonial Service 
as a Career. 

K.Sm. Eastern European Economic Planning; Poland; etc. 

KAZIMIERZ MAC1EJ SMOGORZEWSKI. Foreign Correspon- 
dent; Founder and Editor, Free Europe, London. Author of The 
United States and Great Britain; Poland 1 s Access to the Sea; etc. 

K.W. Petroleum 

KENNETH WILLIAMS, B.A. London Correspondent, Al Ahram. 
Author of Britain and the Mediterranean; Ibn Sa'ud. 

L.A.L. Insurance (in part) 

LEROY A. LINCOLN. Chairman of the Board, Metropolitan 
Life Insurance Company, New York. 

L.A.WI. Telephone (in part) 

LEROY A. WILSON. President, American Telephone and Telegraph 
Company, New York. 

L.B.E. Sewerage 

LEONARD BUSHBY ESCRITT, A.M.I.C.E., F.I.San.E., 
M.R.San. I., Hon.M.inst.S.P., F.G.S. Senior Engineer, G. B. Ker- 
shaw and Kaufman, consulting engineers, London. 

L.Bp. Canada 

LESLIE BISHOP, M.A. Author and Lecturer; former London 
correspondent of the Winnipeg Free Press, Winnipeg, Canada. 

L.de B.H. Swimming (in part) 

LOUIS de BREDA HANDLEY. Honorary Coach, Women's 
Swimming Association of New York. Author of Swimming for 
Women; etc. 

L.D.L. Painting (in part) 

LESTER D. LONGMAN. Head of Art Department, University of 
Iowa. Author of History and Appreciation of Art; Outline of Art 
History. 

L.E.F. Insurance (in part) 

LAURENCE E. FALLS. Secretary-Treasurer, Insurance Institute 
of America, Inc., New York. 

L.E.Ms. Dyestuffs (in pan) ; etc. 

LAURENCE EDMUND MORRIS. Editor, Dyer, London. 



L.F.C. Methodist Church (in part) 

LESLIE FREDERIC CHURCH, B.A., Ph.D., F.R.Hist.S. Editor- 
in-Chief to the Methodist Church in Great Britain and Ireland. 
Author of The Early Methodist People; The Knight of the Burning 
heart; A Life of John Wesley; etc. 

L.Fi. Rome 

LIANA FERRI. Journalist and film script writer, Rome. 

L.Gu. Local Government (in part) 

LUTHER GULICK, A.M., Ph.D., Litt.D. President, Institute of 
Public Administration, New York. Author of Administrative 
Reflections from World War II; etc. 

L.Hdn. Gas 

LESLIE HARRY HARDERN, B.A. Public Relations Officer, 
North Thames Gas Board, London. Joint author of Physical Planning. 

L.Hmn. South African Literature (in pan) 

LOUIS HERRMAN, M.A., Ph.D. Examiner in English for the 
Joint Matriculation Board of South Africa. Author of In the Sealed 
Cave: A Scientific Fantasy. 

L.J.D.R. Classical Studies 

LEOPOLD JOHN DIXON RICHARDSON, M.A. Professor of 
Greek, University College, Cardiff; Hon. Secretary, Classical 
Association. 

L.K.M. International Trade 

LORING K. MACY. Deputy Director, Office of International 
Trade, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington. 

L.L. Furniture Industry (in pan} 

LESLIE LEWIS. Editor, Furnishing World and British Furnishing. 
Author of Furniture Facts. 

L.M. Football (in pan} 

LAURENCE MONTAGUE, B.A. Sports Editor of the Manchester 
Guardian. 

L.M.GH. United Nations 

LELAND M. GOODRICH. Professor of International Organization 
and Administration, Columbia University, New York. Co-author of 
Charter of the United Nations: Commentary and Documents. 

L.M.K. Biochemistry 

LLOYD M. KO/LOFF. Research associate. Department of Bio- 
chemistry, University of Chicago. 

L.M.W. Alaska 

LEW M. WILLIAMS. Secretary of Alaska, United States Depart- 
ment of the Interior, Juneau, Alaska. 

L.N. Gymnastics 

LEONORRISS, Dipl.Phys.Ed. Schoolmaster, Hertfordshire County 
Council. 

Ln.M. Dance (In part) 

LILLIAN MOORE. Concert Dancer. Choreographer for NCB 
Opera Television Series. American Correspondent, Dancing Times, 
London. Former Soloist, Metropolitan Opera Ballet, New York. 

L.O.P. Cinema (in part) 

LOUELLA O. PARSONS. Editor, Motion Picture Department, 
International News Service. Author of The Cay Illiterate; How To 
Write in the Movies. 

L.Pa. English Literature (in part) 

LUKE THORNBROUGH PARSONS. Contributor to The Fort- 
nightly, 'Scots Review, Today and Tomorrow, etc. Author of Clough 
Plays Murder. 

L.Rb. t Baseball 

LOWELL RglDfeNBAUGH. Member of the staff, The Sporting 
News, St. Louis, Missouri. 

L.Rs. Balance of Payments 

LASZLO ROSTAS, Ll.D., Dr.rer.pol. Research Statistician, 
Board of Trade, London. Author of Comparative Productivity in 
British and American Industry; part-author of Taxation of War 
Wealth. 

L.V.D. Field Sports 

LEONARD VINCENT DODDS. Editor, The Field, London. 

L.W.B. Boy Scouts (in part) 

LORNE W. BARCLAY. National Director of Publications, Boy 
Scouts of America. 

L.Wd. Boxing (in part) 

LAINSON WOOD. Boxing Correspondent and Assistant Sports 
Editor, Daily Telegraph, London. 

L.W.F. Prisons (in part) 

LIONEL WRAY FOX, C.B., M.C. Chairman, Prison Commission 
for England and Wales. Author of The Modern English Prison. 

L.Wo. Trade Unions (in part) 

LEO WOLMAN, Ph.D., LL.D. Professor of Economics, Columbia 
University, New York. Author of Ebb and Flow in Trade Unionism; 
etc. 

L.W.R. Friends, Religious Society of (in part) 

LYMAN W. RILEY. Assistant Librarian, Friends Historical 
Library of Swarthroore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania. 

M.Ab. Investments Abroad (in pan) 

MILTON ABELSON. Economic Analyst, Washington. 

Ma.Br. Turkey; etc. 

MALCOLM BURR, D.Sc., A.R.S.M., F.R.Ent.Soc. Author of 
In Bolshevik Siberia; Slouch Hat; The Insect Legion; etc. 

M.A.Me. Horse Racing (in part) 

MICHAEL AUSTIN MELFORD, B.A. Sporting Correspondent, 
Daily Telegraph, London. , 



XIV 



CONTRIBUTORS 



M.Blf. Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (in part)', etc. 

MAX BELOFF, B.Litt., M.A. Faculty Fellow, Nuffield College, 
Oxford; Reader in the Comparative Study of Institutions, Oxford 
University. Author of The foreign Policy of Soviet Russia, 1929-1941. 

M.C.G. Arts Council of Great Britain 

MARY CECILIA GLASGOW, C.B.E., B.A. Secretary General, 

Arts Council of Great Britain. 
IVI.D.Cn. Plastics Industry 

MAURICE DELOISNE CUR WEN, B.Sc., A.R.l.C. Editor, 

Plastics* London. Author of Plastics in Industry; etc. 
M.Dk. Holy Year; Roman Catholic Church; etc. 

JOHN MICHAEL DERRICK. Assistant Editor, Tablet, London; 

Editor, Catholic Almanac. Author of Eastern Catholics under 

Soviet Rule; etc. 
M.Ds. Iron and Steel (in part) 

MAX EMIL DAVIES, B.A. Public Relations Officer, British Iron 

and Steel Research Association. Joint Editor of the Handbook of 

Steel and Steel Products', Author of The Story of Steel. 
M.Dw. Law and Legislation (in part) 

MITCHELL DAWSON, Ph.B., J.D. -Lawyer and Writer. Former 

Editor. Chicago Bar Record. 
M.F.de C. Virgin Islands 

MORRIS F. DE CASTRO. Governor of the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
M.Fe. Trust Territories 

MAURICE FANSHAWE, B.A. Author of Permanent Court of 

International Justice', Armaments', The Covenant Explained; etc. 
M.Fi. Medicine (in part); etc. 

MORRIS FISHBEIN, M.D. Editor, Excetpia Medico', Contributing 

Editor, Postgraduate Medicine (U.S.A.). 
M.F.T. Food Research (in part) 

MARTHA F. TRULSON. Research Associate in Nutrition, School 

of Public Health, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts. 

M.G.C. Water Supply (in part) 

MARTIN G. GLAESER. Professor of Economics, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. 

M.Gt. Budget, National (in part); National Income (in part); efr , 

MILTON GILBERT. Chief. National Income Division, U.S. 
Department of Commerce. Author of Currency Depreciation and 
Monetary Policy; National Income and Product Static f ! cs of the U.S. 

M.H.Sm. Air Forces of the World (in part) 

MAURICE H. SMITH. Librarian, Institute of the Aeronautical 
Sciences, New York. 

M.Jol. French Literature; Paris; etc. 

MARIA JOLAS (Mrs. Eugene Jolas). Writer and Critic, Paris. 

M.L.M. Colombia; Costa Rica; etc. 

MAX L. MOORHEAD. Assistant Professor of History, University 
of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma. 

M .Ml. Betting and Gambling (in part) 

S. MICHAEL MacDOUGALL. Author of Gamblers Don't Gamble; 
Card Mastery; MacDougall on Dice and Cards; MacDougall on 
Pinochle; etc. 

M.N. Bacteriology 

MILAN VACLAV NOVAK. Professor and Head of Department of 
Bacteriology, Univ. of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago; 
Bacteriologist in Chief, Research and Educational Hospital Con- 
sultant on Bacteriology, Veterans Administration, Hines Hospital; 
Associate Dean of the Graduate College, University of Illinois, 
Chicago. * 

M.S.F. ' Japan 

MIRIAM S. FARLEY. Editor, Far Eastern Survey, American 
Institute of Pacific Relations. Author of The Problem of Japanese 
Trade Expansion; Aspects of Japan's Labor Problems. 

M.Si. Printing (in part) 

MacD. SINCLAIR. Editor, Printing Equipment Engineer, Cleveland, 

Ohio. 
N.A.D.W. Art Exhibitions (in part); Painting (in part); etc. 

NEVILE ARTHUR DOUGLAS WALLIS, F.R.S.A. Art Critic 

of the Observer, London. Author of Fin de Siccle. 
N.B.D. National Parks (in part) 

NEWTON B. DRURY, B.L., LL.B. Director, National Park Service, 

U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington. 
N.Bh. Jerusalem 

NORMAN BENTWICH, Hon. LL.D., M.A. Professor at the 

Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Author of Palestine; Judea Lives 

Again; etc. 

N.C.B. Timber (in part) 

NELSON C. BROWN, A.B., M.F. Professor in Charge of Forest 
Utili/ation, New York State College of Forestry, Syracuse University, 
New York. 

N.E.W. Plague 

NEWTON E. WAYSON, A.B., M.D. Former Medical Officer in 
Charge, Plague Investigations, U.S. Public Health Service, San 
Francisco. 

N.F.S. Munitions of War (in part) 

NATHANIEL F. SILSBEE. Colonel, United States Air Force 
Reserve. Contributing Editor, Aviation Age, Skyways. Co-author of 
Jet Propulsion Progress. 

N.McW. Athletics (In part); Empire Games 

NORRIS DEWAR McWHIRTER, M.A. Contributor Track and 
Field News (U.S.A.), the Athlete (London); etc, Author of Get to 
Your Marks. 



N.Mgh. Commonwealth of Nations (In part) 

NICHOLAS SETON MANSERGH, O.B.E., B.Litt, M.A., D.Phil. 
Abe Bailey Research Professor of British Commonwealth Relations, 
Royal Institute of International Affairs, London. Author of The 
Commonwealth and the Nations; Britain and Ireland. 

N.N. Country Life 

NORMAN NICHOLSON. Poet and critic, Millom, Cumberland. 
Authot of Cumberland and Westmorland; Five Rivers; The Old 
Man of the Mountains. 

O.F.K. Norway; Oslo 

OLE FERDINAND KNUDSEN, M.Sc.(Econ.). Assistant Press 
Attach^ to the Royal Norwegian Embassy, London. 

O.M.G. China; Peking 

OWEN MORTIMER GREEN, B.A. Far Eastern Specialist, the 
Observer, London. Author of The Foreigner in Chine; Story of the 
Chinese Revolution; etc. 

O.R.F. Physics 

OTTO ROBERT FRISCH, D.Phil., F.R.S., O.B.E. Fellow of 
Trinity College, Cambridge; Jacksonian Professor of Natural 
Philosophy, Cambridge University. Author of Meet the Atoms; 
editor of Progress in Nuclear Physics. 

O.S.T. World Council of Churches 

OLIVER STRATFORD TOMKINS, M.A. Associate General 
Secretary, World Council of Churches. 'Author of The Wholeness 
of the Church. 

O.Tw. Arabia; Arab League; etc. 

OWEN MEREDITH TWEEDY, B.A. Retired Government Officer. 
Author of By Way of the Sahara; Russia at Random; Cairo to Persia 
and Back. 

P.A.Sd. Meteorology 

PERCIVAL ALBERT SHEPPARD, B.Sc., F.Inst.P. Assistant 
Professor of Meteorology, Imperial College, London; Reader in 
Meteorology, London University. Author of " The Earth's Atmos- 
phere " in A Century of Science. 

P.Br. Billiards and Snooker (in part) 

PETER BRANDWEIN. Sports Writer, The New York Times; 
Editor, sports section, Information Please Almanac. 

P.Dn. English Literature (in part) 

PATRIC DICKINSON, B.A. Author of Theseus and the Minotaur; 
Stone in the Midst and Poems. 

P.Eg. Budget, National (in part); Taxation (in part); etc. 

PAUL EINZIG, D.Sc.(Pol. and Econ.). Political Correspondent, 
Financial Times, London. Author of Primitive Money; The Theory 
of Forward Exchange; etc. 

P.H.-M. British West Indies; Caribbean Commission; etc. 

PHILIP HEWITT-MYR1NG. Public Relations Adviser. Articles 
written on behalf of the Development and Welfare Organization 
in the West Indies. 

P.H.M.-B. Tropical Diseases 

SIR PHILIP HENRY MANSON-BAHR, C.M.G., D.S.O., M.A., 
M.D., F.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., D.T.M. and H., F.2.S. Consulting 
Physician, Hospital for Tropical Diseases, London. Author of 
Life and Work of Sir Patrick Manson; Dysenteric Disorders; editor 
01 Manson's Tropical Diseases. 7th-13th ed.; etc. 

P.H.P. Chemistry 

PETER HARIOLF PLESCH, M.A., Ph.D., A.R.l.C. Lecturer in 
Physical Chemistry, University College of North Staffordshire, 
Stoke-on-Trent. 

P.J.A.C. Liberal Movement 

PETER J. A. CALVOCORESSL Survey Department, Royal 
Institute of International Affairs, London. Author of Nuremberg. 

P.M.S. Botanical Gardens (in part); Horticulture 

PATRICK MILLINGTON SYNGE, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. 
Editor to the Royal Horticultural Society. Author of Mountains 
of the Moon ; Plants with Personality ; etc. 

P.O'S. Johnstone, William Raphael 

PETER JOHN O'SULLEVAN. Racing Correspondent, Daily 
Express, London; radio commentator, etc. 

P.Ss. Insurance (in part) 

PERCY STEBBINGS. Insurance Editor; Correspondent to Financial 
Times; Bankers' Magazine; Investors Chronicle, London; etc, 

P.Ta. Employment (in part); Strikes and Lockouts (in part) 

PHILIP TAFT, B.A., Ph.D. Professor of Economics, Brown 
University. Providence, Rhode Island. Author of Economics and 
Problems of Labor; etc. 

P.W.H. Photography (in part) 

PERCY WOOTTON HARRIS, Hon.F.R.P.S., M.R.I. Former 
President, Royal Photographic Society, London. Editor of Miniature 
Camera Magazine, London. 

Q.W. International Law 

QUINCY WRIGHT, A.M., Ph.D., LL.D. Professor of International 
Law, University of Chicago. Author of A Study of War; etc. 

R.A.Bn. Advertising (in part) 

ROGER A. BARTON. Editor, Advertising Agency Magazine and 
Advertising Handbook, New York. Lecturer in Advertising, Columbia 
University, New York. 

Ra.L. Endocrinology (in part) 

RACHMIEL LEVINE, M.D. Director of Metabolic and Endocrine 
Research, Michael Reese Hospital; Professorial Lecturer, Depart- 
ment of Physiology, University of Chicago. Co-author of Carbo- 
hydrate Metabolism. 



CONTRIBUTORS 



xv 



R.Ba. Consumer Credit (in part) 

ROBERT BARTELS. Associate Professor of Marketing, Ohio 
State University, Columbus, Ohio. Co-author of Credits and 
Collections in Theory and Practice. 

R.C.-W. Philosophy 

RUPERT CRAWSHAY-WILLIAMS. B.A. Writer on Philosophy 
and the Psychology of Language and Reasoning. Author of The 
Comforts of Unreason; A Study of the Motives behind Irrational 
Thought. 

R.D.B. Rowing 

RICHARD DESBOROUGH BURNELL, B.A. Rowing Corres- 
pondent, The Times, London. Editor, British Rowing Almanack. 

R.E.Bs. Literary Prizes (in part) 

RUTH ELLEN BAINS, B.A. Assistant Book Editor, R. R. Bowker 
Company, New York. 

R.E.E.H. Baptist Church 

REUBEN E. E. HARKNESS, M.A., B.D., Ph.D. President, The 
American Baptist Historical Society. Professor of Christianity, 
Crozer Seminary, Chester, Pennsylvania. 

R.F.Am. British Council 

GENERAL SIR RONALD FORBES ADAM, Bt., G.C.B., D.S.O., 
O.B.E. Chairman and Director-General of the British Council. 

R.F.G.C. Congregational Churches 

RALPH FORMAN GODLEY CALDER, M.A., B.D. Secretary, 
Colonial Missionary Society; Secretary, Congregational Fund Board. 
Former Editor, Scottish Congregationalist; Editor, British Missionary, 

R.G.D.A. Prices (In part) 

ROY GEORGE DOUGLAS ALLEN, O.B.E., M.A., D.Sc.(Econ.). 
Professor of Statistics, University of London. Author of Mathe- 
matical Analysis for Economists; Statistics for Economists; etc. 

R.G.L. Inventors, Awards to 

RHYS GERRAN LLOYD, M.A., B.Sc. Barrister-at-Law. Secretary 
of the Royal Commission on Awards to Inventors. Editor of Kerly 
on Trade Marks (7th edition). 

R.H.B. Epidemics 

R. H. BARRETT, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. Medical Officer, Ministry 
of Health, London. 

R.H.Frg. Arthritis 

RICHARD HAROLD FREYBERG, M.D. Associate Professor of 
Clinical Medicine, Cornell University Medical College; Director, 
Department of Internal Medicine and Director of Arthritis Clinic, 
Hospital for Special Surgery; Assistant Attending Physician and 
Director of Arthritis Clinic, New York Hospital, New York. 

R.H.Ls. Museums (in part) 

RALPH H. LEWIS. Assistant Chief, Museum Branch, National 
Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington. 

R.Ho. Billiards and Snooker (in part) 

RICHARD HOLT. Editor, Billiard Player, London. 

R.H.Ri. Grain Crops; Wheat 

RICHARD HOOK RICHENS, M.A. Assistant Director of the 
Commonwealth Bureau of Plant Breeding and Genetics, Cambridge. 
Author of The New Genetics in the Soviet Union (with P. S. Hudson). 

R.I!. SI. Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbines (in part) 

REGINALD HERBERT SCHLOTEL, F.R.Ae.S. Deputy Director 
of Engine Research and Development, Ministry of Supply, London. 

Ri.A.B. Ex-Servicemen's Organizations (in part) 

RICHARD A. BROWN. Executive Secretary, Veterans' Organiza- 
tions Information Service, New York. 

R.Is. Anaemia 

RAPHAEL ISAACS, M.A., M.D. Attending Physician in Hacma- 
tology, Michael Reese Hospital, Chicago. Co-author of Diseases of 
the Blood. 

R.J.My. Clothing Industry (in part); Fashion and Dress (in part) 

RONALD JOSEPH MURRAY. Features Editor, Men's Wear, 
London. 

R.Js. Moscow (in part) 

RICHARD JONES. Former Editor of British Ally (Britansky 
Soyuznik), Moscow. Former Assistant News Editor, Daily Telegraph 
and Night News Editor, Daily Mail, London. 

R.LFo. Accidents (in part) 

R. L. FORNEY. General Secretary, National Safety Council, 
Chicago. 

R.L.Hs. Hockey 

RICHARD LYNTON HOLLANDS. Hockey Correspondent, 
Sunday Times and Evening Standard, London. 

Rln. Boy Scouts (in part) 

LORD ROWALLAN, M.C., T.D., LL.D. Chief Scout of the 
British Commonwealth arid Empire. 

R.L.S.-R. Radio, Scientific Developments in; etc. 

REGINALD LESLIE SMITH-ROSE, D.Sc., Ph.D., D.I.C., A.R.C.S. 
Director of Radio Research, Department of Scientific and Industrial 
Research, Slough, Buckinghamshire. 

R.Man. Cinerta (in part) 

ROGER MANVELL, B.A., Ph.D. Director of the British Film 
Academy, London. Editor of The Cinema 1950; Author of Film; 
Author (with Rachel Low) of History of the British Film ; etc. 

R.M.Ge. Soil Conservation (in part) 

ROBERT MACLAGAN GORRIE, D.Sc., F.R.S.E. Soil Conserva- 
tion Officer, Ceylon. Author of Use and Misuse of Land; Soil and 
Water Conservation in the Punjab; etc. 

R.N.Ba. Royal Navy 

ROBERT NESHAM BAX. Admiral, Royal Navy (retired). 



Ro.B. Zoological Gardens (in part) 

ROBERT BEAN. Director of the Chicago Zoological Park, 
Brookfield, Illinois. 

R.R.W.F. Fruit; Market Gardening; etc. 

ROGER ROLAND WESTWELL FOLLEY, B.Sc., B.Com. Depart- 
mental Demonstrator, Institute for Research in Agricultural 
Economics, University of Oxford. 

R.S.T. Munitions of War (in part) 

ROBERT S. THOMAS, A.M. Military Historian, Historical 

Division, Special Staff, War Department, Washington. Author of 

The Story of the 30th Division, A.E.F. 
R.Sy. Methodist Church (in part) 

RALPH STOODY. Executive Director, The Commission on Public 

Information of The Methodist Church, U.S.A. 
R. Tu. Political Parties, U.S. 

RAY TUCKER, B.A. Writer of Syndicated Column, " The National 

Whirligig ". Author of The Mirrors of J932; etc. 
R.U.C. Skiing 

MISS R. U. CROXTON. Secretary, Ski Club of Great Britain. 

R.V.B.B. Navies of the World 

RAYMOND VICTOR BERNARD BLACKMAN, A.M.I.N.A., 
A.l.Mar.E. Editor, Janes Fighting Ships; Author of Modern World 
Book of Ships. 

R.W.B. New Zealand Literature 

ROBERT WILLIAM BURCHFIELD, M.A. Rhodes Scholar at 
Magdalen College, Oxford. 

R.W.Cr. Broadcasting (in part) 

RUFUS WILLIAM CRATER. Associate Editor, Broadcasting- 
Telecasting Magazine, Washington. 

R.W.J.K. Young Men's Christian Association (in part) 

REGINALD WILLIAM JAMES KEEBLE, B.A. Headquarters 
StafY, Young Men's Christian Association, London. 

R.Wr. Young Women's Christian Association (in part) 

RUTH CHRISTABEL WALDER. National General Secretary, 
Young Women's Christian Association of Great Britain. 



Prisons (in part) 
Former President, American Prison 



S.A.L. 

SAM A. LEWISOHN. 
Association. 

S.D.L.R. Peru 

SIDNEY DE LA RUE. Financial Consultant to the Peruvian and 
Liberian Embassies in Washington. 

S.E.Ws. Albania 

SEWARD ELIOT WATROUS. Programme Organizer, British 
Broadcasting Corporation, London. 

S.F.M. Museums (in part) 

SYDNEY FRANK MARKHAM, M.A., B.Litt. Former President, 
Museums Association, London. Hon. Associate Director, Inter- 
national Council of Museums. Author of Museums of the British 
Empire; etc. 

S.F.Sn. Anthropology (in part) 

SOPHIA FELICIA STALLMAN, M.A. Assistant Secretary, Royal 
Anthropological Institute, London; Assistant Secretary, Folk-Lore 
Society, London. 

S.Hr. European Recovery Programme; etc. 

SEBASTIAN HAFFNER, Dr.jur. Diplomatic Correspondent, 
Observer, London. 

S.J.Bkr. Police (in part) 

STANISLAUS JOSEPH BAKER, C.B., B.Sc. Assistant Under- 
secretary of .State, Home Office, London. 

S.L.L. Furs (in part) 

SAMUEL LEWIS LAZARUS. Editor, Far Weekly News, London. 

S.L.S. Clothing Industry (in part) 

STANLEY L. SIMONS, Ph.B., LL.D. Editor, The Clothing Trade 
Journal, Director, Garment Technical Institute, U.S.A. 

S.McC.L. International Labour Organization 

SAMUEL McCUNE LINDSAY. Professor Emeritus of Social 
Legislation, Columbia University, New York. Author of Railway 
Labor in the U.S.; Emergency Housing Legislation; etc. 

S.Nr. Formosa; Pacific Islands, U.S.; etc. 

STANLEY NEHMER. Office of International Trade Policy, Depart- 
ment of State, Washington. Lecturer in Economics, American 
University, Washington. 

S.P.J. Air Forces of the World (in part); etc. 

S. PAUL JOHNSTON. Director, Institute of the Aeronautical 
Sciences, New York. 

S.Ps. Philately 

STANLEY PHILLIPS. Managing Director and Editor in Chief, 
Stanley Gibbons Ltd., London; Vice President, British Philatelic 
Association. Author of Stamp Collecting; Stamps of Great Britain, 
1911-21; etc. 

S.R.S. Glass (in part) 

SAMUEL RAY SCHOLES. Head of Department of Glass Tech- 
nology, New York State College of Ceramics, Alfred, New York. 

S.Sd. Export-Import Bank of Washington 

SIDNEY SHERWOOD, A.B. Secretary, Export-Import Bank of 
Washington. 

S.S.H. Stocks and Shares (in part) 

SOLOMON S. HUEBNER, Sc.D., Ph.D. President, American 
College of Life Underwriters. Professor of Insurance and Com- 
merce. Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, University of 
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. > 



XVI 



CONTRIBUTORS 



S.So. Endocrinology (in part) 

SAMUEL SOSK1N, M.D.. Ph.D. Director, Medical Research 
Institute. Michael Reese Hospital, and Dean, Michael Reese Hospital 
Postgraduate School; Professorial Lecturer, Department of Physiol- 
ogy, The University of Chicago. Co-author of Carbohydrate Meta- 
bolism', Editor of Progress in Clinical Endocrinology. 

S.Sp. Music (in part) 

SIGMUND SPAETH, A.M., Ph.D. Lecturer and Broadcaster. 
Author of The Art of Enjoying Music', A History of Popular Music in 
America; etc. 

S.I f. Broadcasting (in part) 

SOL TAISHOFF. President, Editor and Publisher of Broadcasting- 
Telecasting Magazine, Washington. 

I. Bar. Wealth and Income, Distribution of (in part) 

TIBOR BARNA, B.Sc.(Econ.), Ph.D. Chief of Economics Section, 
Research Division, Economic Commission for Europe; formerly 
Official Fellow of Nuffield College, Oxford. Author of Redistribution 
of Income through Public Finance. 

T.C. Church of Scotland 

THOMAS CALDWELL, M.A., B.D., Ph.D., D.D. Principal Clerk 
of the General Assembly of the Church of Scotland. 

T.E.U. Political Parties, British 

T. E. UTLEY, M.A. Editorial Staff, The Times, London. 

T.G.W. Aliens (in part) 

TERENCE GERARD WEILER, B.A. Principal, Aliens Depart- 
ment, Home Office, London. 

T.H.MacD. Roads (in part) 

THOMAS H. MacDONALD. Commissioner, Bureau of Public 
Roads, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington. 

T.J.B. Venereal Diseases (in part) 

THEODORE J. BAUER, M.D. Chief, Division of Venereal Disease, 
U.S. Public Health Service, Washington. 

T.Q.C. Theatre (in part) 

THOMAS QUINN CURT1SS. Dramatic Critic. Editor Common 
Sense, Decision. Former Drama Critic and Drama Editor, Junior 
Bazaar (Harper's); Contributing book-reviewer to Herald-Tribune, 
New York, and The New York Times Book Review. 

T.Rsc. Canasta ; Contract Bridge (in par / 

JOHN TERENCE REESE. Bridge correspondent, Observer and 
Evening News, London. Author of Reese on Play; The Elements of 
Contract (with Hubert Phillips). 

T.T.S. Nervous System 

THEODORE THADDEUS STONE, M.D., M.S., Ph.D., F.A.C.P. 
Professor in Nervous and Mental Diseases, Northwestern University 
Medical School, Chicago; Chief and Attending Ncuro-Psychiatrist, 
Wesley Memorial Hospital, Chicago. 

T.V.H. Athletics (in part) 

THOMAS V. HANEY. Member of the Staff, The New York Times. 

V.E.F. Antarctica 

VIVIAN ERNEST FUCHS, M.A., Ph.D. Head of the Falklands 
Islands Dependencies Scientific Bureau. 

V.S.S. Paper and Pulp Industry 

VINCENT STANLEY SMITH. Advertising Consultant to Paper 
Manufacturers. 

W.A.D. Theatre (in part) 

WILLIAM AUBREY DARLINGTON, M.A. Dramatic Critic, 
the Daily Telegraph, London, and London Drama Correspondent, 
The New York Times. Author of The Actor and His Audience; etc. 

W.A.Ft. Bridges (in part) 

WILLIAM ALBERT FAIRHURST, M.l.Struct.E. Senior Partner, 
F. A. Macdonald and Partner, Consulting Stru9turul and Civil 
F'ngineers, Glasgow. Author of Arch Design Simplified; Reinforced 
Concrete Bridge Design (with A. W. Legal and George Dunn). 

W.As. Heavy Engineering; Light Engineering 

WILLIAM ANDREWS, B.Met., F.l.M. Technical Editor, The 
Times Review of Industry. 

W.B.Hd. Geology 

WALTER BRIAN HARLAND, M.A. Fellow of Gonvillc and 
Caius College, Cambridge; Lecturer in Geology, Cambridge Uni- 
versity. 

W.B.Mi. Immigration and Emigration (in part) 

WATSON B. MILLER. Commissioner, Immigration and Natural- 
ization Service, U.S. Department of Justice, Washington. 

W.C.An. Portugal; Spain; etc. 

WILLIAM CHRISTOPHER ATKINSON, M.A. Stevenson 
Professor of Spanish, University of Glasgow. Author of Spain, a 
Brief History; etc. 

W.E.S. Palaeontology 

WILLIAM ELGIN SWINTON, Ph.D., F.R.S.E. Principal Scientific 
Officer, British Museum (Natural History), London. Author of 
The Dinosaurs; The Corridor oj Life; Geology and the Museum. 

W.F.Br. Urology 

WILLIAM F. BRAASCH, B.S., M.D. Professor Emeritus of 
Urology, University of Minnestoa Graduate School, Mayo Founda- 
tion, Rochester, Minnesota. Editorial Committee, Quarterly Review 
of Urology and Minnesota Medicine. 

W.Fr. Australia. Commonwealth of; etc. 

WOLFGANG FRIEDMANN, LL.D. Professor of Public Law at 
the University of Melbourne, Australia. Author of The Allied 
Military Government of Germany; Legal Theory; Crisis of the National 
State; Introduction to World Politics. 

W.Ft. Paraguay 

WESLEY FROST, A.M., LL.D. Professor of International 
Relations, The American Institute for Foreign Trade, Phoenix, 
Arizona. Former U.S. Ambassador to Paraguay. 



W.G.P. Indonesia; Netherlands Overseas Territories; etc. 

WIBO GODFR1ED PEEKJEMA, D.L. Legal Adviser to the 

Standard- Vacuum Oil Company, The Hague. 
W.H.Ctr. Austria 

WILLIAM HORSFALL CARTER, M.A. Head of Western 
European Section, Research Department, Foreign Office, London. 

W.H.G. Roads (in part) 

WILLIAM HENRY GLANVILLE, C.B.E., D.Sc., Ph.D., M.I.C.E. 
Director of Road Research, Department of Scientific and Industrial 
Research, Road Research Laboratory, Harmondsworth, Middlesex. 

W.H.Jn. Business Review; Gold (in part) 

WALTER HENRY JOHNSTON. B.A. Assistant Editor, Yorkshire 
Post. Translator of Hegel's Science of Logic. 

W.H.McC. Astronomy 

WILLIAM HUNTER McCREA, M.A., Ph.D., B.Sc., F.R.S.E. 
Professor of Mathematics, University of London. Author of 
Relativity Physics; Physics of the Sun and Stars; etc. 

W.H.Oe. Surgery 

/SIR WILLIAM HENEAGE OGILVIE, K.B.E., M.A., M.D., 
Hon.LL.D., Hon.F.A.C.S., Hon.F.R.C.S.C, Hon.F.R.A.C.S., 
Hon. M.S. Surgeon to Guy's Hospital and the Royal Masonic 
Hospital, London; late Vice-President, Royal College of Surgeons, 
London; Editor, Practitioner. Author of Recent Advances in Surgery; 
Forward Surgery in Modern War; Surgery Orthodox and Heterodox; 
etc. 

W.H.R. Beekeeping 

WILLIAM HENRY RICHARDSON. Fellow of the Royal Entomo- 
logical Association; former Chairman, British Beekeepers' 
Association. 

W.H.Tr. Motor-Boat Racing 

WILLIAM H. TAYLOR. Associate Editor, Yachting, New York. 
Co-author of Yachting in North America. 

W.J.Bp. Alder, Kurt; Diels, Otto; etc. 

WILLIAM JOHN BISHOP, F.L.A. Librarian, Wellcome Historical 
Medical Library, London. Author of Notable Names in Medicine 
and Surgery (with H. Bailey); etc. 

WJ.Bt. Furs (in part) 

WILLIAM J. BRETT, B.S. President, the Fur Reporter, New York. 

W.J.C. Railways (in part) 

WILLIAM J. CUNNINGHAM. James J. Hill Professor of Trans- 
portation, Graduate School of Business Administration, Harvard 
University. 

VV.J.C1. Co-operative Movement (in part) 

WALLACE JUSTIN CAMPBELL. Director, Washington Office, 
Co-operative League of the U.S.A. 

W.K.F. Pharmacy 

WILLIAM KENNETH FITCH, M.P.S. Editor, Pharmaceutical 
Journal; Publications Manager of the Pharmaceutical Society of 
Great Britain. Author of Gas Warfare. 

W.L.Be. Eye, Diseases of 

WILLIAM L. BENEDICT, M.D. The Mayo Clinic, Rochester, 
Minnesota. Professor of Ophthalmology, University of Minnesota 
Graduate School, Mayo Foundation, Rochester, Minnesota. 

W.Mr. Organi/ation of American States 

WILLIAM MANGER, Ph.D. Assistant Secretary-General 
Organization of American States. 

W.O.L.S. Youth Employment (in part) 

WILLIAM OWEN LESTER SMITH, LL.D. Professor of the 
Sociology of Education, University of London. Author of Education 
in Great Britain; etc. 

W.P.K. Medicine 

WALTER PHILLIP KENNEDY, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.F.P.S.(G)., 
L.R.C.P.E., L.R.C.S.E., F.R.I.C., F.R.S.E. Senior Medical Officer 
Pharmacologist, Ministry of Health, London. 

W.P.Ma. Telegraphy (in part) 

WALTER P. MARSHALL. President, The Western Union Tele- 
graph Company, New York. 

W.R.W. Veterinary Medicine 

WALTER REGINALD WOOLDRIDGE, M.Sc., Ph.D., 
M.R.C.V.S., F.R.I.C. Scientific Director and Chairman of Council 
of Animal Health Trust, London. Author of War Gases and Food- 
stuffs. 

W.Sm. Korea (in part) 

WARREN SMITH. University of California, Berkeley, California. 

W.T.Ws. Judiciary, British; Law and Legislation (In part); etc. 

WILLIAM THOMAS WELLS, B.A. Barrister-at-Law; Member of 
Parliament. Member of the Lord Chancellor's Committee on the 
Practice and Procedure of the Supreme Court. Author of How 
English Law Works. 

W.V.M. Hutchins, Robert Maynard 

WILLIAM V. MORGENSTERN. Director of Public Relations, 
The University of Chicago. 

W.V.Wt. Prices (in part) 

WILLIAM V. WILMOT, Jr. Instructor, Department of Economics, 
University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. 

W.W.Bn. Education (in part) 

WILLIAM W. BRICKMAN. Department of History and Philosophy 
of Education, New York University; President's Research Fellow, 
Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island (1950-51). Former 
Editor, Education Abstracts; author of Guide to Research in Educa- 
tional History. 

X. 

ANONYMOUS. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



JANUARY 

1 : Great Britain. Six peers were created 
in the New Year Honours. 

Austria. Major General T. J. W. 
Winterton succeeded Lieut. General Sir 
Alexander Galloway as British high 
commissioner. 

India. Cooch Behar state was merged 
with West Bengal. 

2: Persia. The shah returned from his 
visit to the United States. 

3: Egypt. General elections were held. 
The final results gave the Wafd (nation- 
alist party) 225 seats. 

4: Great Britain. The chancellor of the 
exchequer, Sir Stafford Cripps, stated 
that in the fourth quarter of 1949 the 
gold and dollar deficit had fallen to 
$31 million. 

China. The Communist government 
was recognized by Pakistan. 

India-Afghanistan. A five-year treaty 
of peace and friendship was signed in 
New Delhi. 

5 : Greece. The government led by A. Dio- 
midis resigned. Field Marshal A. Papagos 
resigned as commander in chief. 

Indo-China. Bao Dai dissolved the 
Vietnam government and requested 
Nguyen Phan Long to form a new one. 

6: Great Britain. Notes were sent to the 
governments of Bulgaria, Hungary and 
Rumania concerning the alleged violation 
of human rights. Similar notes were sent 
by Canada and the U.S. 

China. The Communist government 
was recognized by Great Britain, Ceylon 
and Norway. 

Greece. John Theotokis formed a 
caretaker government. Field Marshal 
Papagos withdrew his resignation. 

India-Pakistan. Jawaharlal Nehru 
stated it had been proposed that the two 
governments should sign a declaration 
renouncing war as a means of settling 
their disputes. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The North 
Atlantic council met in Washington. 

United States. In his annual economic 
report to congress, President Truman 
stated that the renewed confidence in the 
U.S. economy was "justified by the 
facts." 

9: Commonwealth. A conference of the 
foreign ministers of the Commonwealth 
countries opened in Colombo. 

China. The Communist government 
was recognized by Denmark and Israel. 

Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
deputies of the foreign ministers resumed 
meetings in London on the Austrian 
peace treaty. 

United States. In his budget message, 
President Truman estimated expenditure 
at $42,400 million. 

0: Great Britain. It was announced that 
parliament would be dissolved and that 
a general election would be held on 
Feb. 23. 

Canada. A three-day conference of 
federal and provincial prime ministers 
to discuss a method of making amend- 
ments 19 the British North America act 
opened in Ottawa. 

E.B.Y. 2 



Indonesia. It was learned that a revolt 
was taking place in west Java under 
Captain " Turco " Westerling, a former 
Dutch officer. 

United Nations. The Soviet delegate, 
Y. Malik, proposed that the Chinese 
Nationalists should be expelled from the 
Security council. After it was decided to 
defer consideration, Malik walked out of 
the council. 

11: Italy. The government resigned to 
enable the Saragat Socialists to enter a 
reconstructed government. 

Persia. The government resigned. 
Mohammed Saed, the outgoing prime 
minister was asked to form a goverment. 

12: Egypt. An all- Wafd government was 
formed with Nahas Pasha as prime 
minister. 

Gold Coast. A state of emergency was 
proclaimed following the opening of a 
civil disobedience campaign. 

Soviet Union. A decree was issued 
restoring capital punishment for offences 
of treason, espionage and sabotage. 

13: China. The Communist government 
was recognized by Finland. 

Poland. It was announced that the 
French Institute in Warsaw had been 
closed. 

United Nations. By 6 votes to 3 in the 
Security council, the Soviet motion to 
expel the Chinese Nationalists was 
defeated. Y. Malik again left the council. 

14: Commonwealth. The Colombo confer- 
ence ended. Among the subjects dis- 
cussed were the world situation, China, 
Japanese peace treaty, southeast Asia 
and Europe. Recommendations for 
economic development (the ** Spender 
plan ") in southeast Asia were submitted 
to the Commonwealth governments. 

Bolivia. The government declared a 
state of siege following the discovery of 
" subversive activities." 

China. The Communist government 
was recognized by Sweden. 

Italy. Alcide De Gasperi was asked to 
form a new government. 

Persia. Mohammed Saed formed a 
new government. 

15: Cyprus. An unofficial plebiscite on 
union with Greece resulted in a 96% vote 
in favour. 

16: Finland. Presidential elections were 
held. The final results showed the Social 
Democrats and Agrarians as the largest 
parties. 

International Labour Organization. A 
regional conference opened in Ceylon. 

17: Pakistan. Liaquat Ali Khan agreed to 
the Indian proposal for a ** no- war " 
declaration only after the settlement of 
certain outstanding differences. 

United Nations. The interim committee 
(" little assembly ") met for the first time 
in 1950 and elected Joao Carlos Muniz 
of Brazil as president. 

18: Scandinavia. A joint committee on a 
customs union between Denmark, Ice- 
land, Norway and Sweden issued a report, 
recommending a transition period of 10 
years. 

19: Bulgaria. The government requested 
the immediate recall of D. R. Heath, 
the U.S. minister in Sofia. 

I 



Israel. De jure recognition was granted 
by Italy. 

United Nations. Soviet delegates with- 
drew from the Atomic Energy com- 
mission as a protest at the presence of a 
Chinese Nationalist delegate. 

United States. By 193 votes to 191 the 
House of Representatives defeated a bill 
for continued U.S. aid to Korea. 

20: Bolivia. The government resigned. 

China. Chpu En-lai, prime minister 
and foreign minister, arrived in Moscow. 

United States. In its reply to the 
Bulgarian note, the United States govern- 
ment refuted the allegations against 
D. R. Heath and threatened to break 
diplomatic relations. 

21: Ireland-United States. A treaty of 
friendship, commerce and navigation was 
signed in Dublin. 

22: United States. Alger Hiss, a former 
State Department official, was found 
guilty of perjury for denying under oath 
that 12 years before he had handed 
government documents to a Soviet spy. 

23: Bulgaria. V. Kolarov, prime minister, 
died. 

Israel. The Knesset adopted a resolu- 
tion proclaiming Jerusalem as the capital 
of Israel. 

24: India. The Constituent Assembly 
unanimously elected Rajendra Prasad 
as the first president of India. 

Indonesia. The prime minister of 
West Java, Anwar Tjokroaminoto, was 
arrested. The federal government was 
recognized by the U.S.S.R. 

25: Council of Foreign Ministers. The four 
deputies received Karl Gruber, Austrian 
foreign minister. 

Western Union. The finance ministers 
of the five countries met in Paris. 

26: France. By 540 votes to 2 the National 
Assembly renewed the 3,000-franc cost- 
of-living bonus. 

India. The republic of India was 
formally proclaimed. The last governor 
general, Chakravarti Rajagopalachari, 
handed over to the first president, 
Rajendra Prasad. 

O.E.E.C. The consultative group 
began a two-day meeting in Paris. 

27: Burma. The prime minister, Thakin 
Nu, arrived in Colombo. 

Indonesia. The West Java government 
resigned. 

Italy. A new cabinet was formed 
consisting of 11 Christian Democrats, 
3 Social Democrats and 2 Republicans. 

North Atlantic Treaty. Eight signatory 
nations of the treaty Great Britain, 
Belgium, Denmark, France, Italy, Luxem- 
bourg, the Netherlands and Norway 
signed bilateral arms aid agreements 
with the United States. 

United Nations. The Trusteeship 
council voted in favour of an Italian 
trusteeship agreement for Somaliland. 

28: Bolivia. A new government was 
formed. All but one of the ministers were 
members of the Republican Socialist 
Union party. 

Egypt. King Farouk received Ernest 
Bevin who had arrived in Cairo on hi* 
return from the Colombo conference. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



France. By 396 votes to 193 the 
National Assembly ratified the treaties 
with Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam. 
30: Indonesia. The head of the state of 
West Java, Wiranata Kusumah, laid 
down his mandate. The parliament 
handed over all powers to the federal 
government. 

O.E.E.C. An agreement was signed 
between representatives of Great Britain, 
Denmark, Norway and Sweden accepting 
recommendations for closer economic 
co-operation. 

South Africa. A motion of no-confi- 
dence in Dr. Malan's government was 
defeated by 78 votes to 71. 
3 1 : Australia. P. C. Spender, minister for 
external affairs, said any attempt by 
Indonesia to establish control over 
Australian New Guinea would be treated 
as an act of hostility. 

Indo-China. The U.S.S.R. recognized 
the administration of Ho Chi Minh. 
The French government protested that 
this step violated international law. 

O.E.E.C. The council appointed 
D. U. Stikker, Netherlands foreign minis- 
ter, to the new post of political conciliator. 
The two vice presidents, Karl Gruber, 
Austria, and Sean MacBride, Ireland, 
were invited to join the consultative 
group. 

United States. President Truman 
announced that he had directed the 
Atomic Energy commission to continue 
work on all forms of atomic weapons, 
including the hydrogen bomb. 



FEBRUARY 

1 : Bulgaria. The National Assembly 
elected Vlko Chervenkov as prime minis- 
ter. 

Indo-China. The Soviet ambassador 
returned the French note to the French 
foreign office. 

Iraq. The prime minister, Ali Jawdat 
al Ayyubi, resigned. 

Soviet Union. The government sent 
notes to the governments of Great 
Britain, Communist China and the United 
States proposing the trial of Emperor 
Hirohito as a war criminal. 
2: France. The Council of the Republic 
ratified the treaties with Cambodia, 
Laos and Vietnam by 294 votes to 20. 

Indo-China. The Vietminh govern- 
ment was recognized by Czechoslovakia. 

Indonesia. Ahmed Sukarno returned to 
Jakarta after visiting India, Pakistan and 
Burma. 

Pakistan. The government withdrew 
its trade ban with South Africa. 

3: Great Britain. The 38th parliament of 
the United Kingdom was dissolved. 

Ernest Bevin returned to London 
from Colombo. 

Chile. Following a wave of strikes the 
government resigned. 

Indo-China. The Vietminh republic 
was recognized by Hungary, Poland and 
Rumania. 

Indonesia. The government was recog- 
nized by Poland. 

Tanganyika. Rioting broke out in the 
native quarter of Dar-es-Salaam. 

United States. The government rejected 
the Soviet note proposing the trial of 
Hirohito. 

4: Chile. President G. Gonzalez Videla 
appointed an all-party cabinet. 

France. Th Socialist members of the 
Cabinet resigned. 



Italy. The Chamber of Deputies 
passed the Somaliland bill by 287 votes 
to 153. The bill provided for preliminary 
expenditure in Somaliland for trusteeship 
purposes. 

Empire Games. The fourth Empire 
Games were opened in Eden Park, 
Auckland, by Sir Bernard Freyberg, 
governor general of New Zealand. 
5: Egypt. The government decided to end 
martial law. 

Greece. The last British troops left 
Greece. 

Iraq. Tawfiq as Suwaidi formed a 
coalition government. 
6: South Africa. Preliminary discussions 
began in Capetown between representa- 
tives of India, Pakistan and South Africa. 

7: France. Non-Socialists were appointed 
to fill the vacancies in the government. 
By 225 votes to 185 (with 200 abstentions) 
the National Assembly supported the 
Bidault government. 

Indo-China. The British and United 
States governments granted recognition 
to the governments of Vietnam, Cam- 
bodia and Laos. 

United Nations. The Soviet, Czecho- 
slovak and Polish delegates walked out 
of the Economic and Social council after 
failing to unseat the Chinese Nationalist 
delegation. 

8: Australia. P. G. Menzics, prime 
minister, announced the ending of petrol 
rationing. 

Bvlgium. The House of Representatives 
voted by 117 votes to 92 in favour of a 
referendum on the return of King Leo- 
pold. 

Indo-China. The governments of Aus- 
tralia and Belgium granted recognition 
to Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam. The 
Vietminh government was recognized 
by Bulgaria. 

9: India. Troops were called out in 
Calcutta during an outbreak of com- 
munal rioting. 

United States. The House of Represen- 
tatives passed by 240 votes to 134, a bill 
authorizing economic aid to Korea and 
to Fortnosa. 

10: Great Britain-Israel. A financial agree- 
mcnt was concluded in London. 

United States. The Export-Import bank 
announced a loan of $100 million to 
Indonesia. 

1 1 : India. Twenty people were killed and 
100 injured when police opened fire to 
quell a riot in Salem prison, Madras. 

13: Great Britain. Nominations ended for 
the general election. 1,868 candidates 
had been nominated for 625 seats, 
including two unopposed returns. 

Scandinavia. A conference was held at 
Halmsted, Sweden, between the prime 
ministers of Denmark, Norway and 
Sweden. 

South Africa. Rioting broke out in 
Newclare, near Johannesburg. 

United States. A conference of the 
heads of U.S. diplomatic missions in 14 
Asian countries was held in Bangkok. 

14: Great Britain. In an election speech at 
Edinburgh, Winston Churchill suggested 
direct talks with the Soviet Union on the 
control of atomic energy. 

Italy. The Chamber of Deputies 
passed a motion of confidence in the new 
De Gasperi government. Fighting took 
place in the chamber during the prime 
minister's speech. 

Liberia. A state of emergency was 
proclaimed following a riot by rubber 
workers on strike. 



Soviet Union-China. A 30-yr. treaty 
of friendship, alliance and mutual assist- 
ance was signed in Moscow by A; Vyshin- 
sky and Chou En-lai. Agreements were 
also signed dealing with the Manchurian 
railway, Port Arthur and Dairen, and 
with the establishing of long-term credits 
by the U.S.S.R. to China. 

United States-Yemen. The State 
Department announced the restoration 
of full diplomatic relations which had 
been broken off in 1948. 

15: Finland. Juho Paasikivi was re- 
elected president. 

Indonesia. The first session of the Indo- 
nesian parliament opened in Jakarta. 

16: Burma. The parliament unanimously 
decided to postpone the general election 
for a further 12 months. 

Indonesia. The government was recog- 
nized by Rumania. 

International Court of Justice. Hearings 
began on the question whether the general 
assembly could over-rule the Security 
council on the admission of new members. 

West Indies. Princess Alice was installed 
as first chancellor of the University 
College of the West Indies, in Jamaica. 
17: China. Mao Tse-tung and Chou En-lai 
left Moscow for Peking. 

Nepal. Maharaja Mohan Shumshere 

Jung Bahadur Rana, prime minister, 

arrived in New Delhi on an eight-day 

good will visit to India. 

18: Belgium. The cabinet endbrsed a 

10-yr. plan for the Belgian Congo. 
20: Somaliland. The first Italian troops 

disembarked at Mogadishu. 
21: Eritrea. 22 people were killed in 
rioting between Copts and Moslems. 

Hungary. At a trial in Budapest, Edgar 
Sanders (Great Britain) and Robert 
Voegler (U.S.) were found guilty of 
espionage and sentenced to long terms of 
imprisonment. 

Indo-China. The Yugoslav government 
recognized the Ho Chi Minh adminis- 
tration. 

World Health Organization. Rumania 
withdrew from the W.H.O. 
22: Hungary. The British and U.S. govern- 
ments were requested to reduce the size 
of their legations in Budapest. 

United States. The government sus- 
pended diplomatic relations with Bulgaria 
(later Poland agreed to represent Bul- 
garian interests in the U.S., and Switzer- 
land, U.S. interests in Bulgaria). 

23: Great Britain. A general election was 
held. The Labour party was returned to 
office with a majority over all other 
parties of 6. Over 84% of the electorate 
voted. 

China. Communist troops landed on 
Namoa island. 

Eritrea. A total curfew was imposed in 
Asmara following continued clashes. 

Italy. The trial of Marshal Rudolfo 
Graziani on charges of war crimes opened 
before a military court in Rome. 

24: Western Germany. It was announced 
that Field Marshal Manstein's sentence 
had been reduced from 18 to 12 years. 

25: Indonesia. The leader of the West Java 
revolt, Captain Westerling, was arrested in 
Singapore on charges of entering the 
colony illegally. 

Soviet Union. A Ministry of the Navy 
of the U.S.S.R. was created. Admiral 
I. S. Yumashev was appointed minister. 

27: United States-Canada. A treaty on the 
preservation and usage of the Niagara 
falls was signed in Washington. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



28: Great Britain. The Labour government 
was reformed. Emanuel Shin well 
returned to the cabinet as minister of 
defence, and Hugh Qaitskell was appoin- 
ted minister of state for economic affairs. 

Chile. The government was defeated 
in the congress. 

Indo-China. The governments of 
Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam were 
recognized by Thailand. 

International Court of Justice. Hearings 
began in the case concerning the inter- 
pretations of the peace treaties with 
Bulgaria, Hungary and Rumania. 

MARCH 

1: Great Britain. The new House of 
Commons met for the first time and re- 
elected Colonel Douglas Clifton Brown 
as speaker. 

Dr. K. E. J. Fuchs, a naturalized 
British subject working on atomic re- 
search, was sentenced to 14 yr. imprison- 
ment for giving information on atomic 
energy to the U.S.S.R. 

Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
deputies met to discuss the Austrian 
treaty. 

Iceland. The government led by Olafur 
Thors resigned. 

Persia. The shah of Persia arrived in 
Karachi on a state visit to Pakistan. 

Soviet Union. The rouble was revalued 
on a gold basis. New price reductions in 
many goods came into effect. 

United States. The U.S. Export-Import 
bank authorized an additional $20 million 
loan to Yugoslavia. 

2: Western Germany. The high com- 
mission signed a law prohibiting German 
activity in the field of atomic energy. 
3: France-Saar. A series of agreements 
was signed in Paris by R. Schuman, 
French foreign minister, and Johannes 
Hoffmann, prime minister of the Saar. 

International Court of Justice. The 
court ruled that the general assembly was 
not competent to override the Security 
council on the question of the admission 
of new members. 

Rumania. The British Information 
office in Bucharest was closed at the 
request of the Rumanian government. 

Spain. The government granted recog- 
nition to Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos. 

United States. The House of Repre- 
sentatives passed a bill by 186 votes to 
146 granting statehood to Alaska; the 
bill was then passed to the Senate for 
approval. 

4: Elections were held in South Australia. 
The Liberal-Country league government 
was returned to office. 

China. Mao Tse-tung and Chou En-lai 
returned from Moscow. 

United States. The government rejected 
a Hungarian request to reduce the size 
of its legation in Budapest as " improper 
and irrelevant." 

Western Germany. Konrad Adenauer, 
federal chancellor, strongly criticized the 
Saar agreements. 

5: Greece. A general election was held. 
The Populist party emerged as the 
largest with 62 seats in a chamber of 250. 
6: Great Britain. The King opened 
parliament. His speech announced a 
limited programme of legislation. 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru arrived in 
Calcutta to study the communal situation. 

United Nations. The Economic and 
Social council granted " category A " 
consultative status to the International 
Confederation of Free Trade Unions. 



World Health Organization, Albania 
withdrew from the W.H.O. 

7: Great Britain-France. President Vin- 
cent Auriol and Mme. Auriol of France 
arrived in Britain on a state visit. 

Burma. A joint note from Great 
Britain, Australia, Ceylon, India and 
Pakistan announced that the Common- 
wealth would make a loan to Burma of 
6 million. 

France-Italy. Agreements were signed 
to further a customs union. 

Germany. Sir Brian Robertson, British 
high commissioner, re-affirmed the British 
intention of remaining in Berlin. 

United States. The House of Represen- 
tatives passed a bill granting statehood 
to Hawaii; the bill was subsequently 
passed to the Senate for approval. 

8: Great Britain. The secretary of state 
for commonwealth relations, P. Gordon- 
Walker, announced that the government 
had decided to withhold recognition of 
Seretse Khama as chief of the Bamang- 
wato tribe in Bechuanaland for at least 
five years. 

China. General Chen Cheng was 
elected Nationalist prime minister in 
succession to Marshal Yen Hsi-shan. 

Nigeria. The secretary of the Zikist 
movement, Mokwugwo Okoye, was 
sentenced to 33 month's imprisonment on 
charges of possessing seditious publica- 
tions. 

Singapore. Captain Westcrling pleaded 
guilty to entering the colony illegally and 
was sentenced to one month's imprison- 
ment. 

9: Great Britain. A division in the new 
House of Commons on steel nationaliza- 
tion gave the government a majority of 
14 (310 votes to 296). 

Conservatives retained the Moss Side 
seat of Manchester. Polling had been 
delayed because of the death of a 
candidate. 

Indonesia. Central Java, East Java, the 
town of Padang in Sumatra, and the 
islands of Madura and Sebang were 
merged with the republic. 

10: Scandinavia. A two-day conference of 
the foreign ministers of Sweden, Den- 
mark and Norway opened in Stockholm. 
A representative of Iceland was present. 

1 1 : Belgium. A referendum was held on 
the question of King Leopold's return, 
57-68% of the votes being cast in favour. 

12: Indo-China. The Holy See granted 
recognition to Vietnam, Laos and Cam- 
bodia. 

Indonesia. West Java was merged with 
the republic. 

Soviet Union. Elections were held for 
the Soviet of the Union and the Soviet of 
Nationalities. 99-98% of the electorate 
voted; the Communist and non-party 
lists received for the Soviet of the Union 
99-73% and for the Soviet of National- 
ities 99-78% of the respective votes. 

13: Great Britain. A debate on housing 
in the House of Commons resulted in a 
government majority of 25. 

Belgium. The prime minister, G. Eys- 
kens, left Brussels for discussions with 
King Leopold. 

International Monetary Fund and Bank. 
Poland withdrew from membership. 

Syria-Lebanon. The Syrian government 
announced the rupture of the customs 
union between the two countries. 

14: Czechoslovakia. Vladimir dementis 
was replaced as foreign minister by 
Vilem Siroky. 



Iceland. A coalition government was 
formed by Steingrimur Steinthdrsson. 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru made a 
second visit to Calcutta to study the 
communal situation. 

1 5 : Persia-India. A treaty of friendship was 
signed in Tehran. 

16: Great Britain. The appointments were 
announced of General Sir Brian Robert- 
son as commander in chief Middle East 
Forces, and Sir Ivonc Kirkpatrick as 
high commissioner in Germany. 

The government requested the Rum- 
anian government to close its information 
office in London. 

Belgium. King Leopold declared he 
would accept the decision of parliament 
and would abdicate if parliament con- 
sidered he should not resume his duties. 

17: Finland. The president of the parlia- 
ment, Urho Kekkonen, formed a govern- 
ment. 

Persia. The shah left Karachi at the 
end of his good-will visit to Pakistan. 
18: Belgium. The government led by 
G. Eyskcns resigned. 

Iceland. The Kr6na was devalued to 
16-29 to the U.S. dollar, and its value 
increased in relation to the pound sterling 
from 26-22 to 45 -60. 

19: Belgium. G. Eyskens was asked to 
form a new government. 

Burma. Government forces recaptured 
Toungoo, 180 mi. north of Rangoon. 

Persia. The government led by 
Mohammed Saed resigned. 
21: Great Britain. The appointment was 
announced of Sir Gladwyn Jebb as 
permanent representative at the United 
Nations in succession to Sir Alexander 
Cadogan. 

Malaya. General Sir Harold Briggs 
was appointed director of operations. 
22: Belgium. G. Eyskens failed to form a 
government and Count Henri Carton de 
Wiart was asked to try. 

Persia. Ali Mansur was asked to form 
a government. 

United States. President Truman 
nominated Thomas E. Murray to succeed 
David E. Lilienthal on the Atomic 
Energy commission. 

23: Belgium. The ministers of state, last 
convened in 1914, met to discuss the 
political situation. 

Greece. A new cabinet under Sophocles 
Venizelos was sworn in. 

World Meteorological Organization. 
The organization formally came into 
effect. 

24: Belgium. Count Carton de Wiart gave 
up his attempt to form a government. 

Italy-Turkey. A treaty of friendship 
was signed in Rome. 

25: Australia. A general election was held 
in Western Australia. The Liberal- 
Country coalition government was re- 
turned to office. 

Belgium. Albert Deveze agreed to try 
to form a government. 

Indo-China. Three members of Bao 
Dai's cabinet resigned. 

Netherlands-Indonesia. The first union 
conference opened in Jakarta under the 
chairmanship of Dr. Hatta. 

Afghanistan. The king arrived in Teh- 
ran on a state visit to Persia. 

Yugoslavia. General elections were 
held. 93% of the votes cast were in 
favour of the official People's Front. 
27: Arab League. The council of the league 
met in Cairo. 

China. The Communist government 
was recognized by the Netherlands 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



India. Howrah was placed under 
martial law following communal dis- 
turbances. 

29: Horse Racing. Mrs. L. Brotherton's 
Freebooter, ridden by J. Power, won the 
Grand National by 15 lengths. 
29: Great Britain. The government was 
defeated in the House of Commons by 
283 votes to 257 after a debate on fuel 
and petrol policy. 

Arab League. A Jordan representative 
and representatives from the Gaza 
government attended the council meeting. 

China-Soviet Union. An agreement 
was signed giving the U.S.S.R. half of 
Sinkiang oil and non-ferrous metal output 
for 30 years. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The North 
Atlantic Defence, Financial and Econo- 
mic committee met in London. 

United States. The House of Represen- 
tatives voted, by 99 votes to 66, to with- 
hold E.C.A. funds to Great Britain until 
the British policy on Ireland was changed. 

30: Great Britain. Clement Attlee 
announced that the government's defeat 
would not be regarded as a vote of no 
confidence and that the government 
would not resign. 

Great Britain-Israel. A financial agree- 
ment was signed in London. 

France. Leon Blum, three times prime 
minister of France, died. 

International Court of Justice. By 1 1 
votes to 3 the court decided that disputes 
existed under the peace treaties with 
Bulgaria, Hungary and Rumania. 

Kenya. The town of Nairobi was raised 
to the status of a city. The King was 
represented by the Duke of Gloucester. 
31: Great Britain. The financial year 
ended with a budget surplus of 549 
million. 

Council of Europe. The council of 
ministers approved the text of invitations 
to Western Germany and the Saar and 
allocated 18 seats in the assembly to 
Germany and three to the Saar. 

India. Total prohibition was intro- 
duced in Bombay. 

Kenya. The Duke of Gloucester was 
made the first freeman of Nairobi. 

United States. The Foreign Aid bill 
was passed by the House of Representa- 
tives by 287 votes to 86, after the decision 
concerning the partition of Ireland 
(March 29) had been rescinded. 



APRIL 

I : Arab League. The council agreed to 
expel any member concluding a separate 
peace with Israel. 

India. The central government took 
over control of the armed forces, posts 
and telegraphs, customs and income tax 
from the states. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The defence 
ministers of the 12 treaty powers met at 
The Hague. 

Somaliland. The administration of the 
former Italian colony was transferred 
from the British to the Italian authorities 
as trustees. 

Rowing. Cambridge won the university 
boat race by 3} lengths in 20 min. 1 5 sec. 

2: Burma. On the advice of the official 
astrologers the government resigned at 
9.15 a.m. and resumed office again five 
minutes later. 

Greece. P. Kanellopoulos resigned 
from the govf rnment to allow it to be 
broadened. 



India-Pakistan. Liaquat Ali Khan, 
prime minister of Pakistan, arrived in 
New Delhi for talks with Jawaharlal 
Nehru. 

Norway. The prime minister announced 
increases in the prices of many foodstuffs 
and other commodities. 

3: Belgium. Albert Deveze, the Liberal 
leader who was trying to form a govern- 
ment, saw King Leopold at Pregny. 

E.R.P. The half-way mark of the 
European Recovery programme was 
celebrated. Since April 1948, the total 
U.S. aid to Europe under the programme 
was $8,686 million. 

Norway. The rationing of margarine, 
butter and cooking fats ended. 

Persia. A new cabinet was appointed 
with Ali Mansur as prime minister. 

Trinidad. A new constitution for the 
colony was published. 

United Nations. The Soviet delegate 
left the Economic and Social commission 
in protest at the presence of a Chinese 
Nationalist delegate. 

4: Great Britain. Sir Stafford Cripps 
said that in the first quarter of 1950 the 
gold and dollar reserves had risen by 
$296 million. 

Afghanistan-India. A treaty of trade 
and commerce was signed at Kabul. 

Belgium. Albert Deveze gave up his 
attempt to form ^ government. 

O.E.E.C. D. U. Stikker (Netherlands) 
was elected chairman of the council. The 
consultative group was abolished. Sir 
Edmund Hall-Patch (Great Britain) 
remained chairman of the executive 
committee. 

Saar. The parliament ratified the five 
agreements with France by 47 votes to 1 . 

United Nations. The Trusteeship 
council adopted a statute for Jerusalem 
by nine votes to none. 

5 : Great Britain. Maurice Webb, minister 
of food, announced increases in price of 
butter and bacon. 

Sir Frank Soskice, solicitor general, 
was elected in the first by-election of the 
new parliament in the Neepsend division 
of Sheffield. 

Belgium. Paul van Zeeland agreed to 
try to form a government. 

.Pakistan. Sir Frederick Bourne, gover- 
nor of East Bengal, retired and was 
succeeded by Malik Firoz Khan Noon. 

Soviet Union. A Ministry of Cotton 
Growing of the U.S.S.R. was created. 

6: India. President Prasad inaugurated 
the programme of total prohibition in 
Bombay state. 

Indonesia. The federal government 
arrested Sultan Hamid II of West Borneo. 
United States. President Truman 
announced the appointment of John 
Foster Dulles, Republican, as consultant 
to the secretary of state. 

7 : New Zealand. F. W. Doidge, minister 
for external affairs, announced that the 
New Zealand legation in Moscow would 
be closed. 

8: American States. The council of the 
Organization of American States voted 
unanimously to warn Cuba, Guatemala 
and the Dominican Republic that sanc- 
tions would be applied if there was further 
unrest in the Caribbean area. 

India-Pakistan. The two prime mini- 
sters reached agreement on minority 
rights, with special reference to East 
Bengal, West Bengal and Assam. 

9 : Arab League. The political committee 
unanimously approved a collective secur- 
ity pact. 



Bolivia. The government devalued the 
peso by 43%. 

10: Iraq. The High Court sentenced Ali 
Khalid, former chief of police, to life 
imprisonment for trying to overthrow 
the government by force. 

11: China. The Sino-Soviet treaty of 
friendship, alliance and mutual assistance 
was ratified by the Chinese People's 
government. 

Soviet Union. The government, in a 
note to the U.S. government, alleged that 
U.S. aircraft flew over Latvia and opened 
fire on Soviet fighters on April 8. 

12: Chile. President Gabriel Gonzalez 
Videla arrived in Washington on a state 
visit. 

Jordan. The prime minister, Tawfik 
Pasha Abulhuda, resigned. 

Soviet Union. The government pro- 
tested to Italy over the failure to deliver 
reparations. 

Soviet Union-Eastern Germany. A 
trade and payments agreement was 
signed in Moscow. 

United Nations. The Security council 
appointed Sir Owen Dixon, Australian 
high court judge, mediator in the Kashmir 
dispute. 

13: Arab League. The council of the 
league adjourned after all member states 
had signed an agreement for collective 
defence and economic co-operation. 

Jordan. A new cabinet was formed by 
Said Pasha el Mufti. 

South Africa. In a speech to the Union 
House of Assembly Dr. Malan proposed 
that the negotiations started with Great 
Britain over the three protectorates and 
interrupted by World War II should be 
resumed. 

14: Greece. S. Venizelos, the prime 
minister, resigned. General N. Plastiras 
was asked to form a new government. 
Poland. The government decided to 
recognize the Mongolian People's repub- 
lic. 

15: Belgium. In a broadcast King Leopold 
announced that after being recalled by 
parliament he might delegate his powers 
temporarily to the crown prince. 

Greece. A coalition government led by 
General Plastiras was sworn in. 

16: Great Britain. It was announced that 
Stanley Evans, parliamentary secretary to 
the ministry of food, had resigned. 

Trieste. Elections were held in the 
Yugoslav zone. 86 77 % of the electorate 
voted, of whom 88-36% voted for the 
People's front. 

Western Union. The eighth session of 
the consultative council was held in 
Brussels. 

17: Bechuanaland. Seretse Khama returned 
to Serowe where he was greeted by 
tribesmen. 

18: Great Britain. Sir Stafford Cripps 
presented his third budget to the House 
of Commons. The lower rates of income 
tax were reduced and the price of petrol 
increased. Total revenue for 1950-51 was 
estimated at 3,898 million and expendi- 
ture at 3,455 million. 

International Bank. An agreement for a 
loan of $18-5 million to India was signed 
in Washington. 

Shipping. The Seafarers' section of the 
International Transport Workers' federa- 
tion meeting at Amsterdam decided to 
boycott all ships sailing under the flag of 
Panama. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



United States. The text of the U.S. 
reply to the Soviet note of April 1 1 was 
published. It accused the Soviet govern- 
ment of shooting down an unarmed plane 
over the Baltic. 

19: India. The president accepted the 
resignations of the minister for industry 
and supply, S. P. Mookerjee, and the 
minister for commerce, K. C. Neogy. 

Pakistan-India. Trade negotiations 
were resumed in Karachi. 

Soviet Union-China. A trade agreement 
and an agreement on an exchange of 
goods were signed in Moscow. 

United Nations. The Soviet Union 
withdrew its support for an international 
regime for Jerusalem. 

20: Great Britain. The minister of labour, 
George Isaacs, denounced a strike at the 
London docks as Communist inspired. 
6,737 men were on strike. 

Australia. A motion of censure on the 
speaker, A. G. Cameron, was defeated 
in the House of Representatives by 67 
votes to 38. 

21 : Soviet Union. The government rejected 
the U.S. note of April 18 concerning a 
missing U.S. plane. 

World Health Organization. Czecho- 
slovakia withdrew from the W.H.O. 
22: Italy. Count Carlo Sforza stated that 
Italy was willing to negotiate directly with 
Yugoslavia over Trieste. 
23 : Great Britain. The centenary of William 
Wordsworth, who died at Ambleside on 
April 23, 1 850, was celebrated in the Lake 
district. 

Roman Catholic Church. The first 

canonization during the Holy Year took 

place at St. Peter's when Emilias dc Rodat 

was declared a saint. 

24: Norway. The rationing of chocolate 

and sweets ended. 

25: Great Britain. The Labour party 
retained its seat in the Dumbarton west 
by-election with a majority of 293. 

Czechoslovakia. Alexej Cepicka, mini- 
ster of justice, was appointed minister of 
defence. 

Food and Agriculture Organization. 
Poland left the organization because, it 
alleged, the F.A.O. had not given it 
sufficient help after World War II. 

France. It was announced that oil 
deposits had been found near Pau. 

South Pacific. The first conference of 
representatives of the native peoples of 
the South Pacific opened in Suva, Fiji. 
26: Great Britain. The government sur- 
vived two divisions on its budget propo- 
sals with majorities of five in each division. 

Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
deputies held their 252nd meeting in 
London. 

Indonesia. A republic of the South 
Moluccas was declared in Amboina. 

Pakistan-India. Jawaharlal Nehru 
arrived in Karachi for talks with Liaquat 
Ali Khan. 

27: Great Britain. The British government 
recognized Jordan and granted de jure 
recognition to Israel. 

The London Dock Labour board 
announced that unless the strikers 
returned by May 1 their services would be 
terminated. About 14,400 men were on 
strike. 

Australia. R. G. Menzies, prime 
minister, introduced in the House of 
Representatives a bill dissolving the 
Communist party. 

Indo-China. The prime minister of 
Vietnam, N'guyen Phan Long, resigned. 
Bao Dai asked Tran Van Huu to form a 
government. 



Pakistan-India. Talks in Karachi 
between Liaquat Ali Khan and Jawahar- 
lal Nehru were ended. 
28: France. F. Joliot was dismissed from 
his post of high commissioner for atomic 
energy. 

Singapore. An attempt was made on 
the life of governor, Sir Franklin Girnson, 
when a grenade was thrown at him. 

Thailand. The marriage of King 
Phumiphon Adundet and Princess Sirikit 
Kitiyakara was solemnized in Bangkok. 
29: Australia. The Labour government in 
Queensland was returned to office in a 
general election. 

Belgium. The regent dissolved parlia- 
ment. 

Football. Arsenal beat Liverpool by 
2 goals to in the Football Association 
cup final at Wembley. 
30: Italy. The Free Italian Confederation 
of Trade Unions, the Italian Federation 
of Labour and the Italian Confederation 
of Worker's Trade Unions decided to 
form one trade union federation. 

Panama. The government outlawed 
the Communist party. 



MAY 

1 : Great Britain. After a debate in the 
House of Commons on the government's 
road transport policy the government and 
opposition tied in a division with 278 
votes each. The chairman of committees 
gave a casting vote in favour of the 
government. 

Commonwealth. Representatives of the 
Commonwealth countries met in London 
to consider the terms of a peace settlement 
with Japan. 

Indo-China. King Norodom Sihanouk 
of Cambodia took over the functions of 
head of the government in view of the 
serious internal situation. 

South Africa. In May day disturbances 
on the Rand, 18 Africans were killed and 
38 wounded. 

2: Great Britain. The 5s. limit on meals 
in restaurants was removed. 

India. Chandernagore, French India, 
was formally merged with the republic of* 
India. * 

Italy. At a trial in Rome Marshal 
Graziani was found guilty of military 
collaboration with the Germans. He was 
sentenced to 19 yr. imprisonment, of 
which 13 yr. 8 rrKh. were remitted. 

3 : Great Britain. It was announced that a 
British trawler fishing in the White sea had 
been arrested by the Russians and taken 
into Murmansk. 

4: Great Britain. In a by-election at 
Brighouse and Spenborough Labour 
retained its seat with a reduced majority. 
Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
253rd meeting of the deputies discussing 
the Austrian treaty was held in London. 
The deputies adjourned till May 22. 

5: India. After resignations over the Indo- 
Pakistan minorities agreement Jawaharlal 
Nehru formed a new government. 
C. C. Biswas was appointed minister of 
state for minorities. 

South Africa. A bill to outlaw the 
Communist party was introduced in the 
House of Assembly. 

United States. The Senate approved a 
$3,122 million programme of U.S. foreign 
economic aid for the financial year 
starting on July 1. 

6: Nicaragua. President Manuel Roman y 
Reyes died in Philadelphia, U.S. 



7: Great Britain. In May day demon- 
strations in London skirmishes took place 
and 70 persons were arrested. 

Haiti. The cabinet resigned over a 
move to permit the re-election of President 
Dumarsais Estime. 

India. The Punjab mail train was 
derailed. More than 70 persons were 
killed. 

8: Hungary. A bill to establish local 
councils on the Soviet model was passed 
by the National Assembly. 

Syria. K ha led el Azam, prime minister, 
resigned. He was asked to form a new 
government. 

United States. After discussions in 
Paris with Robert Schuman, Dean 
Acheson announced that the U.S. would 
provide economic aid to Indo-China. 

World Health Organization. The third 
world health assembly opened in Geneva. 
Rajkumari Amrit Kaur of India was 
elected president. 

9: Great Britain. The House of Commons 
approved a loan of 3-75 million to 
Burma. This was Great Britain's share 
of a Commonwealth loan of 6 million. 

France. Robert Schuman announced a 
French plan for the joint control of 
French and German steel and coal under 
a common authority which other coun- 
tries would join. (This became known as 
the " Schuman plan "). 

Western Germany. The cabinet 
decided to accept the invitation to join 
the Council of Europe as an associate 
member. 

10: Haiti. President Dumarsais Estime 
resigned after a coup d'hat led by a 
military junta. 

Red Cross. The Soviet delegation left 
the committee of the League of Red Cross 
Societies in Geneva in protest at the 
presence of Chinese Nationalists. 
1 1 : Great Britian. A conference in London 
between Ernest Bevin, Dean Acheson 
and Robert Schuman opened with a 
general review of the world situation. 

In the House of Commons, Clement 
Attlee welcomed the French proposal 
for integrating French and German heavy 
industry as a contribution towards the 
solution of a major European problem. 

United Nations. The secretary general, 
Trygve Lie, arrived in Moscow. 
12: Czechoslovakia. The government 
denounced the 1947 cultural agreement 
with Great Britain and ordered British 
information offices in Czechoslovakia to 
close from May 13. 

Monaco. The offices of the French 
Communist party in Monaco were closed. 
13: Great Britain. The British, French and 
the U.S. foreign ministers announced that 
they had reached agreement on the main 
lines of policy in all parts of the world. 

Australia. Elections were held for the 
Victoria Legislative Assembly. The 
Liberal and Country party lost 3 seats but 
remained the largest with 27 scats. 
14: Great Britain. The foreign ministers of 
Great Britain, France and the U.S. 
issued a declaration on Germany. 

Norway. The city of Oslo began to 
celebrate the 900th anniversary of its 
founding. 

Soviet Union. The government sent a 
note to the government of Persia pro- 
testing at the carrying out of surveys near 
the Soviet Union-Persian frontier by 
foreigners. 

Turkey. In a general election the 
People's party led by President Ismet 
Indnii was heavily defeated by the 
Democrats under CelAl Bavar. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



15: Great Britain. In retaliation against 
the Czechoslovak action the British 
government ordered the closing of the 
Czechoslovak institute in London and 
the discontinuance of the information 
work of the embassy. 

Commonwealth Conference. A con- 
ference of Commonwealth countries on 
economic aid to southeast Asia opened 
in Sydney. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The North 
Atlantic council met for its fourth session 
in London. 

Soviet Union. J. V. Stalin received 
Trygve Lie, secretary general of the 
United Nations. 

Universal Postal Union. The executive 
and liaison committee met in Berne. For 
the first time at an international confer- 
ence representatives from Communist 
China were admitted. 

16: Arab League. The political committee 
of the league announced that Syria, 
Saudi Arabia, Lebanon and Egypt were 
in favour of expelling Jordan. 

Egypt. The crown council deprived 
Princess Fathia of her title following her 
marriage in San Francisco to a commoner. 

France. The National Assembly, by 
320 votes to 1 79, passed a resolution that 
would permit the Comtc de Paris, 
pretender to the French throne, to return 
to France. 

International Court of Justice. The 
court started hearings on the status of 
South- West Africa. 

1 7 : United States. The Export-Import bank 
announced a credit of $125 million to a 
group of Argentine banks. 
18: Council of Europe. Representatives of 
the committee of ministers and of the 
consultative assembly met in London and 
decided to create a joint committee of 
five representatives of the ministers and 
seven of the assembly. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The fourth 
meeting of the Council ended. It was 
decided to set up a permanent defence 
organization in London. 
19: Burma. Government forces recaptured 
Prome. 

Commonwealth Conference. The con- 
ference at Sydney ended. Agreement was 
reached on the need for a programme of 
economic development for south and 
southeast Asia. 

Indonesia. A treaty was signed between 
the republic of the United States of 
Indonesia and the republic of Indonesia 
providing for the implementation of the 
principle of the unitary state. 
20: Great Britain. The points rationing 
system ended. (The only foods remaining 
on the ration were meat, butter, mar- 
garine, tea, cooking fat, cheese, sugar and 
sweets.) 

Western Germany. A mining disaster 
at Gclsenkirchen caused more than 75 
deaths. 

21: Great Britain. During widespread 
storms in southern, central and eastern 
England, a tornado developed over the 
Chiltern hills causing considerable dam- 
age. 

A conference of Labour party leaders, 
T.U.C. and Co-operative party repre- 
sentatives ended at Dorking, Surrey. 

Bolivia. The government announced 
that 13 persons were killed and 112 
wounded in rioting at La Paz on May 18 
and 19. 

Nicaragua. General Anastasio Samoza 
was elected president in succession to 
V. M. Roman y Reyes, who died on 
May 6. 



Peru. A severe earthquake shook parts 

of Peru. The city of Cuzco was destroyed. 

22: Council of Foreign Ministers. The 

253rd meeting of the deputies discussing 
the Austrian treaty was held in London. 
No progress was made. 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru stated that it 
had been decided not to recognize the 
Bao Dai government in Vietnam or the 
Vietminh communist government. 

Turkey. Celal Bayar, leader of the 
Democratic party, was elected president 
by the Grand National Assembly. 
Adnan Menderes was appointed prime 
minister. 

U.N.E.S.C.O. The fifth general 
conference opened in Florence. The 
delegates of Czechoslovakia and Hungary 
left in protest at the presence of Chinese 
Nationalist delegates. 

Western Union. Naval exercises of 
units from the British, French and 
Netherlands navies started in the Bay of 
Biscay. 

23: Eastern Germany. The British, United 
States and French governments sent notes 
to the Soviet government protesting 
at the creation of a militarized police 
force in Eastern Germany. 

Netherlands. Queen Juliana and the 
Prince of the Netherlands arrived in 
Paris on a state visit. 

South Africa. General Smuts was made 
a freeman of Johannesburg on the eve of 
his 80th birthday. 

United States. The House of Repre- 
sentatives, by 247 votes to 88, passed the 
Foreign Economic Aid bill. 
24: Great Britain. Field Marshal Earl 
Wavell died in London. 

The Minister of Food announced that 
Sir Leslie Plummer had agreed to relin- 
quish the chairmanship of the Overseas 
Food corporation 

25: Finland. The Trade Union federation, 
the last non-Communist member of the 
W.F.T.U. decided to withdraw from 
membership. 

Malta. It was announced in London 
and Valetta that the British government 
would ferant Malta 1 -5 million over the 
next five years. 

Middle East. The governments of 
Great Britain, France and the U.S. 
announced that they had reached agree- 
ment on the supply of arms to Arab 
countries and to Israel. 
26: Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
deputies met in London to fix the date of 
their next meeting. 

Germany. The text was published of 
letters sent by the British, French and 
U.S. high commissioners in Germany to 
General Kotikov proposing measures to 
bring about the political and economic 
unity of Germany. 

27: Great Britain. Petrol rationing in 
force from Sept. 1939 was ended. 

Bulgaria. Vladimir Poptomov was 
replaced as foreign minister by Mincho 
Neychev. 

Horse Racing. M. Boussac's Galcador, 
ridden by W. R. Johnstone, won the 
Derby at Epsom. 

28: Albania. Elections were held for the 
People's Assembly. 99% of the electorate 
voted; 98% of the votes were cast for 
candidates of the Democratic Front. 

Germany. The Free German Youth, 
during a great Whitsun rally in Berlin, 
marched past the East German govern- 
ment in flic Lustgarten. 
29: Syria. The prime minister, Khaled el 
Azam, and his government resigned. He 
was asked to form a new government. 



30: Asian Conference. A conference of 
seven southeast Asian and Pacific coun- 
tries ended at Baguio, Philippines. 

Hungary. The government announced 
the closing of a 10-mi. zone along the 
Yugoslav frontier. 

Korea. A general election was held in 
South Korea. Nine persons were killed 
in disturbances. Of the 2,237 candidates, 
30 had been arrested after the discovery 
of a " Communist spy-ring." 

Yugoslavia. The government recalled 
its diplomatic staff in Tirana, Albania, 
and closed the legation. 
31: France. Jean Mons was replaced as 
resident general of Tunisia by Louis 
Perillier. 

New Zealand. The immediate ending 
of petrol rationing was announced. 

South Africa. The House of Assembly 
gave a second reading, by 69 votes to 61, 
to the Group Areas bill. 

Cricket. In the test trial at Bradford 
the Rest were dismissed for 27 runs, 
J. Laker taking 8 wickets for 2 runs. 



JUNE 

1: Poland. The government decided to 
create three new provinces to be known as 
Koszalin, Opole and Zielona G6ra. 

United Nations. The Soviet represen- 
tatives left the Trusteeship council in 
protest at the presence of Chinese 
Nationalists. 

Aviation. The first permanent passenger 
helicopter service from Liverpool to 
Cardiff was started. 

2: India. Jawaharlal Nehru left India for 
a tour of southeast Asian countries. 

South Africa. Dr. Malan announced 
that the government had decided not to 
recognize the Chinese Communist govern- 
ment. 

3: North Atlantic Treaty. The defence 
ministers of Great Britain, Norway and 
Denmark met in London. 
4: Belgium. A general election was held. 
In both the Chamber of Deputies and the 
Senate the Social Christian party obtained 
a small overall majority. 

Japan. Elections were held for 132 
scats in the House of Councillors. The 
Liberals (the government party) obtained 
76 seats. The Socialists vote was doubled, 
the Communist halved, compared with 
1949. 

Switzerland. A referendum was held 
on a law proposing to withdraw the power 
of levying direct taxes from the federal 
government. The proposed law was 
defeated by 485,400 votes to 266,800. 

Syria. A new cabinet was formed by 
Nazim el Kudsy. 

5: Brunei. Omar Ali Saifudin, brother of 
the last sultan, was chosen as the new 
sultan of Brunei. 

Eastern Germany-Poland. A German 
delegation led by Walter Ulbricht arrived 
in Warsaw. Agreement was reached on 
the Oder-Neisse frontier between Ger- 
many and Poland. 

Egypt. Field Marshal Sir William Slim 
held discussions in Cairo with the prime 
minister and foreign minister. 

United States. President Truman 
signed the Foreign Aid bill. 

Mountaineering. Two Frenchmen 
climbed the 26,492-ft. Annapurna peak in 
Nepal. This became the highest peak 
climbed by man. 

6: Belgium. G. Eyskens, prime minister, 
placed the resignation of his cabinet in 
the hands of the regent. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



Malta. Dr. P. Boffa's government was 
defeated by 21 votes to 18 on a motion to 
consider the 1950-51 budget. 

7: Eastern Germany. It was announced 
that the commandant of Berlin, General 
A. G. Kotikpv, was to be replaced by 
S. A. Dienghin. 

Indonesia. Jawaharlal Nehru, prime 
minister of India, arrived at Jakarta at 
the beginning of a ten-day visit to 
Indonesia. 

Soviet Union. The government sent 
notes on the administration of the 
Antarctica to the governments of Great 
Britain, Argentina, Australia, France, 
New Zealand, Norway and the U.S. 

8: Great Britain. Seven barons were 
created in the Birthday Honours. They 
included Lewis Silkin, D. R. Rees- 
Williams, Sir Gilbert Campion and E. W. 
Hives. 

Belgium. A new Social Christian 
government under Jean Duvieusart was 
sworn in. 

Burma-China. Diplomatic relations 
were established. 

India. The government announced that 
it would not participate in the proposed 
round table conference between South 
Africa, India and Pakistan. 

Western Germany. The Allied High 
commission announced that the Federal 
German government would have greater 
freedom to negotiate and conclude inter- 
national agreements other than on trade 
and payments. 

9: Great Britain. The report was pub- 
lished of the disturbances in Nigeria in 
Nov. 1949. The view was expressed that 
the chief commissioner for the eastern 
provinces had erred in treating the 
miners' dispute at Enugu as political 
rather than industrial. 

Finland. Urho Kekkonen, prime 
minister, arrived in Moscow to sign the 
Finnish-Soviet trade agreement. 

10: Singapore. Field Marshal Sir William 
Slim arrived in Singapore. 

11: Great Britain. James Griffiths and 
John Strachey returned to London after 
visiting the far east. 

12: Arab League. The council of the league 
met in Alexandria. 

Austria. ' The governments of Great 
Britain, France and the U.S. sent notes 
to the Soviet Union concerning Austria. 
They asked the Soviet Union to appoint 
a civilian high commissioner. 

Soviet Union. The Supreme Soviet met. 
Mikhail Yasnov was elected chairman 
of the Soviet of the Union, and Z. 
Shayakhmetov, chairman of the Soviet of 
Nationalities. 

Cricket. England won the first test 
against the West Indies at Old Traffbrd, 
Manchester, by 202 runs. 

13: Great Britain. Parliament re-assembled 
after the Whitsun recess. The prime 
minister, in a statement on the Schuman 
plan said that the British government was 
unable to accept commitments in advance. 
The Labour party issued a policy state- 
ment on European unity. 

Malta. Dr. Boffa, prime minister, 
requested the governor to dissolve the 
Legislative Assembly. 

Peru. A revolt, led by Francisco J. 
Mostajo, broke out in Arequipa. 

South Africa. The House of Assembly, 
by 73 votes to 58, gave a third reading to 
the Group Areas bill. 



Soviet Union. A. G. Zverev, minister 
of finance, presented his budget to the 
Supreme Soviet. Revenue was estimated 
at 432,000 million roubles and expendi- 
ture at 427,937 million roubles. 

Soviet Union-Finland. A five-year trade 
agreement was signed in Moscow. 

U.N.E.S.C.O. Atthegeneralconference 
in Florence, Dr. Jaime Torres Bodet, 
director general, submitted his resignation 
in protest at the inadequate budget for 
the organization. 

14: Belgium. The government rejected a 
plan to give further credits of Belgian 
francs to finance intra-European trade. 

Netherlands. The minister of economic 
affairs, J. R. M. Van Der Brink, an- 
nounced that the Netherlands had 
reserved freedom of action in case the 
Schuman plan proved to be impracticable. 

O.E.E.C. The Netherlands government 
circulated proposals for the integration 
of European economies. 

United Nations. The Trusteeship 
council voted in favour of returning the 
Jerusalem question to the general 
assembly. 

15: Great Britain. The first German consul- 
general in London since 1939 arrived in 
London. 

Peru. The revolt was quelled. More 
than 40 persons had been killed. 

U.N.E.S.C.O. Dr. Jaime Torres Bodet 
withdrew his resignation. 

Western Germany. The Bundestag 
voted by 220 votes to 152 to join the 
Council of Europe. 

16: Trieste. The governments of Great 
Britain, France and the U.S. rejected the 
Soviet note of April 20 in which the 
Soviet government claimed that the 
western powers had violated the Italian 
peace treaty. 

United States. President Truman 
appointed W. Averell Harriman, E.C.A. 
representative in Europe, to be his special 
assistant. 

17: Africa. A 20-yr. convention relating to 
the port of Beira and the Beira railway 
was signed in Lisbon by representatives 
of the British, Portuguese and Southern 
Rhodesian governments. 

Arab League. Egypt, Saudi Arabia,' 
Syria, the Lebanon and the Yemen signed 
a collective security pact. Iraq did not 
sign and Jordan was not present. 

Australia. Elections were held in New 
South Wales. The Labour government 
was returned with a majority of two 
(including the two independent members). 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru arrived in 
Singapore. 

Soviet Union. The Soviet of the Union 
and the Soviet of Nationalities both 
adopted the budget. The proposed 
income was increased to 433,167 million 
roubles. 

18: Western Germany. Elections were held 
in North Rhine- Westphalia. The Christ- 
ian Democrats remained the largest party. 

19: Egypt. King Farouk ordered the 
enlargement of the Senate by 30 seats. 
A number of senators were removed and 
replaced by Wafdists. 

New Zealand. The prime minister 
announced that the Legislative Council 
would be abolished in the next parlia- 
mentary session. 

South Africa. The Group Areas bill 
was given a third reading in the Senate 
by 20 votes to 19. 

20: India. Jawaharlal Nehru arrived in 
Rangoon. 



Schuman Plan. A six-power conference 
opened in Paris. The countries repre- 
sented were Belgium, France, Italy, 
Luxembourg, Netherlands and Western 
Germany. 

South Africa. During a debate in the 
House of Assembly on the Suppression of 
Communism bill the Communist party 
announced its dissolution. 

United States. Dean Acheson, addres- 
sing the annual conference of state 
governors at White Sulphur Springs, West 
Virginia, spoke of U.S. assistance to 
under-developed areas. 
21: South Africa. The Suppression of 
Communism bill was read a third time in 
the House of Assembly by 61 votes to 49. 
22: Argentina. The Senate approved a 
declaration affirming Argentine sover- 
eignty over the Falkland islands. 

France. The government was defeated 
when the National Assembly approved, 
by 351 votes to 201, a Socialist bill to 
increase civil servants' salaries. 

New Zealand. 25 members were 
appointed to the Legislative Council 
thus giving the government a majority. 

South Africa. The president of the 
Senate used his casting vote to secure a 
second reading of the Suppression of 
Communism bill. 

War Crimes. The court at Los Negros, 
Philippines, found Takuma Nishimura, a 
former lieut. general in the Japanese army, 
guilty of the murder of 1 10 Australian 
and 35 Indian prisoners of war and 
sentenced him to death. 
23: Australia. Parliament rose for the 
winter recess without passing the Com- 
munist Party Dissolution bill. 

Egypt. The Liberal, Saadist, National- 
ist and Kotla parliamentary groups 
decided to boycott the sittings of the 
Senate and the Chamber of Deputies. 
24: Council of Europe. The joint committee 
of representatives of the committee of 
ministers and the consultative assembly 
met in Strasbourg. 

France. The Bidault government was 
defeated on a motion of confidence in the 
National Assembly by 230 votes to 352. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The defence 
ministers of Great Britain, Denmark and 
Norway met in Copenhagen. 

Football. The World Cup series opened 
in Rio de Janeiro. 

25 : Australia. The government of Victoria 
resigned after the governor had refused a 
dissolution. 

Korea. Troops from the Democratic 
People's Republic of Korea (North 
Korea) invaded the territory of the 
Republic of Korea (South Korea). The 
Ongjin peninsular was evacuated. The 
Security council met at Lake Success. 
By 9 votes to (U.S.S.R. absent and 
Yugoslavia abstaining) the council de- 
clared the fighting in Korea a threat to 
international peace and called upon 
North Korea to cease hostilities forth- 
with and to retire to the 38th parallel. 
26: France. President Auriol invited Henri 
Queuille, Radical, to try to form a 
government. 

Korea. Troops from North Korea 
entered Suisak, seven miles north of 
Seoul. A seven-man military committee 
was formed in North Korea under Kim 
lr Sung. 

Persia. A new cabinet was formed by 
General AH Razmara, formerly chief of 
staff. 

South Africa. A day of protest by non- 
Europeans in South Africa passed off 
quietly. * 



8 



DIARY OF EVfeNTS, 1950 



27: Great Britain. The government's policy 
on the Schuman plan was approved in the 
House of Commons by 309 votes to 296. 

A private member's bill, the Liberties 
of the Subject bill, was given a second 
reading in the House of Lords by 66 
votes to 24, a majority of 42 against the 
government. 

Korea. President Truman ordered U.S. 
planes and warships to give cover and 
support to the South Koreans, and 
directed the U.S. 7th fleet to be prepared 
to intervene to prevent any attack on 
Formosa. He also announced increased 
military aid to the Philippines and Indo- 
China. Clement Attlee in the House of 
Commons endorsed President Truman's 
statement. The Security council, by 7 
votes to 1 (Yugoslavia) the U.S.S.R. 
was absent and Egypt and India abstained 
-denounced the attack in Korea as a 
breach of the peace and authorized all 
members of the U.N. to help the South 
Koreans. 

28: Burma. The agreement of the Common- 
wealth loan to Burma was signed in 
Rangoon. 

Japan. Shigeru Yoshida formed a new 
government. He retained the posts of 
prime minister and foreign minister. 

Korea. The British government put 
their naval forces in the Pacific at the 
disposal of the United Nations. The 
North Koreans occupied Seoul. The 
South Korean government moved to 
Taejon. 

29: Great Britain. Sir David Kelly, 
ambassador in Moscow, called at the 
Soviet foreign office and expressed the 
British hope that the Soviet Union would 
co-operate in effecting a peaceful settle- 
ment in Korea. 

Indo-China. A conference opened at 
Pau, France, to discuss the establishment 
of certain federal services. 

Korea. General Douglas Mac Arthur 
visited Korea. The South Koreans 
recaptured Kimpo airport. The Austra- 
lian and New Zealand governments put 
naval forces at the disposal of the United 
Nations. India announced its support 
for the Security council resolution of 
June 27 on Korea. 

United Nations. The Commission for 
Eritrea presented three separate reports 
to the general assembly. 

Cricket. West Indies beat England by 
326 runs in the second test match at 
Lords. 

30: Australia. A new Labour government 
in New South Wales led by James McGirr, 
prime minister from 1947, was sworn in. 

Belgium. Jean Duvieusart's govern- 
ment obtained a vote of confidence in the 
House of Representatives by 108 votes to 
100. 

Korea. General MacArthur was 
authorized " to use certain supporting 
ground units " in Korea. It was an- 
nounced that 23 member states had 
endorsed the security council decision of 
June 28. 



JULY 

1: France. Henri Queuillc was elected 
prime minister by 363 votes to 208 in the 
National Assembly. 

Jordan. A new currency was intro- 
duced. The Palestine pound was replaced 
by the Jordan dinar, and Jordan re- 
entered the Stirling area. 



2: France* Henri Queuille announced his 

cabinet. Robert Schuman remained 

foreign minister and Paul Reynaud was 

appointed minister for associated states 

, and far east. 

Korea. R.A.A.F. aircraft went into 
action for the first time. 

Pakistan. Liaquat AH Khan arrived 
in London from the United States. 

Peru. Presidential elections were held. 
General Manuel A. Odrfa was elected. 

Football. England was beaten by Spain 
in the World cup at Rio de Janeiro, and 
was thus eliminated from the competition. 

3: Korea. U.S. marines and marine air 
units were ordered to Japan. The North 
Korean forces were pushing forward on a 
wide front. Two New Zealand frigates 
left for Korean waters. 

United Nations. The 1 1th session of the 
Economic and Social council opened in 
Geneva. The Soviet, Polish and Czecho- 
slovak delegates were absent. 

4: France. The National Assembly 
unseated the Queuille government by 
334 votes to 221. 

Korea. North Korean forces captured 
the town and airfield of Suwon. A. A. 
Gromyko, Soviet deputy foreign minister, 
described the events in Korea as "an 
internal conflict between two groups in 
one state " and accused the United States 
of aggression. Kim Ir Sung was appointed 
supreme commander of North Korean 
forces. The North Korean government 
announced measures for agrarian reform 
in South Korea. 

5: Great Britain. The House of Commons 
approved, without a division, the govern- 
ment's policy on Korea. 

France. Guy Mollet, secretary general 
of the Socialist party, agreed to undertake 
a " mission of inquiry " to form a govern- 
ment. 

6: Korea. The North Koreans captured 
Pyongtaek and Chonan, 23 mi. and 37 mi. 
respectively south of Suwon. The United 
Nations announced that 45 member 
states nad replied to the Security council 
resolution 3 states, U.S.S.R., Poland, 
and Czechoslovakia, had rejected the 
appeal. 

Poland-Eastern Germany. The frontier 
treaty, negotiated in Warsaw in June, was 
signed by J6zef Cyrankiewicz and Otto 
Grotewohl in Zgorzelec (Gorlitz). 

Soviet Union. At the request of A. 
Gromyko, deputy foreign minister, the 
British ambassador called at the Soviet 
foreign office. 

7: Korea. The U.N. Security council 
approved a unified command for the U.N. 
forces in Korea. The United States was 
asked to name a commander. 

O.E.E.C. The council approved a 
scheme for a European Payments union. 

United States. The government decided 
to use conscription to bring its forces up 
to strength required for the fighting in 
Korea. 

Golf. A. D. Locke of South Africa won 
the Open championship at Troon, Ayr- 
shire, for the second year in succession. 

Lawn Tennis. B. Patty (U.S.A.) beat 
F. A. Sedgrnan (Australia) in the final of 
the men's singles at Wimbledon. 

8: France. Ren6 Pleven accepted the 
president's invitation to form a govern- 
ment. 

Korea. The North Koreans occupied 
Chonan. 



Trieste. The Soviet government replied 
to the notes of Great Britain, France and 
the United States on June 16 and again 
maintained that the responsibility for the 
non-implementation of the Italian peace 
treaty concerning Trieste lay with the 
western powers. 

Lawn Tennis. Miss Louise Brough 
(U.S.A.) won the women's singles, the 
women's doubles with Mrs. M. du Pont 
(U.S.A.) and the mixed doubles with E. 
W. Sturgess (South Africa) at Wimbledon. 

9: Western Germany. Elections were held 
for a new Landtag in Schleswig-Holstein. 

10: Great Britain. The Finance bill was 
given a third reading in the House of 
Commons. The government had received 
majorities in all the divisions on Opposi- 
tion amendments. 

Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
deputies held the 256th meeting in London 
to discuss the Austrian treaty. The Soviet 
delegate, G. N. Zarubin, repeated the 
Soviet view on Trieste and the deputies 
adjourned until Sept. 7. 

Korea. The United Nations announced 
that 48 member states were supporting 
the Security council resolution. In addi- 
tion 3 non-membersCeylon, Italy and 
Jordan had announced their support. 

World Power Conference. The fourth 
World Power conference opened in 
London under the chairmanship of Sir 
Harold Hartley. 

1 1 : France. Ren6 Pleven was elected prime 
minister in the National Assembly by 
373 votes to 185. 

International Court of Justice. The 
court gave an advisory opinion on the 
international status of South- West Africa. 
The court declared unanimously that 
South-West Africa was still under man- 
date and also declared that the inter- 
national obligations from the mandate 
were still incumbent on the South African 
government. 

Korea. The North Koreans broke 
through the U.S. line between Chonui 
and Chochiwon. The North Koreans 
occupied Chochiwon. 

International Bank. Pakistan joined the 
bank and the International Monetary 
fund. 

Soviet Union. The government sent a 
note to United Nations challenging the 
decision of the Security council regarding 
a unified command in Korea and the use 
of the United Nations flag. A. Gromyko, 
deputy foreign minister, again received the 
British ambassador. 

12: France. Ren6 Pleven announced his 
new cabinet. R. Schuman remained 
foreign minister. Guy Mollet was 
appointed minister in charge of Council 
of Europe affairs. 

Korea. The U.S. forces withdrew to 
the south bank of the Kum river. 

13: Australia. The prime minister, R. G. 
Menzies, arrived in London. 

France. The Pleven government 
received a vote of confidence by 335 votes 
to 226. 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru in a letter to 
Marshal Stalin appealed to him to use his 
influence to help to find a basis for a final 
solution of the Korean situation. 

Korea. U.S. Superfortresses dropped 
500 tons of bombs on military targets in 
North Korea. The United Nations flag 
was flown for the first time over General 
MacArthur's headquarters in Tokyo. 

Persia. The shah offered to mediate in 
the Pakistan-Afghanistan dispute. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



14: Great Britain. Several naval ammuni- 
tion barges blew up in Portsmouth har- 
bour. Sabotage was suspected. 

Korea. The secretary general of the 
United Nations telegraphed all member- 
states asking them to provide further 
assistance to the South Koreans. 

Sierra Leone. Proposals for a new 
constitution in the colony were published. 

Yugoslavia. The government sent a 
note to Bulgaria demanding an immediate 
end to frontier provocations. 
15: Korea. The North Koreans crossed the 
Kum river. 

Persia. The government replied to the 
Soviet note complaining about the 
alleged conduct of Americans engaged in 
oil surveys near the Soviet-Persian border. 
The Persian government stated that to 
avoid friction it would engage only 
Persian subjects to make the surveys. 

Soviet Union. Marshal Stalin, in a 
reply to Pandit Nehru's letter, stated that 
he believed a settlement of the Korean 
question could only be achieved if the 
Security council heard representatives of 
the Korean people and of the People's 
Government of China. 
16: Korea. The U.S. defence on the Kum 
river collapsed. 

Football. Uruguay beat Brazil by 2 
goals to 1 to win the World cup at Rio de 
Janeiro. 

17: Council of Europe. It was announced 
that the Saar and Western Germany had 
accepted the statute of the council and had 
become associate members. 

Korea. U.S. forces abandoned the 
airfield at Taejon. 

Soviet Union-Afghanistan. A four-year 
trade agreement was signed in Moscow. 
18: Indonesia. The Ministry of Defence 
announced that landings had taken place 
on Buru against the rebel " Republic of 
the South Moluccas." 
19: United States. President Truman in a 
message to congress asked for $10,000 
million for the armed forces. He also 
reported that he had empowered the 
secretary of defence to call up as many men 
as necessary. 

20: Great Britain. In the House of Com- 
mons Clement Attlee welcomed President 
Truman's statement on July 19. He also 
reported on the talks in Moscow between 
the British ambassador, Sir David Kelly, 
and A. Gromyko, Soviet deputy foreign 
minister. 

Belgium. A joint session of both houses 
of parliament recalled King Leopold to 
the throne after six years of exile. 198 
votes were cast in favour, none against 
the opposition parties leaving the chamber 
before the vote was taken. 

India. Liaquat Ali Khan arrived in New 
Delhi for talks with Jawaharlal Nehru. 
Both ministers later met Sir Owen Dixon, 
U.N. mediator on Kashmir. 

Indonesia. A conference was held in 
Jakarta between the federal state and the 
republic of Indonesia. Many issues 
concerning the establishment of a unitary 
state were settled. 

Korea. Taejon was occupied by the 
North Koreans. 

Western Union. The five defence 
ministers met in Paris. The ministers 
considered the international situation and 
decided on increasing the defensive power 
of the western Union land, air and sea 
forces. 

21 : Argentina. The government suspended 
meat shipments to Britain because of the 
failure to reach agreement with the 
British government on prices. 



Belgium. The prime minister, Jean 
Duvieusart, flew to Geneva to see King 
Leopold. 

22: Belgium. King Leopold, accompanied 
by Prince Baudouin and Prince Albert, 
returned to Belgium after six years of 
exile. He broadcast to his peoples and 
appealed for unity. The Socialist ministers 
of state resigned and the Liberal ministers 
refused to attend a meeting of the state 
council. The government formally 
resigned and was asked by the king to 
remain in office. 

Canada. W. L. Mackenzie King died 
at Kingsmere, near Ottawa. 

23: Korea. The North Koreans occupied 
Kwangchwu, capital of South Chunra 
province, and Boyn. 

24: Commonwealth. The standing commit- 
tee of the Commonwealth Consultative 
committee met in Colombo. 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru and Liaquat 
Ali Khan met in New Delhi to discuss the 
working of the minorities agreement. 
The five-day tripartite talks on Kashmir 
ended. 

Guatemala. After disturbances and 
strikes the government suspended all 
civil rights for thirty days. 

25: Baltic Sea. Denmark and Sweden 
jointly accused the Soviet Union of 
" encroaching upon the freedom of the 
open sea " in a protest on the Soviet claim 
for a 12-mi. limit in the Baltic. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The first meeting 
of the deputies* council met in London. 
Charles Spoffard (U.S.) was elected 
chairman. 

Cricket. West Indies beat England by 
10 wickets in the third test match at 
Nottingham. 

26: Great Britain. At the opening of a two- 
day debate on defence, Emanuel Shinwcll, 
minister of defence, announced that a 
self-contained British force would be sent 
to Korea. 

Indonesia. The Royal Netherlands 
Indonesian army ceased to exist. 

Korea. The New Zealand government 
decided to send a special combat unit to 
Korea, and the Australian government 
decided to provide ground forces. 

United States. President Truman signed 
the bill authorizing $1,222-5 millicfn in 
arms aid to the North Atlantic treaty 
and other nations. 

27: Great Britain. The debate on defence 
continued. Winston Churchill moved 
that the debate be continued in private 
session. This was defeated by one vote. 

Australia. R. G. Menzies arrived in 
Washington. 

United Nations. Yakov Malik 
announced that the Soviet Union was 
resuming its seat on the Security council 
on Aug. 1. 

28 : Israel. It was announced that de jure 
recognition had been granted by New 
Zealand. 

Korea. The North Koreans launched 
attacks all along the front and occupied 
Hatong and Kwangyang. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The council of 
deputies unanimously approved recom- 
mendations designed to accelerate defence 
production. 

Aviation. British European Airways 
used the Vickers Viscount jet airliner on 
the London-Paris route. This was the 
first time a jet aircraft was used on a 
regular scheduled service. 

29: Belgium. Disturbances took place all 
day in Brussels. 



30: Great Britain. C. R. Attlee broadcast 
an appeal for increased production, per- 
sonal service and a close watch on the 
"enemy within.** 

Belgium. Anti-Leopold disturbances 
increased in many parts of the country. 
Three men were shot by police near 
Lige. J. Duvieusart called on King 
Leopold during the evening. 
31: Great Britain. Patrick Gordon- Walker, 
secretary of state for commonwealth 
relations, arrived in Australia from New 
Zealand. 

China. General MacArthur arrived in 
Formosa for two-day talks with Chiang 
Kai-shek. 

Egypt. The Senate and Chamber of 
Deputies approved an addition to the 
penal code forbidding the publication of 
news concerning the royal family unless 
issued by the minister of the interior. 

India. An emergency session of the 
parliament opened in New Delhi. 
Hyderabad was represented for the first 
time. 

Korea. The U.S. 2nd Infantry division 
arrived at Pusan. The North Koreans 
continued to advance and occupied 
Chinju. 

Nepal-India. Treaties of peace and 
friendship and of trade and commerce 
were signed at Kathmandu. 

Portugal. Dr. Salazar reshuffled his 
cabinet and created three new ministries. 



AUGUST 

1: Belgium. King Leopold's agreement 
with the leading political parties was 
announced. He would transfer the royal 
prerogatives to Prince Baudouin at once, 
and would abdicate on Sept. 7, 1951 
Prince Baudouin's 21st birthday. 

Korea. North Korean troops entered 
Masan. 

United Nations. Yakov Malik returned 
to the Security council. As president he 
ruled that Dr. T. F. Tsiang was not the 
legal representative of China. He was 
over-ruled by 8 votes to 3 (Soviet Union, 
India and Yugoslavia). 
2: Nigeria. 30,000 technicians and clerks 
employed by the United Africa company 
started a strike. 

Western Union. The ninth session of 
the consultative council was held at 
The Hague. 

3 : Great Britain. Details were announced 
of the government's defence plan. It was 
estimated that 3,400 million would be 
spent in three years, but this would 
depend on the amount of U.S. aid. 

Council of Europe. The committee of 
ministers met at Strasbourg for their 
fifth session. 

Pakistan. The government accepted 
Persia's offer to mediate in the dispute 
with Afghanistan. 

United Nations. The U.S. proposal that 
the Korean situation should be the only 
item on the Security council agenda was 
approved by 8 votes to 1 . On a proposal 
to discuss the question of Chinese 
representation the voting was 5-5. 
4: Great Britain. Raymond Blackburn, 
Labour M.P. for Northfield, Birmingham, 
resigned from the Labour party. 

Venezuela. A severe earthquake shook 
El Tocuyo, 200 mi. west of Caracas. 
More than 100 deaths were reported. 
6: France. The government handed its 
memorandum on defence to the U.S. 
ambassador. It estimated an expenditure 
in three years of about 2,000 million. 



10 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



7: Colombia. Laureano G6mez was 
sworn in as 48th president of Colombia. 

Council of Europe. Paul-Henri Spaak 
was re-elected president of the consulta- 
tive assembly by 90 votes to 23. The four 
vice-presidents elected were: Lord Lay ton 
(Great Britain), F. de Menthon (France), 
S. Jocini (Italy) and A. Gjores (Sweden). 
The Saar and Western Germany took 
their seats in the assembly. 

Korea. U.S. troops launched an attack 
east of Chinju. 

8: Belgium. Jean Duvieusart, prime 
minister, announced that the government 
intended to propose an increase in 
defence expenditure of Fr. 5,000 million. 

Indonesia. The Ministry of Defence 
announced that a cease-fire had been 
achieved in the fighting in Macassar. 

Swimming. Florence Chad wick (U.S.) 
completed her crossing of the English 
channel in 13 hr. 23 min. 1 hr. 11 min. 
faster than the previous fastest time by a 
woman. 

9: Belgium. The Chamber of Representa- 
tives passed the bill transferring the royal 
prerogatives to Prince Baudouin by 
165 votes to 27. 

Denmark. Hans Hedtoft, prime minis- 
ter, announced that he would ask the 
king to dissolve parliament. The lower 
house passed a bill authorizing an 
additional expenditure of Kr. 350 million 
for defence over the next two years. 

Korea. U.S. forces continued to drive 
North Korean forces back across the 
Naktong river. 

10: Belgium. The Senate approved the bill 
to transfer the royal powers by 121 votes 
to 22. 

Korea. United States forces continued 
their advance towards Chinju. The North 
Koreans occupied Pohang. 

United Nations. The eleven members 
of the Security council met informally 
to discuss the Soviet obstruction in the 
council, but no agreement was reached. 

11: Great Britain. The prime minister 
announced that parliament would be 
recalled on Sept. 12. 

Belgium. Prince Baudouin was sworn 
in as prince royal. Jean Duvieusart, 
prime minister, submitted the resignation 
of his government. 

Council of Europe. A resolution 
introduced by Winston Churchill calling 
for the creation of a European army was 
carried by 89 votes to 5, with 27 absten- 
tions. 

12: Korea. Two British correspondents, 
Ian Morrison, The Times, and Christopher 
Buckley, Daily Telegraph, were killed. 

Nigeria. 23 people were killed in inter- 
tribal rioting in eastern Nigeria. 

13: Australia. Robert Menzies, prime 
minister, arrived in Tokyo. 

Belgium. Paul Van Zeeland accepted 
the prince royal's invitation to try to 
form a government. 

14: Belgium. Princess de Rethy, wife of 
King Leopold, returned to Belgium after 
an exile of six years. 

Indonesia. The House of Assembly 
approved a provisional unitary constitu- 
tion by 90 votes to 18. 

United Nations. In the Security council 
the Indian delegate proposed the setting 
up of a commission of the six non- 
permanent members to prepare plans for 
the future of Korea. 

15: Great Britain. Princess Elizabeth 
gave birth to a daughter at Clarence 
House. London at 11 SO a m 



Arab League. The political committee 
of the league met in Alexandria. 

Belgium. A new Social Christian 
government was formed. Joseph Pholien 
became prime minister; Paul van Zeeland 
remained foreign minister. 

India. Severe earth tremors rocked 
parts of eastern India. Most damage 
was done in Upper Assam. 

Korea. North Korea forces occupied 
Kosung. 

16: Great Britain. The prime minister 
met Winston Churchill and Clement 
Davies who had asked for an earlier 
recall of parliament. Mr. Attlee was 
unable to meet their request. 

Burma. The government announced 
that its forces had liberated the entire 
Henzada district in western Burma. 

Cricket. West Indies beat England 
by an innings and 56 runs in the fourth 
and last test match at the Oval. West 
Indies thus won the rubber by three 
matches to one. 

17: Belgium. The Chamber of Representa- 
tives passed a vote of confidence in the 
government of J. Pholien by 107 votes 
to 78. 

China. Chinese batteries mounted on 
Taitami and Puntin islands opened fire 
on H.M.S. "Concord." The ship was 
not damaged but there was one minor 
casualty. 

Greece. The nine Liberal ministers 
tendered their resignations. 

Indonesia. On the fifth anniversary of 
the declaration of the republic Indonesia 
was declared a unitary state. President 
Sukarno in a speech in Jakarta re- 
affirmed the Indonesian claim to Irian 
(Dutch New Guinea). The government 
formally resigned. 

Korea. The North Koreans launched a 
big offensive east of the Naktong river. 

18: Belgium. Julien Lahaut, leader of the 
Communist party, was shot dead in his 
home at Seraing. 

The Senate, by 82 votes to 61, passed 
a motion of confidence in the government. 

Council of Europe. The consultative 
assembly adopted a series of resolutions 
to reinforce the council and also its own 
authority. 

Greece. The cabinet resigned. 
Sophocles Venizelos, Liberal, was asked 
to form a new government. 

19: Korea. The government of Syngman 
Rhee left Taegu for Pusan. 

New Zealand. The Legislative Council 
Abolition bill passed through its final 
stages. 

20: Great Britain. The War Office 
announced that an infantry force was 
being sent immediately from Hong Kong 
to Korea. 

21: Great Britain. The Labour party 
issued a statement of policy entitled 
Labour and the New Society. It proposed 
a world plan for mutual assistance to 
succeed the European Recovery pro- 
gramme in 1952. 

Bechuanaland. Seretse Khama, exiled 
chief-designate of the Bamangwato, 
arrived in London, with his wife and 
daughter. 

Greece. A partial cabinet of members 
of the Liberal party was sworn in under 
Sophocles Venizelos as prime minister. 

United States. The Senate, by 84 votes 
to 3, passed the Economic Controls bill. 

22: Canada. A national railway strike 
began. Louis St. Laurent, prime minister, 
announced the recall of parliament. 



France. The government decided to 
send a battalion of troops to Korea. 

Internationa) Bank. It was announced 
that the bank would make a loan of 
$100 million to Australia. 
> North Atlantic Treaty. The council of 
deputies opened its second session. 

Southeast Asia. A conference of 
governors of British territories opened in 
Bukit Serene, Malaya. 

Swimming. 24 swimmers left Cap Griz 
Nez in the Daily Mail international cross- 
channel swimming race. 9 of them, 7 
men and 2 women, completed the 
crossing. 

23: Kashmir. The U.N. mediator, Sir 
Owen Dixon, left Karachi for London 
and Lake Success to report the failure 
of his mission. Liaquat Ali Khan said 
the responsibility for the failure M lies 
squarely on the shoulders of India." 

Netherlands. It was announced that 
2,000 infantrymen would be sent to 
Korea. 

United States. Two trade unions called 
for a nation-wide rail strike to start on 
Aug. 28. 

24: China. Chou En-lai, foreign minister, 
cabled to the U.N. Security council 
asking for action to be taken against 
4i U.S. armed aggression in Formosa.*' 

Kashmir. Jawaharlal Nehru, in a state- 
ment in New Delhi said " I put the blame 
100% on Pakistan for the whole Kashmir 
trouble." 

25: Council of Europe. The consultative 
assembly adopted the report of its legal 
administrative committee expressing gen- 
eral approval of the draft European 
convention on human rights. 

Hong Kong. British troops left Hong 
Kong for service in Korea. 

Norway. The government announced 
that defence expenditure would be 
increased by 12-5 million over the 
next 2i years. 

Pakistan. Liaquat Ali Khan announced 
a gift of 400 tons of rice to the victims of 
the Assam earthquake in India. 

United States. A proposed rail strike 
was called off after President Truman 
ordered the taking over of the nation's 
railways. 

26: Bulgaria. Two former Communist 
ministers, Bonu Petrovski and Lubomir 
Kayrakov, were sentenced to life 
imprisonment for " passing economic 
information to the west." 

Council of Europe. By 73 votes to 
with 32 abstentions, the assembly 
approved the proposals of the economic 
committee on the links between the coal 
and steel pool and the Council of Europe. 

Lawn Tennis. Australia beat the U.S. 
in the Davis Cup contest. The cup was 
won from Australia by the U.S. in 1946. 
27: China. U.S. planes crossed the boun- 
dary between Korea and China and 
raided Antung airfield causing casualties. 
28: Council of Europe. The consultative 
assembly adjourned its second session. 

Greece, The government was enlarged 
by the inclusion of members of the 
Democratic Socialist party. 

Israel. The Haifa refineries resumed 
operations for the first time for over two 
years. 

Peru. General Manuel A. Odrla was 
installed as president. 

United States. President Truman 
reaffirmed his government's policy on 
Formosa after directing (on Aug. 26) 
General MacArthur to withdraw a state- 
ment \vhich related Formosa to the U.S. 
defence position in the Pacific. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



11 



29: Great Britain- Yemen. Discussions 
began at the Foreign Office on frontier 
and diplomatic matters affecting Great 
Britain, Yemen and Aden protectorate. 

Argentina. The peso was devalued from 
9-4 to 14 to the pound. 

China. A U.S. aircraft shot at Chinese 
boats on the Chinese bank of the Yalu 
river killing 10 and injuring 23. 

Korea. British troops, the first United 
Nations troops to be sent to aid the 
United States forces, landed in Korea. 

United Nations. The Security council, 
by 7 votes to 2 with 1 abstention, decided 
to place the question of Formosa on the 
agenda. 

30: Great Britain. Clement Attlee, in a 
broadcast, announced increased pay for 
servicemen and an increase to 2 yr. in the 
period of national service. 

The 1 12th annual meeting of the British 
Association for the Advancement of 
Science opened in Birmingham under the 
presidency of Sir Harold Hartley. 

Canada. A bill to end the Canadian 
railway strike was given a third reading 
in the House of Commons. The strike 
ended the same evening. 

South- West Africa. Voting took place 
for six members to sit in the Union House 
of Assembly, and for 18 members in the 
South-West African Legislative Assembly. 
Dr. Malan's Nationalist party won the 6 
seats in the Union House of Assembly 
and 15 of the seats in the South- West 
Africa Legislative Assembly. 

United States. Dean Acheson reaffirmed 
that the U.S. had no agressive intentions 
towards Communist China in Formosa 
or elsewhere. 

31: Great Britain. The Foreign Office 
announced that British Ally, the Russian- 
language newspaper published in Mos- 
cow, would close down. 

India. Police opened fire on demon- 
strators in Bombay killing 5 and wound- 
ing 41. 

United Nations. The Security council 
decided to add to its agenda the question 
of a complaint by China that a U.S. 
plane caused damage in China near the 
Korean border. 

Aviation. 55 persons were killed when 
an American Trans- World Airlines Con- 
stellation crashed in Egypt. 



SEPTEMBER 

1 : Korea. The North Koreans launched 
an offensive on a 50-mi. front against 
U.S. troops. They gained much ground 
east of Naktong while the Americans 
regained Haman in the south. 

Scandinavia. A meeting of the foreign 
ministers of Denmark, Iceland, Norway 
and Sweden ended in Reykjavik. The 
ministers discussed the agenda for the 
U.N. general assembly. 

2: Belgium. The government announced 
that a bill extending military service 
from one to two years would be laid 
before parliament. 

France. R. Pleven, prime minister, 
announced that the period of military 
service would be increased. 

India. Purshottamdas Tandon was 
elected president of the Indian national 
congress. 

3. Israel. A conference opened in 
Jerusalem between cabinet ministers and 
Jewish leaders from the United States, 
Great Britain and South Africa to 
prepare a long-term plan for maintaining 
the existing rate of immigration. 



4: Greece. The E.P.E.K. party decided 
not to join the government of S. Veniz- 
elos. The cabinet was completed by the 
inclusion of more Liberal and Demo- 
cratic Socialist ministers. 

Korea. The U.N. forces shot down a 
plane " bearing a red star/' The body 
of a Russian was discovered. 

Persia. Fighting broke out between 
Kurdish tribesmen and government forces 
near the Iraqi frontier. 

5 : Commonwealth. It was announced that 
the King and Queen would visit Australia 
and New Zealand in 1952. 

Denmark. A general election was held 
for the lower house. Hans Hedtoft's 
Social Democrat party obtained 59 
seats as against 57 in the old house. 

Korea. The North Koreans captured 
Pohang. 

Syria. Hashem Bey Atassi was elected 
president. 

Tibet, A Tibetan mission arrived in 
New Delhi for talks with the Chinese 
ambassador. 

Western Union. The five defence 
ministers held their eighth meeting. 

6: International Monetary Fund. The 

annual session of the fund and of the 
International Bank for Reconstruction 
and Development opened in Paris. 

Korea. The North Koreans continued 
their pressure against the U.N. troops 
on the northern front. 

United Nations. Y. Malik, the Soviet 
delegate to the Security council, explained 
that the Soviet plane shot down off Korea 
was unarmed on a training flight from 
Port Arthur. A U.S. resolution seeking 
to isolate the Korean war was vetoed 
by the Soviet delegate. 

7: Great Britain. The Trades Union 
congress voted in favour of abandoning 
the policy of wage restraint and in favour 
of equal pay for women. 

France. The minister of the interior 
declared illegal the Spanish Communist 
party (whose headquarters were in 
France) and the Unified Socialist Party 
of Catalonia (Pyrenean France). 

Syria. Nazim el Kudsi formed the first 
constitutional cabinet in Syria since the 
coup d'etat of Husni ez Zaim in March, 
1949. 

Western Germany. Hans Ehard was 
elected president of the Bundesrat in 
succession to K. Arnold. 

9: Canada. The minister of national 
defence announced that the Canadian 
regular forces had been placed on active 
service. 

Greece. The government led by 
S. Venizelos was defeated on a vote of 
confidence by 124 votes to 106. Venizelos 
resigned and recommended a general 
election. The king called on C. Tsaldaris, 
Populist, to form a government. 

10: Great Britain. 116 of 129 miners 
trapped in a mine at New Cumnock, 
Ayrshire, were brought safely to the 
surface. 

South Africa. An exchange of notes 
between South Africa and Great Britain 
confirming the transfer of Prince Edward 
and Marion islands to South Africa was 
published. 

1 1 : Greece. The king called on K. Tsald- 
aris, S. Venizelos and G. Papandreou 
to collaborate in order to give Greece a 
strong government. Venizelos became 
prime minister, the other leading parties 
agreeing to serve in the government. 

Iraq. The government led by Tewfik 
el Suwaidi resigned. 



Malta. The final results in the general 
election were announced. The Nationalist 
party obtained 12 seats, the Malta 
Labour party 11, Dr. P. Sofia's Labour 
group 1 1 and others 6. 

South Africa. Field Marshal Jan 
Christiaan Smuts died at his home near 
Pretoria. 

United Nations. The Security council 
rejected a proposal to invite Chinese 
Communists to attend the debate on 
charges that U.S. planes had violated 
Chinese territory. The voting was 6 votes 
to 3 in favour with 2 abstentions, but 
7 votes were necessary for a resolution 
to be carried. 

12: Great Britain. Parliament reassembled 
for an emergency session. Clement 
Attlee opened a debate on defence in the 
House of Commons. The Conservatives 
supported the government. 

United Nations. The Security council 
approved the annual report by 10 votes 
to 0. The Soviet delegate abstained. 

United States. The foreign ministers 

of the U.S., Great Britain and France 

opened a three-day session in New York. 

13: Greece. A three-party government 

under S. Venizelos was sworn in. 

Denmark. King Frederik asked the 
outgoing prime minister, Hans Hedtoft, 
Socialist, to form a government. 

United Nations. A U.S. proposal that a 
committee of inquiry should be sent to 
China to investigate charges of U.S. 
violation of the border was vetoed by 
the Soviet representative. 
14: Great Britain. The government 
announced its intention of carrying out 
the Iron and Steel act at the earliest 
opportunity. 

Foreign Ministers Conference. The 
conference in New York of the foreign 
ministers of Great Britain, France and the 
United States was adjourned. The 
ministers agreed that " immediate effec- 
tive steps must be taken ... to strengthen 
the defence of the free world, both in 
Europe and Asia." 

15: Great Britain. The National Service 
bill, extending national service to 2 years 
was passed by the House of Commons. 

Greece. The new government led by 
S. Venizelos received a vote of confidence 
with a majority of 110. 

Korea. United Nations forces made a 
number of landings. The U.S. 10th Army 
corps and elements of the 1st Marine 
division landed at Inchon, the port for 
Seoul. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The fifth session 
of the council opened in New York under 
the chairmanship of Dean Acheson. 
16: Iraq. General Nuri cs Said formed a 

new government. 

17: Bahamas. Sir George Sandford, 
governor from Feb. 1 950, died at Govern- 
ment house, Nassau. 

Korea. United Nations forces captured 
Kimpo airfield, 15 mi. northwest of Seoul. 

Malta. Paul Boffa, prime minister, 
resigned, and E. Mizzi, leader of the 
Nationalist party, was asked to form a 
government. 

18: India. The government granted de jure 
recognition to Israel. 

Indo-China. Vietminh forces captured 
the French military outpost of Dong-khe. 

Korea. United Nations forces crossed 
the Han river and reached a point within 
7 mi. of Seoul. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The council 
" warmly welcomed " the proposal to 
create an integrated military force ade- 
quate enough to defend turope. 



12 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



Trinidad. The first general elections 
were held in the colony. The Home Rule 
party fed by Uriah Butler and the 
Independents each obtained six of the 
18 seats. 

19: Great Britain. The House of Commons 
approved the government's proposal to 
take over the iron and steel industry by 
306 votes to 300. 

Commonwealth. Commonwealth minis- 
ters met in London to discuss economic 
and trade questions. 

Foreign Ministers Conference. The 
ministers concluded their conference in 
New York and agreed to end the state of 
war with Germany, to reinforce their 
troops in Germany, to treat an attack on 
Berlin or Western Germany as an attack 
upon themselves and to give greater 
powers to the West German government 
including the setting up of a foreign 
ministry. 

Korea. Troops of the U.S. 24th 
division crossed the Naktong river 4 mi. 
south of Waegwan. 

O.E.E.C. The agreement setting up a 
European Payments union within the 
framework of the O.E.E.C. was signed 
in Paris. 

United Nations. The fifth session of the 
general assembly opened at Flushing 
Meadow. The question of Chinese 
representation was referred to a com- 
mittee. 

20: Korea. United Nations troops cut the 
road to Pyongyang. 

New Zealand. A state of emergency 
was declared because of a dock strike 
which had started on Sept. 15. 

Norway. The parliament unanimously 
approved proposals for spending an 
additional 12-5 million on defence. 

South Africa. E. G. Jansen, minister 
of Native affairs, was appointed governor 
general designate to succeed G. B. van 
Zyl. 

United Nations. In the general assembly 
Dean Acheson (U.S.) submitted a plan 
for a world security force and for greater 
powers for the assembly. 

21: Great Britain. C. R. Attlee flew to 
Balmoral for an audience with the King. 
Indonesia. The government decided 
to give Irian (Dutch New Guinea) direct 
representation in the Indonesian parlia- 
ment. 

22: Foreign Ministers Conference. The 

foreign ministers of Great Britain, France 
and the U.S. again met in New York. 
The three defence ministers were also 
present. 

New Zealand. Dockers at all New 
Zealand ports returned to work. 

Nobel Prize. The Nobel prize com- 
mittee of the Norwegian Storting decided 
to award the Peace prize to Ralph Bunche, 
former U.N. acting mediator in Palestine. 

United States. President Truman 
vetoed the Communist Control bill. 
The House of Representatives over-rode 
the veto. 

23: Korea. U.S. aircraft accidentally 
attacked men of the Argyll and Suther- 
land Highlanders. 

United States. The Senate over-rode 
the President's veto on the Communist 
Control bill, which thus became law. 

24: Indo-China. French forces recaptured 
Chucphaithan, a frontier post west of 
Moncay. 

25: Great Britain. Lord Trefgarne resigned 
as chairman yf the Colonial Develop- 
ment corporation. 



Commonwealth Conference. A confer- 
ence on economic development of south 
and southeast Asia opened in London. 

Korea. United Nations troops cap- 
tured Osan and Chochiwon, thus reducing 
the gap between the U.N. northern and 
southern armies to 25 mi. 

Spain-Portugal. Dr. O. Salazar arrived 
at Vigo for talks with General Franco. 

United Nations. Ernest Bevin, in a 
speech to the general assembly, pledged 
British support for the U.S. 4t peace 
force " plan outlined by Dean Acheson 
on Sept. 20. 

United States. Paul Hoffman resigned 
as head of the E.C.A. and was succeeded 
by his deputy, William Foster. 
26: Great Britain. 80 miners died and 19 
escaped in a fire at Creswell colliery, near 
Worksop, Derbyshire. 

International Court of Justice. The 
court began public hearings of a dispute 
between Peru and Colombia. 

Korea. United Nations troops occupied 
Seoul. Troops of the U.N. northern and 
southern armies met south of Seoul. 

Malta. E. Mizzi, leader of the Nation- 
alist party, formed a minority govern- 
ment. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The council 
announced a plan for setting up an 
integrated defence force for Europe under 
a supreme commander. 

United States The resignation of Lewis 
Douglas as ambassador in London was 
announced. 

27: r ;reat Britain. Labour retained its 
seat in a by-election at North-East 
Leicester. 

United States. Walter Sherman Giffotd 
was nominated ambassador to Great 
Britain. 

28: Spain-Portugal. It was announced 
that discussions on international affairs 
had taken place in Spain and Portugal 
between General Franco and Dr. Salazar. 

Trade Conference. International talks 
on tariffs and trade opened in Torquay. 

United Nations. Indonesia was admit- 
ted as the 60th member. 
29: Korea. South Korean forces reached 
the 38th parallel: General MacArthur 
formally handed over control of Seoul to 
Syngman Rhee. 

^Sweden. The village of Surte, near 
Gothenburg, was wrecked when its clay 
foundations slid into the river valley. 
The Gota river, railway lines and roads 
were blocked. 

United Nations. The Security council 
decided to invite the Chinese Communist 
government to be represented during its 
discussion on Formosa. Brazil and the 
Netherlands were elected to the Security 
council. After 12 ballots neither Turkey 
nor Lebanon secured a two-thirds maj- 
ority for the third seat. Great Britain, 
U.S.S.R., Uruguay, Philippines, Poland 
and Sweden were elected to the Economic 
and Social council. Dominica and Thai- 
lancj were elected to the Trusteeship 
council. 

30: Canada. Douglas Abbott, minister of 
finance, announced the freeing of the 
Canadian dollar. 

India. At a press conference in New 
Delhi, Jawaharlal Nehru said it would be 
wrong for United Nations forces to 
invade North Korea. 



OCTOBER 

1 : Korea. General MacArthur called on 
the North Koreans to surrender. South 
Korean forces crossed into North Korea. 



Vietnam. French and Vietnam force* 
entered the town of Thai-Nguyen, th< 
military capital of the Vietminh forces. 

2: Great Britain. The 49th annual con- 
ference of the Labour party opened al 
Margate under the chairmanship of Sam 
Watson. 

Indonesia. An offensive was launched 
by Indonesian troops against Amboina 
island, centre of the South Moluccas 
republic. This was the only state still 
resisting incorporation into Indonesia. 

Korea. South Korean forces occupied 
Yangyang, north of the 38th parallel. 

United Nations. A. Vyshinsky put 
forward proposals for Korea to the 
political committee. His draft resolutions 
named the United States as the aggressor, 
and called for the withdrawal of the U.S. 
forces and the disbandment of the existing 
U.N. commission. 

3: Great Britain. The Treasury announced 
that the gold and dollar reserves of the 
sterling area on Sept. 30, 1950, were 
2,756 million compared with 1,340 
million at the time of devaluation of 
sterling, Sept. 18, 1949. 

Brazil. Getulio Vargas was elected 
president to succeed Eurico Dutra. 

Islamic Conference. Ghulam Moham- 
med, Pakistan finance minister, in his 
presidential address to the second Islamic 
Economic conference at Tehran, called 
for some integration of Moslem countries 
on an economic basis. 

4: Commonwealth Conference. The meet- 
ings on aid to Asia ended in London. 

Pakistan. The Ministry of Defence 
announced that Afghan tribesmen and 
troops had crossed into Pakistan and 
were being driven back. 

5: Israel. The cabinet conferred on the 
prime minister, David Ben-Gurion, the 
special powers formerly held by the 
British high commissioner, enabling him 
to conduct an intensive war against the 
black market. 

7: Tibet. Chinese forces invaded Tibet. 
(This action was not made public until 
the end of October). 

United Nations. The general assembly 
approved, by 47 votes to 5 with 8 
abstentions, an eight-power resolution 
for the unification and rehabilitation of a 
peaceful and democratic Korea. 

8: Great Britain. Hugh Gaitskell, minister 
of state for economic affairs, arrived in 
New York. 

Korea. U.S. forces crossed the 38th 
parallel and South Korean troops 
occupied Wonsan. 

Morocco. The sultan of Morocco 
arrived at Bordeaux on a state visist to 
France. 

Pakistan. Jogendra Nath Mandal, 
Hindu minister of law, resigned. 

9: Great Britain. The minister of supply 
appointed Feb. 15, 1951, as the general 
date of transfer of the iron and steel 
industry. 

Denmark. Winston Churchill arrived 
in Copenhagen as the guest of the Danish 
government. 

Western Germany. Gustav Heinemann, 
minister of the interior, resigned. 

10: Canada-United States. The Niagara 
waters treaty became operative after 
the deposit of ratification documents. 

Denmark. Winston Churchill was awar- 
ded the degree of doctor of philosophy 
and arts by Copenhagen university. 

Morocco. The sultan of Morocco 
arrived in Paris. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



13 



11: Korea. British and Commonwealth 
forces advanced across the 38th parallel. 

Medicine. The minister of health 
announced the setting up of a committee 
to investigate the claims of David Rees 
Evans to have discovered a treatment for 
cancer. 

12: Great Britain- Yemen. Negotiations 
which opened on Aug. 29 ended. Among 
the subjects discussed was the setting up 
of diplomatic relations between the two 
countries. 

Jordan. King Abdullah accepted the 
resignation of his cabinet and asked 
Said Pasha el Mufti to form a new 
government. 

United Nations. The Security council 
notified the president of the general 
assembly that it had been unable to agree 
on a recommendation regarding the 
appointment of a secretary general. 

13: United States. President Truman 
arrived at Honolulu on his way to a 
meeting with General Douglas Mac- 
Arthur. 

14: Indonesia. Mohammed Hatta, former 
prime minister, was elected vice-president. 
Jordan. A new cabinet was formed 
under Said Pasfca el Mufti. 

United States. President Truman and 
General MacArthur held a three-hour 
meeting on Wake island. They discussed 
Korea and other far eastern matters. 

15: Eastern Germany. Elections were held 
for both houses of parliament. 98-44% 
of the electorate voted. 

Israel. The cabinet resigned after 
members of the Religious bloc had 
notified the prime minister, David Ben- 
Gurion, that they were unwilling to 
accept his proposed cabinet changes. 

16: Australia. The executive of the Labour 
party decided to withdraw its opposition 
to the government's Communist Party 
Dissolution bill. 

Israel. David Ben-Gurion proposed 
the formation of a caretaker cabinet until 
a general election. 

Malta. The second parliament elected 
under the 1947 constitution was opened. 

Western Germany. Erich Kohler 
resigned as president of the Bundestag. 

17: Great Britain. The judicial committee 
of the Privy Council reported that in 
their opinion the Rev. J. G. MacManaway 
was disabled from sitting in the House of 
Commons because he was a priest of the 
Church of Ireland. 

18: Indo- China. Vietminh troops entered 
the border town of Langson. 

Israel. The Knesset rejected David 
Ben-Gurion's proposals for a caretaker 
government. 

Scotland. The Queen opened the Loch 
Sloy scheme, the first of the major 
projects of the North of Scotland Hydro- 
Electric board to come into operation. 
19: Great Britain. Sir Stafford Cripps 
resigned as chancellor of the exchequer 
for reasons of health. Hugh Gaitskell, 
minister of state for economic affairs, 
was appointed to succeed him. 

The House of Commons declared 
vacant the Rev. MacManaway's seat at 
West Belfast. 

Israel. President Weizmann asked 
P. Rosen, leader of the Progressive party, 
to try to form a government. 

Korea. United Nations forces captured 
Pyongyang, capital of North Korea. 

Tibet. Chinese troops occupied Chang- 
tu (Chamdo), northeast of Lhasa. 
20: Australia. The Communist Party 
Dissolution bill received the royal assent. 



21: Great Britain. Princess Elizabeth's 
second child, Princess Anne Elizabeth 
Alice Louise, was christened by the 
archbishop of York at Buckingham 
palace. 

Germany. A statement was issued at 
the end of a two-day conference in 
Prague attended by V. Molotov and the 
foreign ministers of the eastern European 
countries and Eastern Germany. The 
conference proposed a four-power dec- 
laration against the remilitarization of 
Germany, and a peace treaty with 
Germany. 

Jordan. King Abdullah arrived in 
Baghdad. 

22: Indo-China. French forces withdrew 
from Loc Binh, a frontier post, and 
evacuated Langson. 

Tibet. Chinese forces occupied Lhad- 
zong, 250 mi. northeast of Lhasa. 

23: Arab League. The 13th regular meeting 
of the council was held in Cairo. It 
lasted 20 min. 

24: Great Britain. The House of Commons 
approved an address to the King for 
making arrangements for the building 
of the new chamber and thanked the 
Lords for the hospitality of their chamber 
for nearly ten years. 

Australia. Eric Harrison, minister 
resident in London, was sworn in as 
Australian minister of the interior in 
London by the lord chancellor. 

France. R. Pleven, prime minister, 
proposed the creation of a unified 
European defence force in which Ger- 
many could play a part. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The council of 
deputies decided to establish an economic 
and financial working group at the head- 
quarters of O.E.E.C. in Paris. 

25: Great Britain. The Conservative 
party retained its seat in a by-election at 
Scotstoun, Glasgow. 

Hugh Gaitskell took the oath as 
chancellor of the exchequer. 

United Nations. The Security council 
again considered the appointment of a 
secretary general. Carlos Romulo 
(Philippines) and Charles Malik (Leb- 
anon) each received 4 votes. , 

26: Great Britain. The King opened the 
new House of Commons chamber. 
Speakers and presiding officers of 29 
Commonwealth assemblies were present. 
The House of Lords returned to its own 
chamber, which since 1941 had been 
occupied by the Commons. 

Denmark. Hans Hedtoft's minority 
Labour government resigned. 

Korea. South Korean patrols reached 
the Manchurian border north of Kojang. 

Tibet. India sent a note to the Chinese 
expressing " deep regret " that the 
Chinese had invaded Tibet instead of 
trying to reach a settlement by negotia- 
tion. 

Nobel Prize. The prize for physiology 
and medicine was awarded jointly to 
P. S. Hench and E. C. Kendall of the 
Mayo clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, U.S., 
and to T. Reichstein of Basle, Switzer- 
land, for the discovery of Cortisone. 

27: France. General Juin returned to 
France after visiting Indo-China. 

Tibet. Chinese forces occupied Shosh- 
ado. 

28 : France. The bill to extend compulsory 
military service from 1 yr. to 18 months 
was passed by 414 votes to 185. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The defence 
committee met in Washington. 



29: Sweden. King Gustaf V died at 
Drottningholm castle at the age of 92 
after a reign of 43 years. 

Western Germany. K. Adenauer 
publicly rejected the French terms to 
allow German units to serve in a Euro- 
pean army. 

30: Israel. David Ben-Gurion announced 
the formation of a coalition government. 

Nepal-Great Britain. A treaty of 
perpetual peace and friendship was 
signed in Kathmandu. 

North Borneo. The newly constituted 
Legislative Council met for the first 
time. 

Poland. A drastic revaluation of the 
zloty came into effect. The new zloty 
was based on gold and was at par with the 
Soviet rouble. 

Sweden. King Gustaf VI Adolf took 
the royal oath. 

Syria. General Sami Hinnawi, leader 
of the revolt against Husni ez Zaim in 
Aug. 1949, was shot dead in Beirut. 

Tibet. In a reply to the Indian note 
the Chinese government reiterated its 
claim that Tibet was an integral part of 
China and a matter solely for the Chinese 
government. 

31: Great Britain. The King opened parlia- 
ment. The King's speech included pro- 
posals for a permanent Supplies and 
Service bill and the taking over of the 
beet sugar industry. 

Italy. Palmiro Togliatti, leader of the 
Communist party, underwent an emer- 
gency operation for the removal of a 
blood clot on the brain. 

Puerto Rico. An unsuccessful attempt 
was made on the life of the governor, 
Luis Mufloz Marin. 

Tibet. In a further note to the Chinese 
government the Indian government again 
expressed " their hope that the Chinese 
government will still prefer methods of 
peaceful negotiation and settlement to 
solution under duress and by force." 

NOVEMBER 

1: Roman Catholic Church. The Pope 
proclaimed a dogma of the bodily 
assumption into heaven of the Virgin 
Mary. 

United Nations. By 46 votes to 5 with 
7 abstentions, the general assembly 
decided to prolong Trygve Lie's term as 
secretary general for three years. 

United States. Two Puerto Ricans 
attempted to shoot their way into 
President Truman's home in Washington 
with the intention of assassinating him. 
One was shot dead and the other wounded. 
One guard was shot dead. An attempt 
was made to blow up the Puerto Rican 
government offices in New York. 
2: Great Britain. George Bernard Shaw 
died at his home at Ayot St. Lawrence, 
Hertfordshire. 

Conservatives retained their seat in a 
by-election at Oxford city. 

Greece. S. Venizelos's coalition 
government resigned after disagreements 
with the Populist party. 

Indo-China. Vietminh forces occupied 
Laokay. 

3: Bulgaria. A decree became effective 
which permitted Soviet citizens to assume 
posts in Bulgaria as though they were 
Bulgarians. 

Greece. S. Venizelos formed a Liberal- 
Social Democrat coalition government. 

Indonesia. The Indonesian flag was 
again hoisted in the city cf Amboina after 
five weeks of military operations. 



14 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



Soviet Union. The government handed 
notes to the British, French and United 
States ambassadors in Moscow proposing 
a meeting of the Council of Foreign 
Ministers to consider " the question of 
implementing the Potsdam agreement on 
the demilitarization of Germany.'* 

4: Persia-Soviet Union. A new trade 
agreement was signed in Tehran. 

United Nations. The general assembly 
annulled its decision of Dec. 1946 calling 
on member states to withdraw their 
ambassadors or ministers from Madrid. 

5: Korea. General MacArthur reported 
that Chinese Communist troops were now 
engaged with the U.N. forces. 

6: Great Britain. In a division on housing 
the government received a majority of 12. 

7: Great Britain. In two divisions on cost 
of living and controls the government 
received majorities of 15 and 10. 

Nepal. The ruler, Maharajadhiraja 
Tribhuvana Bir Bikram Jung Bahadur, 
and his family sought asylum in the 
Indian embassy in Kathmandu. The 
crown prince's second son, aged 3, was 
proclaimed king. 

Soviet Union. Celebrations were held 
to mark the 33rd anniversary of the 1917 
revolution. 

United States. Flections were held for 
the House of Representatives and 36 
seats in the Senate. The final results were: 
Senate, Democrats 49, Republicans 47; 
House of Representatives, Democrats 
227, Republicans 196, Independents 1. 

8: Great Britain. The government was 
defeated by 6 votes in the House of 
Commons on a motion concerning 
private members' bills. 

Eastern Germany. Otto Grotcwohl, 
prime minister, announced that the 
government had resigned. He was asked 
to form a new cabinet. 

France. General Boyer de la Tour du 
Moulin was appointed to succeed General 
Alessandri as commander in Tongking. 

Japan. The Soviet representative 
attended the Allied Council for Japan for 
the first time since April 26. 

United Nations. The Security council 
decided to invite Chinese Communist 
representatives to be present for discus- 
sion on General MacArthur's report that 
Chinese troops were fighting in Korea. 

9: France. The National Assembly 
defeated by 466 votes to 98 a motion 
calling on the government to ameliorate 
the conditions of Marshal Petain's 
detention. 

Sweden. King Gustaf V was buried in 
Riddarholm church, Stockholm. The 
Duke of Gloucester represented King 
George VI. 

10: Great Britain. Lord Tedder was elected 
chancellor of Cambridge university in 
succession to General Smuts. 

It was announced that it had been 
decided to establish diplomatic relations 
with Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia. 

Nobel Prizes. The 1950 prize for litera- 
ture was awarded to Earl Russell (Bert- 
rand Russell); the 1949 prize to William 
Faulkner (United States); the prize for 
physics was awarded to Professor Cecil 
Powell of Bristol. 

11: France. M. Thorez, secretary general 
of the French Communist party, left 
Paris by air for medical treatment in the 
Soviet Union! 



World Peace Congress. It was 

announced that because of the action of 
the British government in refusing entry 
into Britain of many delegates the con- 
ference due to open at Sheffield on Nov. 
13 would open in Warsaw on Nov. 16. 
Yugoslavia. The government ordered 
the Albanian legation in Belgrade to be 
closed. 

12: Great Britain. Remembrance day cere- 
monies were held throughout Britain and 
the Commonwealth. 

Tibet. Chinese forces occupied Lho 
Dzong and captured Chapatsitun, the 
commander of the 7th Tibetan regiment. 

13: Nepal. The exiled king of Nepal 
visited President Prasad in New Delhi. 

United Nations. The secretary general 
announced the receipt of an appeal 
(dated Nov. 7) from the government of 
Tibet for aid. 

Venezuela. Lieut. Colonel Carlos 
Delgado Chalbaud, president of the 
military junta since 1948, was shot dead 
in Caracas. 

14: Great Britain. The National Coal 
board issued its national plan for spending 
635 million on capital development 
before 1965. 

Great Britain- Yugoslavia. It was 
announced that Britain had agreed to 
make available to Yugoslavia a credit of 
3 million for tKe purchase of food and 
consumer goods. 

India. In opening the winter session 
of parliament President Prasad an- 
nounced the postponement of the first 
general elections from April-May 1951 
to Nov.-Dec. 1951. 

Venezuela. General Rafael Urbina, 
who shot Lieut. Colonel Chalbaud on 
Nov. 1 3, was shot while trying to escape. 

Boxing. Jack Gardner beat the holder 
Bruce Woodcock for the British and 
Empire heavy-weight titles. 

15: Eastern Germany. Otto Grotcwohl 
presented his new National Front govern- 
ment to the Volkskammer. It included 
5 deputy prime ministers. 

16: Great Britain. Conservatives retained 
the seat in the Handsworth, Birmingham* 
by-election with an increased majority. 

Egypt. In his speech to the parliament, 
King Farouk said his government would 
insist on the evacuation of British troops 
from Egyptian soil and the unification of 
the Nile valley under the Egyptian crown. 

Greece. The new government received 
a vote of confidence by 1 64 votes to 54. 
The Populist party, which was excluded 
from the government, voted for the 
government. 

India. The Madras government lifted 
its ban on the Communist party. 

World Peace Congress. The World 
Peace congress transferred from Shef- 
fieldopened in Warsaw. 

17: Tibet. The Dalai Lama was invested 
with full powers as the spiritual and 
temporal head of the state. 

United Nations. The general assembly, 
by 50 votes to 0, approved proposals for 
the creation of a unified and sovereign 
state of Libya. 

18: Council of Europe. The second session 

of the consultative assembly was resumed 

in Strasbourg. 
19: Indonesia. All inhabitants of Jakarta 

were confined to their houses for six 

hours while troops and police searched 

for illegal arms. 
Korea. U.S. troops captured Kapsan 

and advanced to within 16 mi. of the 

Manchurian border. 



20: Great Britain. Ernest Bevin stated in 
the House of Commons that Great 
Britain had no intention of withdrawing 
British forces and so leaving the middle 
east defenceless. 

Philip Noel-Baker, minister of fuel and 
power, announced that the National 
Coal board would be buying coal from 
abroad. 

International Court of Justice. The 
court delivered judgement in the Colom- 
bian-Peruvian asylum case. 

Netherlands-Indonesia. The second 
union conference opened in The Hague 
under the chairmanship of Willem Drees. 

Scandinavia. The foreign ministers and 
ministers for trade of Denmark, Norway 
and Sweden met in Copenhagen. The 
Iceland minister in Copenhagen was 
present. 

United Nations. The general assembly 
approved the U.S.-sponsored peace reso- 
lution by 51 votes to 5. 
21: Great Britain. Queen Juliana and the 
prince of the Netherlands arrived in 
Britain on a state visit. 

The government was defeated by 65 
votes to 32 in House of Lords on a 
private member's bill to amend the 
Transport act. 

22: Great Britain. Following demands 
from Conservative and Labour members, 
the government agreed to suspend 
delivery of Centurion tanks to Egypt until 
the foreign secretary had reported to the 
House of Commons on his discussions 
with the Egyptian foreign minister. 

Austria. The three western govern- 
ments sent notes to the Soviet government 
protesting at further Soviet interference 
with the Austrian police. 

Commonwealth. C. R. Attlee announced 
in London that a conference of Common- 
wealth prime ministers would be held in 
London in Jan. 1951. 

Egypt. A state of emergency was 
declared in Cairo, Alexandria and Port 
Said when students began a series of 
anti-British demonstrations. 

Railways. 78 persons were killed in a 
rail crash outside New York. 
23: Great Britain. It was confirmed that 
Britain had sent a message to the Chinese 
government reassuring it that the presence 
of U.N. troops in Korea was not a threat 
to China. 

Finland. Urho Kekkonen, prime mini- 
ster, announced that he would try to 
broaden the government. 

France. The government's policy on 
Indo-China was approved in the National 
Assembly by 345 votes to 193. 

Gibraltar. The Duke of Edinburgh 
opened the new Legislative Council. 

Korea. General MacArthur launched 
a new offensive in Korea. 
24: China. The people's government in the 
Tibetan autonomous region in Sikang was 
founded. 

United States. President Truman 
announced the allocation of $16 million 
to provide food for the Yugoslav armed 
forces. 

Council of Europe. The session of the 
consultative assembly was ended. 
25: Indo-China. French troops retook the 
frontier post of Tan May. 

Italy. Mount Etna began to erupt. 

Korea. The North Korean and Chinese 
troops began a counter offensive. 

Libya. The first meeting of the Libyan 
Constituent Assembly was held. The 
Mufti of Tripolitania was elected presi- 
dent and the assembly declared that the 
Emir of Cyrenaica should be king of all 
Libya. 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



15 



Malta. Princess Elizabeth arrived by 
air from London. 

26: Indo-China. A conference presided over 
by Bao Dai and attended by the prime 
minister of Vietnam, Tran Van Huu, and 
military commanders was held in Tong- 
king. 

Uruguay. Elections were held for the 
presidency. A. Martinez Trueba was 
elected to succeed Luis Batlle Berres. 

27: Commonwealth. A conference of the 
Commonwealth Parliamentary associa- 
tion opened in Wellington, New Zealand. 

France. The economic conference at 
Pau between representatives of France 
and Indo-China ended after five months. 

India-Nepal. Two representatives of 
the government of Nepal arrived in New 
Delhi for talks with Indian ministers. 

United Nations. Delegates from the 
Chinese People's republic attended a 
meeting of the Security council for the 
first time. 

Venezuela. G. Suarez Flammerich was 
installed as president of the new civilian- 
military junta, 

28: Great Britain. By 389 votes to 134 the 
House of Commons, on a free vote, 
carried an amendment to prevent the 
Sunday opening of the Festival of Britain 
fun fair. 

Commonwealth. Details were published 
of the proposals for co-operative econo- 
mic development in south and southeast 
Asia, known as the Colombo plan. 

France. The king and queen of Den- 
mark arrived in Paris on a state visit. 

The government was defeated in the 
National Assembly on a Communist 
motion to impeach Jules Moch, minister 
of defence. Rene Pleven offered the 
resignation of his government to the 
president, but it was not accepted. 

India-Pakistan. Correspondence was 
published between Jawaharlal Nehru and 
Liaquat Ali Khan on the proposed " no 
war " declaration. 

Korea. General Mac Arthur reported 
to the United Nations that 200,000 
Chinese troops were in Korea. 

United Nations. General Wu Hsiu- 
chuan, leader of the Chinese Communist 
delegation, accused the United States of 
aggression against China, Korea, Vietnam 
the Philippines, Japan and other Asian 
countries, after Warren Austin, U.S., had 
accused China of aggression in Korea. 

29: Great Britain. The House of Commons 
opened a two-day debate on foreign 
affairs. 

The Ulster Unionists retained the seat 
in a by-election at West Belfast but with a 
much reduced majority. 

Korea. United Nations forces, after 
being forced back across the Chongchon 
river, were in general retreat towards 
Sunchon. 

30: Great Britain. At the close of the 
foreign affairs debate, C. R. Attlee 
announced that he was flying to Washing- 
ton for talks with President Truman. 

Labour retained its seats in by-elections 
at South East Bristol and Abertillery. 

France, By 369 votes to 181 the 
National' Assembly adopted a bill for 
constitutional reform. 

Indo-China. It was announced that the 
frontier post of Chuc-Phai-San had been 
recaptured by French and Vietnam 
troops. 

United States. President Truman stated 
that the use of the atomic bomb in Korea 
was under consideration. 



DECEMBER 

1: France. The National Assembly 
approved a motion of confidence in the 
government by 347 votes to 184, 

United States. President Truman sent 
a message to congress asking for a 
further $17,978 million for defence. 

2: Great Britain. Clement Attlee and 
Ernest Bevin held consultations in 
London with Rene Pleven and Robert 
Schuman of France. 

Bulgaria-Turkey. The frontier, closed 
on Oct. 7, was reopened by decision of 
the Turkish government. 

United Nations. The general assembly 
passed resolutions dealing with the 
federation of Eritrea with Ethiopia, aid 
to Palestinian refugees and the treatment 
of Indians in South Africa. 

3 : Jordan. Said Pasha el Mufti submitted 
the resignation of his cabinet and was 
succeeded by Samir Pasha el Rifai. 

Nepal. Sir Esler Dening of the British 
Foreign Office arrived in New Delhi and 
left for Kathmandu accompanied by 
Frank Roberts, deputy high commis- 
sioner in India. 

Western Germany. Elections were held 
in the western sectors of Berlin. The 
Social Democrats remained the largest 
party with 44-7% of the votes. 

4: Great Britain. Sir Eric Young resigned 
from the National Coal board. 

China. Chou En-lai, in a statement on 
the peace treaty with Japan, declared that 
Communist China should take part in 
preparing the treaty. 

Netherlands- Indonesia. The conference 
on the future of Dutch New Guinea 
opened at The Hague. 

United States. Clement Attlee met 
President Truman in Washington. 

5: Greece. Princess Elizabeth and the 
Duke of Edinburgh arrived in Greece 
for a week's visit to King Paul and Queen 
Frederika. 

India-Sikkim. A new treaty was signed 
in Gangtok, providing that Sikkim 
should continue to be a protectorate of 
India enjoying internal autonomy. 

United Nations. Asian and Arab mem-' 
bers appealed to Communist China and 
North Korea not to cross the 38th 
parallel. 

Cricket. Australia beat England in 
the first test match at Brisbane by 70 runs. 

6: Great Britain. A memorial to the first 
Earl of Oxford and Asquith was unveiled 
in the Palace of Westminster by Winston 
Churchill. 

France. General de Lattre de Tassigny 
was appointed high commissioner and 
commander in chief in Indo-China. 

Haiti. Paul E. Magloire was installed 
as president. 

India. Jawaharlal Nehru appealed to 
the four great powers to try to solve the 
far eastern crisis by peaceful negotiations. 

Korea. Chinese troops launched an 
attack on a 70-mi. front. Pyongyang was 
taken by the North Koreans. 

United Nations. By 51 votes to 5 with 
3 abstentions the general assembly 
decided to discuss the question of Chinese 
intervention in Korea. 

7: Great Britain. In a statement to the 
House of Commons, E. Shinwell, minister 
of defence, said that Great Britain might 
have to prepare for still harder tidings 
but that there was no thought of with- 
drawal from Korea. 



8: Great Britain-United States. C. R. 

Attlee and President Truman ended their 
talks in Washington. A joint statement 
announced agreement on many matters. 
They were ready to negotiate on Korea 
but repudiated appeasement. 

Eastern Germany. The Supreme Court 
sentenced Leonhart Moog, a former 
finance minister in Thuringia, and three 
others to 15 years' imprisonment for 
inflicting " great damage on the national 
economy of the republic.'* 

Finland. Jan Sibelius celebrated his 
85th birthday. He was presented with 
the Grand Cross with Brilliants of the 
Order of the White Rose. 

Hungary. The National Assembly 
unanimously passed the Defence of Peace 
law. 

9: Korea. Half of ihe 20,000 U.S. and 
British troops fighting their way out of 
the Choshin area reached Hungnam. 

United States. General Marshall stated 
that the president was considering pro- 
claiming a national emergency. 

10: Danube. The third session of the 
Danube commission opened in Galatz, 
Rumania. 

India-Nepal. The talks in New Delhi 
ended. The communique^ said that the 
conversations were conducted in a 
friendly atmosphere. The two Nepalese 
representatives left New Delhi for Kath- 
mandu. 

Spain. General Franco called for 
44 fair play " over Gibraltar but said that 
the colony was " not worth a war." 

Nobel Prizes. Dr. R. Bunche was 
presented with the Peace prize in Oslo. 
The other prize winners received their 
awards from King Gustaf VI Adolf in 
Stockholm. 

11: Great Britain. Winston Churchill was 
created a freeman of Portsmouth. 

Singapore. Rioting broke out following 
the decision of the high court to adjourn 
hearings until Dec. 12, in the case of the 
Dutch girl, Maria (Bertha) Hertogh. 

12: Great Britain. C. R. Attlee returned to 
London from Washington and later 
reported on his talks to the House of 
Commons. 

New Zealand. Peter Fraser, prime 
minister from 1940 to 1949, died in 
Wellington. 

Suez Canal. The Danish government 
joined Great Britain and France in 
protesting to Egypt against restrictions 
on shipping passing through the canal. 

13: Great Britain. Hugh Gaitskell an- 
nounced that the British and United 
States governments had agreed to suspend 
aid under the E.R.P. to Great Britain on 
Jan. 1, 1951. 

Singapore. Rioting continued, but by 
dusk the situation was reported under 
control. 

Suez Canal. Norway also protested to 
Egypt against restrictions on shipping. 

United Nations. The general assembly 
called on South Africa to place South- 
West Africa under the supervision of the 
United Nations. The assembly again 
asked for further discussions on the con- 
trol of atomic energy and appointed a 
committee to consider the question of 
China's representation. 

14: Great Britain. In the House of Com- 
mons Ernest Bevin stated that Great 
Britain had opposed the latest drive by 
U.N. forces. 

Indo-China. French forces began a new 
drive against Communist positions north- 
east of Hanoi. 



16 



DIARY OF EVENTS, 1950 



South Africa. It was announced that 
South African gold mines would supply 
uranium to Great Britain and the U.S. 

Switzerland. Eduard von Steiger was 
elected president of the Swiss confedera- 
tion. 

United Nations. The general assembly 
appointed a committee of three " to 
determine the basis on which a satisfac- 
tory cease-fire in Korea can be arranged/* 
15: Council of Foreign Ministers. The 
deputies again met in London to discuss 
the Austrian treaty. No progress was 
made. 

Eastern Germany. The parliament 
passed a school law which provided that 
all children must be educated in state 
schools and also a law safeguarding 
peace. 

India. Vallabhbhai Patel, deputy prime 
minister from 1947, died in Bombay. 

Soviet Union. The government sent 
notes to the British and U.S. governments 
calling for the trial as a war criminal of 
Emperor Hirohito. The government also 
sent notes to Britain and France again 
protesting at the decisions to remilitarize 
Germany. 

Broadcasting. The B.B.C. stated that 
more than 60% of its capital investment 
in the next three years would be spent on 
television. 

16; Indo-China. J. Let ourneau and General 
de Lattre de Tassigny, newly appointed 
high commissioner, arrived in Saigon. 

United Nations. General Wu, delegate 
froni Communist China, announced that 
China would call for the withdrawal of 
volunteers in Korea provided that all 
foreign troops were withdrawn and that 
Communist China was admitted to the 
United Nations. 

17: Italy. P. Togliatti, Italian Communist 
leader, left for recuperation in the Soviet 
Union. 

Korea. United Nations forces aban- 
doned the Yonpo airfield near Hungnam. 
1 8 : Great Britain. The Treasury announced 
an increase in the foreign tourist allow- 
ance from 50 to 100. 

Eastern Germany. A protocol was 
signed extending until March 1951 the 
Frankfurt agreement on intra-German 
trade. 

Indo-China. The garrison of the 
frontier post of Dinhlap withdrew to the 
south. 

Libya. Princess Elizabeth visited 
Tripoli where she inspected units of the 
Brigade of Guards. 

North Atlantic Treaty. The fifth 
meeting of the North Atlantic council 
opened in Brussels under the chairman- 
ship of Paul van Zeeland (Belgium). 
Agreement was reached on the appoint- 
ment of a supreme commander and on 
German participation in a European 
army. 

Poland-Eastern Germany. A German 
delegation, headed by Wilhelm Pieck, 
arrived in Warsaw. 

19: Indo-China. The retiring high com- 
missioner, Lon Pignon, left for France. 

North Atlantic Treaty. General 
Dwight D. Eisenhower (U.S.) was 
appointed supreme commander. It was 
also suggested that a European director 
of production should be appointed as a 
counterpart to the military command. 
The council ended its meetings. The 
foreign ministers of Great Britain, 
France and the United States later met 
together. 

Singapore. The governor, Sir Franklin 
Gimson, announced the setting up of an 
inquiry into the riots over Maria Hertogh. 



20: Belgium. The House of Representa- 
tives passed by 105 votes to 76 a bill 
fixing the strength of army. 

Chile. A naval expedition sailed from 
Valparaiso to set up a third military base 
in the Falkland Islands dependencies. 

Soviet Union. The presidium of the 
Supreme Soviet instituted Stalin inter- 
national prizes " for consolidation of 
peace among the nations.'* 

21: Czechoslovakia. The National Assem- 
bly passed a law to safeguard peace. 

Germany. Cardinal von Preysing, 
bishop of Berlin, died. 

India-Nepal. Jawaharlal Nehru gave 
details of the Indian proposals to Nepal. 
These included the setting up of a 
constituent assembly. The Nepalese 
reply was still awaited. 

Italy. The new central railway station 
in Rome was opened by President 
Einaudi. 

United Nations. The committee of 
three to arrange a cease-fire in Korea 
sent a further message to Peking. 

United States. Charles E. Wilson took 
office as director of defence mobilization. 

22: Great Britain. Sir Eustace Missenden, 
chairman of the Railway executive, 
resigned. 

China. Chou-En-lai, prime minister 
and foreign minister, rejected the United 
Nations appeal f r a cease-fire in Korea. 

Germany. The western powers replied 
to Soviet notes of Nov. 3 proposing 
four power talks on Germany. The 
western powers proposed that the 
permanent representatives at the United 
Nations should meet to prepare an 
agenda. 

23: Korea. Lieut. General W. Walker, 
commander of the United States 8th 
army, was killed in a road accident in 
Korea. 

Netherlands-Indonesia. The conference 
at The Hague on New Guinea was 
resumed after Mohammed Rum had 
returned with fresh proposals from 
Jakarta. 

Roiran Catholic Church. The Pope in 
his Christmas message confirmed that the 
tomb of St. Peter had been found under 
the Basilica of St. Peter, Rome. 

24: Indo-China. An agreement was signed 
in Saigon giving Vietnam greater powers 
over internal affairs. The U.S. ambassador 
signed an agreement giving military aid to 
France and to Vietnam, Laos and Cam- 
bodia. 

Korea. Syngman Rhee ordered the 
evacuation of civilians from Seoul. 

Roman Catholic Church. The Pope 
declared the 1950 Holy Year ended. 
More than 4 million pilgrims had visited 
Rome during the year. 

25: Great Britain. The King broadcast his 
Christmas message to the peoples of the 
Commonwealth from Sandringham. 

It was announced that the Coronation 
stone had been stolen from Westminster 
abbey. 

Bulgaria. The National Assembly 
passed the Defence of the Peace act. 

Korea. The withdrawal of U.N. 
troops from Hungnam was completed. 

Nepal. The two houses of parliament 
approved proposals for convening within 
three years a constituent assembly based 
on adult suffrage. A new cabinet of nine 
members was formed including repre- 
sentatives of the people. 

26: India. Jawaharlal Nehru held talks in 
New Delhi with R. G. Menzies. 



Chakravarti Rajagopalachari was ap- 
pointed minister of home affairs in 
succession to Sardar Patel. 

Korea. A unified military command 
was set up under General M. Ridgeway 
who arrived in Korea to succeed General 
Walker. 

The South Korean minister of justice 
announced that 84 Koreans sentenced to 
death had had their sentences altered to 
terms of imprisonment. 1,200 Koreans 
under sentence of imprisonment were 
released. 

New Zealand. The Canterbury cen- 
tenary games were opened by the gover- 
nor general. 

27: Commonwealth. D. S. Senanayake 
(Ceylon) and S. G. Holland (New Zealand 
left for the Commonwealth conference in 
London. 

Netherlands-Indonesia. The talks on 
New Guinea ended in a deadlock. 

Pakistan. R. G. Menzies arrived in 
Karachi for talks with Liaquat Ali 
Khan. 

United States-Spain. President Truman 
announced that he had nominated 
Stanton Griffis as the first ambassador to 
Spain since ambassadors were withdrawn 
in Dec. 1946. 

Cricket. Australia beat England in the 
second test match at Melbourne by 28 
runs. 

28: Benelux Countries. A conference of the 
prime ministers of Belgium, Luxembourg 
and the Netherlands opened at The Hague. 

Finland. Urho Kekkonen, prime 
minister, arrived in Rome " for health 
reasons." 

Soviet Union. The presidium of the 
Supreme Soviet decided to divide the 
Ministry of the Metallurgical Industry 
into separate ministries for ferrous and 
non-ferrous metals. 

Tibet. It became known that the Dalai 
Lama had reached Gyantse from Lhasa. 

United States-India. An agreement was 
signed in New Delhi under President 
Truman's " point four " programme. 

29: Great Britain. A petition to the King 
by persons who claimed to have stolen 
the Coronation stone, asking for the 
stone to be kept in Scotland, was left at 
a Glasgow newspaper office. 

France. The National Assembly 
approved the expenditure of Fr. 740,000 
million on armaments in 1951. Only the 
Communist; voted against the proposal. 

Gold Coast. A new constitution for the 
colony was published. It was announced 
that the first general election would be 
held in Feb. 8, 1951. 

Poland. The Diet passed a law for the 
defence of peace. 

Southern Rhodesia. Sir Godfrey 
Huggins left Salisbury for the Common- 
wealth conference in London. 

30: Pakistan. Liaquat Ali Khan announced 
the postponement of his departure to the 
Commonwealth conference because it was 
not proposed that the problem of 
Kashmir should be discussed. 

31: Austria. The president, Karl Renner, 
died in Vienna. 

France. The special rearmament 
budget, providing fr. 355,000 million for 
national defence was adopted by the 
National Assembly. 

India-Nepal. General Bijaya Bahadur 
Rana, foreign minister of Nepal, and 
Jawaharlal Nehru, held further talks in 
New Delhi. 

Yugoslavia. The government granted 
an amnesty for 11,327 prisoners. 



BOOK OF THE YEAR 



ABYSSINIA: see ETHIOPIA. 

ACCIDENTS. Road Safety. The Ministry of Transport 
continued its National Road Safety campaign in Great 
Britain, in which the Royal Society for the Prevention of 
Accidents assisted. The theme of the ministry's advertising 
was " Mind how you Go." 

The year 1950 was dedicated to child safety. A campaign 
was launched on Holy Innocents' day, Dec. 28, 1949. The 
ministries of Transport and Education urged local authorities 
to co-operate in a National Children's Safety week in March, 
during which an amazing amount of local ingenuity was 
shown. Though accident statistics during the week did not 
show a decrease, the following month had the lowest April 
total of child pedestrian fatalities since 1937. For the whole 
year, despite the increase in accidents which was bound to 
occur with the return of unrationed petrol, the increase in 
child accidents was much smaller than in the case of adults. 

Millions of posters, leaflets, bookmarks and magazines were 
distributed, several thousand films and exhibitions hired and 
many hundreds of lectures given. New films included 
Mr. Jones takes the Air (dealing with rural road safety), 
Calling all Children and The Cockney Kids' Adventure. 
The British rights of an Australian film, Death on the Road, 
were purchased. Four films were also made by the Crown 
Film unit: Report on Road Safety; a " flash " appealing to 
parents; and two trailers, The Golden Rule and Careless and 
Carefree. Five hundred thousand people visited static or 
mobile exhibitions of the society. The Ro.S.P.A.'s training 
centre was visited by 24,342 children, learner-drivers and 
others. A nation-wide poster competition was held for art 
students, designers and children. 

A quarter of a million commercial transport drivers were 
entered in the society's annual safe-driving competition, 
including drivers from most of the government and service 
departments; 121,595 awards of silver and gold medals 
and diplomas were presented. Eight hundred London 
Transport drivers qualified for awards for 20 years or more 
of safe driving, totalling between them 16,000 " safe " years 



and 3,111,000,000 miles in safety. The number of young 
cyclists who successfully passed the society's cycling profi- 
ciency test was 10,000. 

The society's annual National Safety congress held in 
October in London, was opened by the minister of transport, 
Alfred Barnes, and was attended by over 1,000 delegates. 
Proposals from accident-prevention federations all over the 
country were discussed. 

The House of Lords held a debate in July on road safety, 
initiated by the Ro.S.P.A.'s president, Lord Llewellin. 
Lord Lucas", parliamentary secretary to the Ministry of Trans- 
port, assured the house that the ministry had a firm policy 
and that plans existed for a complete road system. 

The minister of transport said that 156,516 persons were 
killed in road accidents from Jan. 1, 1926 to June 30, 1950; 
even if 1939-41, for which years figures were not available, 
were excluded 3,795,258 persons were injured. Reports on 
accidents included an analysis of the causes and circumstances 
of road accidents in 1949 by the commissioner of police for 
the metropolis, Sir Harold Scott. 

The Ministry of Transport issued the Traffic Signs (Size, 
Colour and Type) regulations, 1950, revoking previous 
regulations and bringing previous authorizations up to date. 
The " Halt at Major Road ahead " and " Slow Major 
Road ahead " signs were now legally authorized with the 
red triangle in the red circle resting either on its base or its 
apex. A select committee on estimates called for a survey 
into the effectiveness of road safety propaganda. 

Concern was expressed over the rise in motor-cycling 
accidents. *" The scheme of the R.A.C./A.C.U. for training 
motor-cyclists was extended. 

The Road Research laboratory, under the heading of 
traffic and safety, dealt with subjects such as the effect of 
fog; traffic behaviour on a three-lane road and a dual 
carriageway; the effects of a pedestrian crossing week and of 
zebra-marked crossings; and the relative risk to pedestrians 
on crossings and elsewhere. 

Toys. The National Home Safety committee recommended 
to the Inter-Departmental Committee on Home Accidents 






xx-^J^t^-- 




Cartoons from " Fire! Fire/" a 16-page booklet published in July 1950 by H. M. Stationery Office to help the public to avoid the dangers 

of fire in the home. 
B.B.Y. 3 17 



18 



ACHESON 



TABLE I. ACCIDENTAL DEATHS IN AND ABOUT THE HOME, ENGLAND 



AND WALES 



Falls and Crushing 

Drowning . 

Burns, Scalds and Conflagration* 

Suffocation . 

Others 

Total . 



1947 
4,001 
1,149 
904 
1,054 
1,482 
8,590 



1948 

3,498 

984 

651 

838 

1,315 

7,286 



TABLE II. ACCIDENTAL DEATHS AND INJURIES IN GREAT BRITAIN 



Killed 



1947 
447 

4,881 
618 
839 



1948 
367 

4,513 
468 
861 



1949 
321 

4,773 
460 

772 



Injured 
1947 


1948 


1949 


30,113 


30,050 


29,311 


161,318 


148,884 


172,006 


162,544 


2,391* 


2,180* 


202,397 


200,225 


192,210 



Railways 
Roads . 
Coal Mines 
Factories 



Railways 
Roads . 
Coal Mines . 
Factories 

* Serious injuries only. 



that the manufacture and importation of highly inflammable 
celluloid and plastic toys be prohibited or that, if this were 
not possible, such toys be marked ** highly inflammable." 

Industrial Safety. Two new volumes in the series '* I.C.J. 
Engineering Codes and Regulations (Safety Series) " were 
issued by the Ro.S.P.A. entitled Portable and TransportabL 
Plant and Equipment and Buildings and Structures (Design). 
A pamphlet on Stacking of Materials was prepared by the 
Industrial Safety Officers' section. 

Accident prevention and working conditions in iron 
foundries were discussed in the House of Commons in June. 
New requirements for seating in factories came into force 
on Oct. 1. Under these, all employees who have reasonable 
opportunities to sit without detriment to their work must 
be given facilities to do so: where they can do a substantial 
proportion of any work sitting, the employees must be given 
work seats and, where necessary, foot-rests. 

A campaign to reduce accidents in the furniture trade was 
initiated by the British Furniture Trade Joint Industrial 
council in conjunction with the Furniture Development 
council; the Ro.S.P.A. participated in a one-day conference 
held in London in April. The 16th International Congress 
of Ophthalmology and an exhibition of industrial eye- 
protection were held in London in July. A trade exhibition 
of safety devices, equipment and protective clothing was 
incorporated with the National Industrial Safety conference 
at Scarborough. 

In his annual report for 1948, published in 1950, the chief 
inspector of factories, G. P. Barnett, reported an increase 
in fatalities but a decrease in the total number of accidents. 
The number of accidents per 1,000 workers had also steadily 
declined, from 40 in 1944 to 28 in 1948. 

The British Electricity authority in its first report outlined 
the steps taken to develop a high standard of safety through- 
out the whole industry. (H. Su.) 

United States. Accidents caused 91,000 deaths in the 
United States in 1949. This total was exceeded only by 
deaths from heart disease, cancer and cerebral haemorrhage. 
Information available at the end of Oct. 1950 indicated that 
the 1950 accidental death total would probably drop slightly 
below that of 1949. In addition to the deaths, accidents in 
1950 also caused about 9 million non-fatal injuries. 

An industrial safety highlight of 1950 was the President's 
Conference on Industrial Safety, when 1,500 representatives 
of management, labour, government and the public met in 
Washington in June to consider committee reports and 
develop plans for the reduction of industrial accidents. 



It appeared, late in 1950, that the year's toll of occupational 
accident fatalities would be a little greater than the 1949 
toll of 15,000. 

As 1950 drew to a close, it appeared that the number of 
traffic accident deaths would be nearly 35,000 the largest 
annual total since 1941. This increase in deaths was appar- 
ently matched by the increase in miles travelled by motor 
vehicles. Key committee members of the President's Highway 
Safety Conference met in Chicago in May 1950 to appraise 
progress and plan goals for further achievement. 

Recognition of the seriousness of the farm accident prob- 
lem was indicated by the fact that 24 states had State Farm 
Safety committees in 1950, and 12 states had a full-time farm 
safety specialist, working through many public and private 
agencies to spread information on the ways and means of 
meeting the problem. The president of the United States, 
for the seventh successive year, proclaimed a National Farm 
Safety week in July 1950. More than a million pieces of 
educational material were distributed, and radio, newspaper 
and magazine support were outstanding. 

The 1949 toll of deaths in home accidents was 31,000, 
about the same as that for motor vehicles. Reports for the 
first ten months of 1950 indicated that home fatalities were 
less numerous than in 1949. It appeared that the year's 
total might be less than 30,000. 

During 1950 about 85 out of the several hundred local and 
state safety organizations throughout the country qualified 
for acceptance as chapters of the National Safety council, 
this relationship signifying that these organizations fully 
represented the National Safety council in the communities 
in which they operated, although at the same time retaining 
their own autonomy. The 38th National Safety congress 
was held in Chicago in Oct. 1950, with an attendance of 
approximately 12,000. In addition, about 30 regional safety 
conferences were held during the year. (R. L. Fo.) 

ACHESON, DEAN GOODERHAM, US states- 
man (b. Middletown, Connecticut, April 11, 1893), the son 
of an Englishman who became bishop of Connecticut, was 
educated at the Groton school, Connecticut, at Yale univer- 
sity and at the Harvard Law school. After serving in the 
navy in World War I he took up a legal career and in 1933 
was under secretary of the treasury. In 1941 he became 
assistant secretary of state and was under secretary of state 
from Aug. 16, 1945, to June 30, 1947. On Jan. 7, 1949, 
President Harry S. Truman appointed him secretary of state. 

During 1950 Acheson was perhaps the most controversial 
figure in U.S. public life and was the target of repeated attacks 
in congress, particularly by Senator Joseph McCarthy (</.v.), 
on the grounds that his far eastern policy had failed; President 
Truman repeatedly affirmed, however, that Acheson would 
not, as his critics were demanding, be asked to resign. On 
May 7 the secretary of state flew to Paris where he had 
discussions with the French foreign minister; two days later 
he went on to London for a ten-day visit during which he 
had extensive discussions with the British foreign minister 
and other Commonwealth and western European statesmen 
and was received by the King. He also presided over meetings 
of the Atlantic Treaty council. Among his social engage- 
ments during the stay were the Middle Temple Grand Day 
dinner on May 9 and a dinner given in his honour by the 
Pilgrims on May 10. In September he had further talks in 
New York with the British and French foreign ministers and 
attended further meetings of the Atlantic Treaty council. 
After the conferences between President Truman and Clement 
Attlee in Washington in December, the attacks on Acheson's 
foreign policy eased a little, when Thomas E. Dewey and 
other Republican leaders urged that the nation should unify 
in its stand against Communism. 

t 



ADEN ADULT EDUCATION 



19 




King Phumiphon Adundet of Thailand (left} in Aden in March 1950. 
On right is the governor, Sir Reginald Champion. 

ADEN. A British colony and protectorates and a free 
port on the southern coast of Arabia. 

Colony. Area: 80 sq.mi. (incl. Perim island [5 sq.mi.], 
the strait of Bab el Mandeb and the five Kuria Muria islands 
off the Dhufar coast of Oman). Pop. (1946 census): 80,876 
(Perim 360). Language: Arabic; Indian languages and Somali 
also spoken. Religion (1946): Moslem c. 90%, Jewish 5%. 
Administration: governor; executive council, ex officlo 
members (3) and nominated members (in 1948, 3); 
Legislative Council, established 1947, 4 ex officio members 
and up to 12 nominated members (up to 4 official and 
8 unofficial). 

Protectorates. Western and eastern, the latter including the 
Hadhramaut and Socotra island (150 mi. E. from Cape 
Guardafui, pop. c. 5,000). Total protectorate area, 112,000 
sq.mi.; total pop. (1947 est.) 650,000, almost entirely Moslem 
Arabs. Administration: indirect, by sultans with advice of 
political officers under the British agent. Premier chieftain 
(western), Fadl Abdul Karim, Sultan of Lahej; premier 
chieftain (eastern), Sir Salih bin Ghalib al Qu'aiti, Sultan of 
Shihr and Mukalla. Governor and c. in c. of the colony 
and governor of the protectorates, Sir Reginald S. Champion. 

History. Since the end of World War II there had been a 
steady increase in shipping using the port and in 1950 an 
average of 360 vessels a month called; the demand for oil 
bunkering rose to about 3 million tons a year. This led to 
considerable improvement in the port and pilotage services 
and to the construction of more oil tanks ashore. 

After recurrent border difficulties with the Yemeni a 
conference was held in London in September with Yemeni 
representatives. Agreed proposals were submitted by the 
delegates to their respective governments. 

Development plans made for the colony covered the 
extension of medical and educational services, including 
female education, an Aden college and a technical institute: 
the institute was opened towards the end of the year. Two- 
thirds of a scheme costing 250,000 to irrigate 60,000 ac. 
for rice growing in the Abyan district of the protectorates 
was completed. 



Trade. The principal local product exported is salt. The bulk of 
the trade is entrepdt with the interior of Arabia and neighbouring 
territories. Imports (1949) Rs. 328,953,002; exports (1949), incl. 
re-exports, Rs. 203,961,079. 

Finance. Budget estimates 1950-51 : revenue Rs. 128,036,859; expendi- 
ture Rs. 173,028,572. Currency: Indian rupee (Re. \- Is. 6d.). 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. Doreen Ingrams, A Survey of Social and Economic 
Conditions in the Aden Protectorate (Asmara, 1950); The master of 
Belhaven, The Kingdom of Melchior (London, 1950). (K. G. B.) 



ADULT EDUCATION. In 1950 good progress in 
mass education campaigns was reported from many British 
colonies and dependencies, such as the Anglo-Egyptian 
Sudan, the Gold Coast, Nigeria, Togoland, Uganda, Fiji and 
Sarawak, and from countries in eastern Europe. 

Following up its 1949 international conference on adult 
education, held at Elsinore, Denmark, U.N.E.S.C.O. 
organized in July-August, at Mondsee, near Salzburg, 
Austria, a six weeks' international seminar which was 
attended by some 70 representatives of 22 nations. Four 
working groups studied respectively the organization and 
administration of adult education, the question of how the 
adult could be helped to think most effectively in today's 
complex world (with special reference to scientific develop- 
ments), the relation of adult education to social, economic 
and political problems, and the educational use of leisure, 
with special reference to the arts. 

In England, Birmingham's centre for continued studies, 
believed to be unique, reported a successful first year's work. 
The centre offered two types of short course : a general course 
at a higher intellectual level than most adult education; and 
specialist courses for university graduates. The courses 
attracted many oversea graduates studying in Britain. In 
October Ernest Green, a pioneer of the adult education 
movement, retired from the post of general secretary of the 
English Workers' Educational association. 

In August-September a committee appointed by the High 
Commission for the Federation of Malaya investigated the 
possibilities of extending adult education throughout the 
federated states. 

The first annual report of the New Zealand National 
Council of Adult Education, set up under the Adult Education 
act, 1947, stated that the four regional councils established 
by the act had already become the chief adult educational 
agencies in tho country. 

The annual report of the Transvaal Workers' Educational 
association reported successful Afrikaans classes for immi- 
grants and graded courses of general education in native 
townships. 

In August it was reported from Poland that in 85 towns 
and 5,000 villages illiteracy had been eliminated, and from 
Rumania that 700,000 persons had learned to write during 
the previous 12 months. Yugoslavia reported "impressive 
progress " in its anti-illiteracy campaign among its national 
minorities. For its Turkish minority Yugoslavia opened in 
July at Bitolj a " People's university." (A Yugoslav People's 
university aimed to give the general public information about 
the latest achievements in science and the arts). In the same 
month Poland launched a scheme of residential People's 
universities designed to teach fundamental knowledge about 
Poland and to train young persons for professional and 
social work. Conditions of entry were that candidates must 
be children of landworkers or small peasants, at least 18yr. 
old, and have completed seven years' elementary education. 

In September Poland reorganized its general education 
schools for adult workers on two levels, elementary and 
secondary, to give to all the opportunity of secondary 
education. Over 50 correspondence schools, to serve 30,000 
students, were established. In August, Yugoslavia reported 
that during the previous year over 7,000 shock workers and 



20 



ADVERTISING 




SOME OF GOAHS 3000 BY PRODUCTS 




other experts had attended its general education schools. 
These schools ranked as junior secondary schools; from 
them workers could progress to workers' training or profes- 
sional schools, and ultimately to universities. (H. C. D.) 

ADVERTISING. Although the two-year-old voluntary 
scheme for limiting advertising expenditure, agreed between 
the government and the Federation of British Industries, 
was allowed to lapse at the end of Feb. 1950, the year was 
one of disappointment and difficulty for British advertising. 
As paper became progressively dearer and, in the case of 
newspapers, more difficult to buy, publishers tried to recoup 
themselves by calling on advertisers to pay more for their 
space. 

The Statistical Review calculated that the sum of 
30,522,199 was spent on advertising in British newspapers, 
periodicals and magazines of all kinds during 1949, which 
was 40-15% above 1948. For the first six months of 1950 
the figure was given as 18,441,862, which suggests that the 
1950 total would exceed the 1949 peak. The Statistical 
Review estimated that the limit had been reached, however, 
and forecast that as newspapers were going back to a six- 
page basis in July, for a short period having produced alternate 
eight-page issues, " we shall no doubt encounter a sizeable 
fall in aggregate expenditure." The second half of 1950 was 
marked by a prolonged dispute in the London printing trade 
which interfered with the production of more than 100 
newspapers and periodicals. 

The advertising business continued to try to build up 
British sales abroad, particularly in the dollar areas. At the 
close of 1949 the government, through the Board of Trade's 
export guarantee department, had told exporters that where 
necessary they would be guaranteed against losses on market 
research and " extraordinary advertising and promotional 
expenses " incurred in the North American markets. Con- 
siderable changes were carried out within the British Export 
Trade Research organization, a non-profit-making body 
with predominately advertising connections set up by the 
industry in 1945 to assist British trade overseas. Roger Falk 
became B.E.T.R.O.'s first director general. One of his 
initial moves was to effect a strong link between B.E.T.R.O. 
and the Federation of British Industries whereby the former 
concentrated upon market research and at the same time 
shared F.B.I, facilities abroad. The arrangements resulted 
in savings for both bodies. 

The British code of standards in relation to the advertising 
of medicines and treatments was strengthened, in a second 
edition, issued in 1950, to the extent that advertisers of 
medicines and treatments could no longer claim that their 
products possessed power to slim the human body, or even 
to keep it slim. In October the Joint Advertisement com- 
mittee of the Newspaper Proprietors association and the 
Newspaper society issued a warning that no advertising 
would be accepted which claimed that a hair treatment was 
capable of preventing or eliminating baldness. Outdoor 
advertising continued to pass through a period of re-adjust- 
ment due to the operation of the Town and Country Planning 
acts. The trade's outdoor advertising committee contested 
an application by Winchester corporation, to have the whole 
of the Winchester area put under " special control." This 
would have empowered the Winchester authorities to ban 
advertising and signs from the streets at will. Following a 
public inquiry in Dec. 1949, the Ministry of Town and 
Country Planning issued a compromise ruling in June 1950 
which allowed " special control " to be applied only in 
certain parts of Winchester. 

A growing number of municipal transport undertakings 

Two posters issued in 1950 by the British Electricity authority and 
the National Coal board. 



ADVERTISING 



21 




took steps to permit the sale of advertising space on their 
vehicles, and several large contracts, notably in Glasgow, 
Aberdeen and Liverpool, were signed between the local 
authorities and advertisement contractors. Contemplating 
the large revenues (2,969,536 in 1949) earned by the British 
Transport commission through the letting of advertisement 
position on its vehicles and properties, some municipalities 
saw in advertising a means of offsetting mounting costs 
which might otherwise have to be met through increased 
fares or out of the rates. 

The Advertising association pressed on with its plans for 
staging the International Advertising conference (Britain) 
1951 to which it hoped to attract a large number of U.S., 
Commonwealth and European advertising representatives. 

Civil estimates published in March 1950 gave details of cuts 
in Central Office of Information expenditure to be carried out 
during the year ending March 31, 195 1 . The press advertising 
appropriation, which totalled 867,000 in 1949-50, was reduced 
to 763,000; some 253,000 was allocated for poster adver- 
tising, as against 574,000 in the previous 1 2 months. All told, 
the estimate of the total amount of money required for C.O.I. 
advertising and promotional activities in 1950-51 was put at 
3,038,310 compared with 3,934,739 in 1949-50 

Commonwealth. In the third quarter of 1950 an historic 
advertising campaign, that for the Festival of Britain 1951, 
was launched, making its first appearance in the Australian 
press. It was followed by a similar drive in South African 
newspapers and magazines. The campaign was afterwards 
extended elsewhere in the Commonwealth. 

In South Africa the government-operated South African 
Broadcasting corporation opened the first station in its 
" Springbok Radio " chain or " C " service. Like the 
British Broadcasting corporation the S.A.B.C. had not 
previously allowed air time on its two existing networks to 
be sold, but this new group of transmitters carried pro- 
grammes sponsored and paid for by advertisers. 

In Australia a plan to develop public goodwill towards 
advertising was initiated by the advertising agencies, adver- 
tisement media and advertisers working together. Purpose 
of the project was stated to be " to portray in simple terms 
what advertising does for the community and its benefits 
to the national economy." 

Europe. Advertising artists from all the European countries 
in receipt of Marshall aid, including Great Britain, took 
part in a contest sponsored by the Economic Co-operation 
administration for posters illustrating 4t inter-European 
co-operation." There were 2,584 entrants and the first 
prize went to Reijn Dirksen, a 25-year-old Dutch commercial 
artist. Two of the 16 finalists were British. An exhibition of 
posters from Switzerland, where the standard of outdoor 
advertising was highly rated, was arranged by the Advertising 
Creative circle and opened by the Swiss Minister in London 
on March 6. In Paris, on Dec. 3, 1949, an International 
Federation of Advertising Clubs was established, founder 
members being the Club de la Publicite, Paris; Club de la 
Publicite, Brussels; and the Club van Veertig, Amsterdam. 

Representatives of advertisers organizations from Belgium, 
Denmark, France and Sweden visited London in Oct. 1950, 
to attend the golden jubilee celebrations of the Incorporated 
Society of British Advertisers. The International Chamber 
of Commerce commission on advertising met in Paris on 
Oct. 20 when it was announced that 1 1 countries had adopted 
the I.C.C.'s code of standards governing advertising practise 
and that others were contemplating doing so. (A. J. HY.) 

United States. The .year's advertising in the U.S. was 
marked by higher total expenditures than in 1949, by the 

Two further examples of state advertising by the North Thames 
Gas board and the National Savings movement. 



22 



AFGHANISTAN 



spectacular growth of television as a medium and by the 
effects of the mobilization economy into which the country 
was entering. 

Total expenditure was approximately $5,700 million, an 
increase of $500 million over that of 1949, distributed among 
the various media as shown in the table. 



U.S. ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE* (millions of dollars) 
1950 
Newspapers ....... 2,059-0 1 


1949 
,905-0 
633-8 


Radio . .658-0 


Television 










161-6 


63-0 


Magazines 
Direct mail . 












517-0 
838-7 


492-5 
755-6 


Trade and business 
Outdoor 


papc 


rs 








248-0 
140-7 


248-1 
131-0 


Farm papers 
Miscellaneous 












22-1 
1 039-6 


20-5 
952-7 



Total 5,684-7 5,202-2 

* Mstimate by Robert Cohen, McCann Erickson, Inc. 

Television. In 1950 manufacturers made about 7-5 million 
television sets (as against 3 million in 1949), and at the end 
of the year there were nearly 10 million sets in operation in the 
U.S. (as against 3 '95 million at the end of 1949) and 107 
television stations operating in 65 markets. There were about 
2 million sets in metropolitan New York City alone, viewed 
by approximately 8 million persons. Advertisers in 1950 spent 
approximately $100 million on television time (about four 
times their expenditure in 1949) but were beset by soaring 
time and talent costs: television network charges were 
running well above radio network charges (e.g., $20,630 a 
half-hour as against $16,600), though their total available 
audience was only one-quarter of radio's; a major effort 
would cost about $1 -25 million. 

Radio. Total gross revenue of radio advertising in 1950 was 
approximately $448 million, an increase of 5 -4% over that of 

1949. Network time-sales declined 3-3%, but this loss was 
offset by gains in spot and local radio advertising. Radio 
manufacturers produced 14 million sets, the gross dollar 
volume of $1,700 million being the highest in peacetime 
history. There were 2,230 stations on the air at the end of 

1950, as against 2,087 at the end of 1949. 

The Korean war stimulated radio listening ajid led to 
determined efforts to improve programmes; and aggressive 
selling helped to improve the industry's position. The Asso- 
ciation of National Advertisers made a report on radio and 
television costs and called for substantial reductions in night 
radio rates because of the losses of that audience to television. 
Late in the year the National Broadcasting company asked 
its stations in television areas to make cuts of some 10% in 
their rates in view of the altered values. 

Newspapers. Newspapers in 1950 enjoyed record adver- 
tising volume and circulation. The Bureau of Advertising 
of the American Newspaper Publishers' association estimated 
that national advertising in 1950 would be larger than the 
$445 million of 1949 and would constitute the third successive 
record-breaking year in this respect. Media Records estimates 
for the first ten months of the year showed that national 
advertising (general and automotive) was 9 9 % greater than 
during the corresponding period of 1949. Circulation was 
stimulated by the Korean war news. Representative papers 
in large cities showed gains of from 6% to 15%. 

The line rate for advertising in daily newspapers increased 
50% in the period 1940-50, but the milline rate, or cost of 
reaching a reader, rose only slightly, according to a study by 
Kelly-Smith company: the average milline rate for all news- 
papers, Sunday papers excepted, was given as $3-32 in 1940 
and $3 '41 in 1950. There were general advertising-rate 
increases among newspapers, as among other printed media. 
The volume of rate increases by media was characterized by 
the Standard Rate and Data service as the heaviest in 25 years. 



Magazines. The Magazine Advertising bureau predicted a 
national advertising volume of between $470 million and 
$475 million for 1950, as against $445 million in 1949. The 
first half of 1950 showed a total circulation of 146,579,475 for 
all general and farm magazines reporting to the A.B.C., 
3 million more than the second half of 1949. 

The Committee on Advertising of the United States 
Chamber of Commerce, in a survey among advertising 
managers of 46 national publications, found that 67 % had 
raised advertising rates during the first three-quarters of the 
year by an average of 11 %; that advertising linage was up 
an average of 15% for 61% of the respondents, down an 
average of 8% for 39%; and that no inroads from television 
were observed by 60%, but that 40% had noted the effects of 
television competition in securing new advertising accounts. 
Practically all reported increased circulation. 

Other Media. A circulation of 18,000 million passengers 
was estimated for advertising in the 90,000 vehicles carrying 
car-cards. There were 80 transportation companies, about 
75 % of the business being done by a dozen of them. Greater 
use of fluorescent inks was noted in travelling displays on the 
outside of buses and trolley cars. 

The volume of national outdoor advertising was somewhat 
more than $80 million, according to Outdoor Advertising, 
Inc. ; that of local advertising was estimated at approximately 
a third of this figure. It was estimated that national adver- 
tising was divided as follows: automotive (automobiles, 
gasoline and oil, tyres and accessories) 38% of dollar volume; 
beverages (soft drinks, beer, wine, spirits) 29%; food 19%; 
other products (cigarettes, appliances, etc.) 14%. The dollar 
volume of direct mail advertising, according to estimates 
from the Direct Mail Advertising association, was $80,223,785 
in October, an increase of 9 % over September's volume and 
0-5% above March's, the previous record. For the first ten 
months of 1950 the dollar volume was $726,357,050. 

Industrial advertisers and agencies were thrown into some 
confusion by the Korean war. Many of them had just become 
organized for extensive advertising and selling campaigns 
following the mid-year recession in 1949, when the Korean 
crisis developed and with it a rush of orders for industrial 
goods. The National Industrial Advertisers association set in 
motion a project to evaluate inquiries and their proper 
follow-up and to make a thorough study of industrial cata- 
logues. The National Machine Tool Builders association set 
up an advertising committee to promote the desirability of 
machine replacements. 

Business publications raised advertising rates generally. 
A study of a group of 75 such increases showed that 12 were 
based upon gains in circulation, 31 upon higher publishing 
costs. (D. ST.; R. A. BN.) 

AFGHANISTAN. Independent kingdom in the centre 
of Asia bounded N. by the U.S.S.R., W. by Iran, S. and S.E. 
by Pakistan and E. by China (Sinkiang). Area: c. 270,000 
sq.mi. Pop. (no census ever taken, 1947 est.): 12 million. 
Races: Afghans or Pathans or Pashtuns 53%, Tajiks 36%, 
Uzbeks 6%, Hazarah 3%, others 2%. Language: Pashtu 
or Pakhtu, but Tajiks and Hazarah speak Persian. Religion: 
Moslem (Afghans are Sunni, others mainly Shia). Chief 
towns (pop. 1946 est.): Kabul (cap., 206,200); Kandahar 
(77,200); Herat (75,600); Mazar-i-Sharif (41,900). King, 
Mohammed Zahir Shah; prime minister (from May 1946), 
Shah Mahmud Khan, the king's uncle. 

History. The year 1950 began auspiciously by the signature 
on Jan. 4 at New Delhi of a treaty of friendship with India. 
The treaty provided that each signatory should be able to 
establish trade agencies in the other's territory. It would last 
for five years in the first instance, and at the end of that period 
it would be terminable at six months* notice. 



AGRICULTURE 



23 




Jawaharlal Nehru, prime minister of India (centre), and Sardar Najibullah Khan, Afghan a 

of friendship in New Delhi on Jan. 4, 1950. 



in New Delhi (right), signing a treaty 



Unhappily this friendship with India did not find reflection 
in Afghanistan's relations with the closer neighbour Pakistan. 
This, to some extent, may have been due to the acuteness of 
Indo-Pakistani tension over Kashmir and the devaluation 
issue. However that might be, both in Karachi and in Kabul 
there were at times sharp expressions of suspicion. Pakistan 
felt that Afghanistan was too tolerant of the so-called 
independent " Pashtunistan " movement, which had for its 
aim the creation of a Pashtu-speaking enclave and therefore 
a new state to be carved out of what was now Pakistani 
territory. As this movement was in a sense a legacy of the 
former political dominance in the North- West Frontier 
Province of the Congress supporters known as Red Shirts 
in the days of British rule, it had its dangers as a source of 
controversy between Afghanistan and Pakistan. Both 
countries had reason to be chary of pushing differences to 
extremes. On each side of the Durand line, which was the 
border between them, were turbulent tribesmen of first-class 
fighting qualities, whose economic condition made raiding an 
occupation secondary only to agriculture. If their overlords 
were not on good terms opportunities for mischief were 
obvious. The result was charges on one side or the other of 
violations of the frontier. A special example arose in Septem- 
ber, when disturbances were caused by an apparent invasion 
of Pakistan near the Bogra pass. The Afghan government 
promptly denied that the invaders had comprised Afghan 
troops. The prime minister of Pakistan, Liaquat AH Khan, in 
disclosing that a protest had been sent to Kabul on what he 
described as the culminating incident in a number of minor 
frontier violations, declared that Pakistan was willing to 
discuss economic and cultural questions of common concern 
to the two countries. He nevertheless deprecated any action 
which might disturb the peace of the strategic frontier area. 

With Egypt, Saudi Arabia and Persia, Afghanistan 
developed closer relations during the year, as was symbolized 
by state visits of King Zahir to Cairo, Riyadh and Tehran 
in March. Relations with the U.S.S.R. were naturally of 
much importance to Afghanistan. The conclusion in Moscow 
in July of a four-year trade agreement was taken as a 
favourable sign in that regard. As the guardians of the Hindu 
Kush and a potential Switzerland of Asia, Afghanistan might 
have to live dangerously, but its king and government 
appeared to preserve their equilibrium successfully. (E. HD.) 



Education. (1948) Schools: primary 400, secondary 25, higher 
(lyctes) 7; teachers' training colleges 2. University at Kabul with four 
faculties. 

Agriculture. Main food crops are wheat, barley, rice, maize and fruit. 
Production ('000 metric tons, 1949): cotton 13-6; sugar beet (1949-50) 
32; wool 8. Livestock ('000 head, Jan. 1948): cattle 3,000; sheep 
14,000; goats 6,000; camels 350; horses 700. 

Industry. Fuel and power: coal ('000 metric tons, 1949) 5-5. Raw 
materials (1949): chrome ore (metric tons) 907; salt (metric tons) 
5,443; skins and hides (number) 7,250,000. 

Foreign Trade. Principal imports (1949): textiles, china, petrol 
(4-5 million gal.) cement (18,100 metric tons), machinery, tea, coffee 
and cocoa. Principal exports (1949): opium, karakul skins ($22-6 
million in 1948-49; $8-7 million in 1949-50) and carpets. 

Communications. Roads (1949) 2,265 mi. Licensed motor vehicles 
(Dec. 1949): cars 630, commercial 3,650. Telephone subscribers 
(Jan. 1949) 3,899. 

Finance and Banking. Revenue est. at 220 million afghani. Note 
circulation (April 1950) 800 million afghanis. Monetary unit: afghani 
with an exchange rate (Nov. 1950) l=Af. 47-65. 

See Sir Kerr Fraser-Tytler, Afghanistan (London, 1950). 
* 

AGRICULTURE. In western Europe during 1950, 
agricultural policies continued to be determined largely by 
difficulties in balancing international payments. Devaluation 
of sterling and other currencies in Sept. 1949 helped to expand 
the market for western European manufactures in North 
America and in other ways to prevent further reduction of 
gold and dollar reserves, but the fundamental need to raise 
the productivity of western Europe remained. All countries 
planned that their farms as well as their mines and factories 
should continue to increase production. There were few 
changes in the agricultural programmes submitted to the 
Organization for European Economic Co-operation for the 
period to 1952-53. 

In North America during 1950, European balance-of- 
payment problems were more clearly recognized as limiting 
export outlets for farm produce, and fears of surpluses after 
the end of Marshall aid tended to grow. Producers of wheat, 
cotton, tobacco, fruit, tinned and dried milk and dried eggs 
were particularly liable to suffer. But the continuation of 
Marshall aid, the revival of industrial production during 
the first part of the year to the high levels of 1948, and later 
the Korean fighting and the rearmament programme to- 
gether allayed fears of serious price reductions. There 
remained, however, a strong underlying desire to free export 
outlets to Europe and elsewhere of the currency, quota 



24 



AGRICULTURE 



and tariff arrangements which restricted them. In the 
U.S. some farming groups had an even stronger desire to 
ensure that federal price policies and storage arrangements 
should maintain high prices and high incomes from farm- 
ing. Such arrangements for potatoes, dried eggs, dried milk 
and butter proved to be costly but general economic con- 
ditions were such that existing price supports were not fully 
tested. Thus, though there were many discussions of post- 
war agricultural trends in western Europe and North America, 
and some growing doubts and fears amongst certain farming 
groups, no important changes were made to basic policies. 

The year was more memorable for the changes it witnessed 
in attitudes to the agricultural development of Africa and 
Asia. The enthusiastic launching of the United Nations' 
Food and Agriculture organization, the east African ground- 
nut scheme, and plans for India and southeast Asia had given 
way during 1948 and 1949 to many doubts and substantial 
criticisms. In Asia, these were largely removed during 1950 
in consequence of the expansion of Communist-controlled 
areas and the growing menace to Indo-China, Siam and 
Burma, the major rice-exporting countries of the world. 

A Commonwealth conference at Colombo resulted in a 
realistic study of six-year development programmes for the 
countries of southern Asia but not including Burma or 
Indonesia. The conference arranged priorities within a 
programme that up to 1957 would cost some 1,900 million, 
of which the major portion would directly benefit agriculture. 
Part of this would be contributed from within Asian countries 
themselves by loans and tax revenues and part would , be 
loans from the World bank, the Export-Import Bank of 



Washington and the United States technical assistance pro- 
gramme originally known as President Truman's " Point 
Four " programme. In addition, loans, interest-free credits, 
and gifts from western governments, particularly from the 
U.S., would be sought. The general aim was to prevent the 
continuing upsurge of human populations from further 
undermining living standards and curtailing economic 
progress. 

In some parts of British tropical African territories the 
need for the rapid expansion of agricultural production was 
re-emphasized. Growing human populations, changing 
political ideas and demands for higher standards of living 
despite financial difficulties were the basic reasons. The costs 
and failures of the east African groundnut scheme also drew 
public attention to African problems. The postwar shortage 
of vegetable oils and the balance-of-payment problems of 
the sterling area were the initial reasons for this scheme, 
and at first it gained wide support. But the large capital 
investment required and the high overhead costs of producing 
in sparsely populated areas of Tanganyika with unreliable 
rainfall and many unsolved scientific problems soon became 
apparent. By Sept. 1950, a drastic curtailment and alteration 
of production plans had to be decided on. In place of the 
450,000 ac. of crops first projected at Kongwa, only 12,000 ac. 
were to be cropped in 1951, 1952 and 1953. The remaining 
80,000 ac. of the cleared area were to be used for cattle 
ranching. These changes and the public criticism that 
preceded them did not, however, prevent development in 
African agriculture elsewhere. Small trials of tractors and 
farm implements were begun in many areas. High prices for 




Stocked corn under water In afield in Perthshire following the flooding of the river Isla in Sept. 1950. 



AGRICULTURE 



25 



farm produce and shortages of labour due to mining and 
industrial developments encouraged innovations by those 
responsible for native agricultural progress. The Colonial 
advisory council on agriculture, animal health and forestry 
published a survey of the problems involved. 

In eastern Europe the principal development in agricultural 
policy was an acceleration of the collectivization of holdings 
in Poland and Czechoslovakia. Ambitious five-year plans 
were announced to increase livestock production by 66% 
in Poland and 86% in Czechoslovakia, the increase in Poland 
to make possible considerable exports. In the U.S.S.R. 
increases in the size of collective farms and further attempts 
to increase labour and machine efficiencies were planned. 
But in Yugoslavia, the resistance of peasant farmers brought 
a promise from Marshal Tito that they would no longer be 
placed under duress to join collective farms and that their 
needs would be as well attended to as were those of the 
existing collectives. 

In the southern dominions the most noteworthy develop- 
ment was towards substantial further expansion of meat 
production. In Australia meat production would have to 
increase 34% by 1970 to keep pace with the expected increase 
in the population and to maintain exports. Transport facilities 
costing 5-5 million were projected to help the flow of 
cattle from northern Australia and further trials were made 
of the air transport of fresh carcases from outlying areas. 
In New Zealand a rapid expansion of pork production, 
partly at the expense of bacon, was proposed and won the 
general support of the dairy and meat boards. South African 
plans were curtailed by a sharp reduction of the maize crop 
there from 32 million bags in 1949 to 25 million in 1950, 
owing to drought. 

Northern Hemisphere Harvests of 1949. Despite some 
reduction of wheat and rye acreages in favour of crops for 
feeding to livestock and despite severe drought in some 
areas, European production of wheat and rye was some 4 4 
million metric tons greater in 1949 than in 1948 (Table I). 
North American production of these grains was finally 
estimated as 5-7 million metric tons less than in 1949. 
Most of this reduction was in the U.S. The reduction in 
the world total exports of wheat and flour was equal to 4 1 
million metric tons but, taking into account the increase in 
domestic harvests, the net reduction in the total supplies of 
Europe was only some 1 -3 million metric tons (2%). This 
caused no difficulty, because stocks were adequate and 
because, with increasing supplies of milk, meat and eggs, the 
consumption of bread grains tended to decline. Thus flour 
consumption which averaged so much as 100,800 tons a 
week in the United Kingdom during 1948, fell to 92,000 tons 
a week by spring 1950 and was 88,200 tons a week during 
the month of October. The minister of food was able, 
on Aug. 27, 1950, to lower the rate of flour extraction from 
wheat from 85% to 80%. 

The 1949 European crop of coarse grains was also generally 
satisfactory as compared to the 1948 crop, though still 
5 million metric tons (9%) less than the prewar average. 
Some countries, notably France and Spain, had shortages 
of hay and roots caused by severe droughts in the spring 
and summer of 1949. But net imports of coarse grains into 
Europe were some 0-6 million metric tons greater during 
1949-50 than during 1948-49 (Table II). Total imports of 
feedingstuffs to the United Kingdom were greater during 
1948-49 by some 0-6 million metric tons of grain equivalent, 
which more than compensated for a reduction in supplies 
of home-grown feedingstuffs for livestock, largely owing to 
smaller crops of roots and potatoes. 

The North American coarse grain crop was, in all, some 
13 million metric tons (10%) lighter than the exceptionally 
heavy crop of 1948, most of the decline occurring in the U.S. 



TABLE I. PRODUCTION OF BREAD GRAINS AND COARSE GRAINS 

(million metric tons) 



Wheat and rye 

Europe . 

North America 

South America 

Asia 

Near East 

Africa 

Australasia 

Total* 

Barley, oats and mai/e 

Europe . 

North America 

South America 

Asia 

Near East 

Africa 

Australasia . . 
Total* 



Prewar 

61-4 

27-8 
8-9 

34-8 
8-5 
2-5 
4.4 

148-3 



1948 

53-7 
47-6 

8-3 
35-1 

9.4 

2-5 

5-4 

162 



1949 



58-1 

41-9 

8-4 

34-4 

6-8 

2-8 

6-0 

158-4 



54-8 48-5 49-7 

78-5 131-3 118-1 

19-8 18-5 15-8 

28-8 30-5 28-8 

7-0 7-3 6-5 

6-8 79 8-6 

0-8 1-1 1-3 

196-5 245-1 228-8 

Excluding U.S.S.R. 

SOURCE: F.A.O. Monthly Built tin of Statist lex, Aug. 1950. 

In Canada, the end-of-July stocks of barley and oats were 
reduced by only 0-5 million metric tons to 2- 1 million. 

Thus both in Europe as a whole, and in North America, 
supplies of cereals for livestock feeding during the winter of 
1949-50 were generally as adequate as those available during 
winter 1948-49, and despite difficulties in some countries 
owing to shortage of roughage feedingstuffs following 1949 
droughts, livestock production continued to expand. 

Livestock Production, 1949-50. Pig production responded 
rapidly. During the year ended in early summer 1950 the 
number of breeding sows and gilts was increased by 11% 
both in the United Kingdom and in Denmark, and by 10% 
in the Netherlands. These changes brought the numbers in 
the United Kingdom to 71 % of their prewar average, but the 
comparable percentage for Denmark was 203, and for the 
Netherlands 125. Competition in the United Kingdom 
market for bacon was therefore growing, and greater attention 
was devoted to improving quality. 

Egg production in Europe also increased, but only in the 
United Kingdom and Denmark was it estimated to be 
appreciably greater in 1950 than in prewar years. In North 
America and Australia by contrast egg production remained 
much greater than before the war, being 48% greater and 
still increasing slightly in Canada and 97% greater but 
declining in Australia. 

The yields of winter milk during 1949-50 were raised 
substantially in western Europe. Sales of milk in the United 
Kingdom during the first four months of the year were 13% 
larger in 1950 than in 1949. In the Netherlands the com- 
parable percentage was 15; in Denmark, about 19. The 
summer output of milk was greater in 1950 than in 1949 by 
some 5% in the United Kingdom, 9% in the Netherlands 
and 8% in Denmark. In Canada on the other hand, winter 
milk production was only slightly larger in 1949-50 than in 
1948-49 and summer production was slightly smaller in 1950 
than in 1949. In New Zealand, butter production in factories 
during the later part of the 1949-50 summer was reduced by 
12% below the previous summer's production, but in 
Australia production was sustained. 

Cattle numbers continued to increase in western Europe. 
In the United Kingdom, the number under one year old on 
June 4 was 4% greater in 1950 than in 1949 and 23% greater 
in 1950 than in 1939. Most of the increase since 1939 had 
been in cattle for milk production, but the output of fat 
cattle was rapidly increasing. During the year ended Nov. 
1950, it was (by weight of carcases) 22% greater than during 
the previous year, and 2% greater than the annual output 
of the late 1930s. The total world production of all meats 
in 1950 was estimated as somewhat greater than the 1949 
production, which had been slightly more than prewar 
production. But total supplies of meat per head of population 



26 



AGRICULTURE 




Cattle being paraded in the main ring at the Great Yorkshire show at Malt on, July 1950. 



were still about 5% below prewar supplies, with greater 
reductions in the United Kingdom and most European 
countries as against substantial increases in North America 
and the Argentine, and slight increases in Australia and 
New Zealand. 

Harvests in 1950. The area sown to bread grains in Europe 
was some 3% greater in 1950 than in 1949, but still some 7% 
smaller in 1950 than in the late 1930s. Yields were, on the 
whole, satisfactory and total production was 3% greater 
than in 1949; but it was also 3% smaller than in prewar 
years. France and Yugoslavia suffered substantial reductions 
as a result of weather conditions. The United Kingdom had 
a wheat crop estimated as 15% greater than that of 1949, 
and 48 % greater than the average prewar crop. But harvesting 
conditions were exceptionally difficult. In the republic of 
Ireland bread rationing had to be re-imposed. 

In Canada, the acreage was only slightly reduced and with 
favourable weather during most of the growing season, 
production was 34% greater than in 1949. At harvest the 
weather deteriorated badly, making the proportion of low 
quality grain exceptionally high. In Australia, the wheat 
crop was approximately equal to that of the late 1930s, 
but 19 % less than the large crop of 1949. The South American 
crop of wheat was some 4% larger than that of 1949 and 
some 3 % larger than the prewar average. 

The harvest of coarse grains in Europe as a whole was 
only slightly less than in 1949, but the United Kingdom 

TABLE II. NET EXPORTS () AND IMPORTS (4-) OF BREAD GRAINS AND 
COARSE GRAINS 

(million metric tons) 



Prewar 



Wheat and rye 

Europe . 

North America 

Latin America 

Far East . 

Near East 

Africa 

Australasia 
Barley, oats and maize 

Europe . 

North America 

Latin America 

Far East . 

Near East 

Africa 

Australasia 
SOURCE: F.A.U Monthly Bull ft in of Statistics. Aug. 1950. 



1948-49 1949-50 



4-9-5 


4-17-1 


-HI -4 


5-4 


19-8 


14-5 


1-8 


4-0-4 





-H-o 


4-5-1 


4-4-6 





4-M 


4-1-1 


-0-1 


4-0-7 


4-0-3 


2-7 


3-1 


2-9 


4-9-5 


4-5-9 


-1-6 -5 


0.2 


3-3 


3-1 


7-4 


2-2 


1-5 


0-7 


4-0-8 


4-0-8 


4-0-4 


-0-2 


+0-4 


-0-7 


0-6 


0-8 


0-1 


0-6 


0-4 



harvest was much damaged by continuous rain and official 
estimates suggested a reduction in out-turn by some 0-9 
million metric tons (19%). Shortages of feedingstuffs 
became serious in the west and southwest of the country. 
Hay was imported from Norway. Unfavourable weather 
reduced the coarse grain harvest of Danubian countries by 
fully 7%, including a very serious reduction in the Yugoslav 
maize crop, threatening famine conditions in some localities. 
Denmark and the Netherlands also had smaller coarse grain 
crops. 

The effects of these changes were aggravated by the shortage 
of Argentine maize as a result of the partial failure of the 
crop harvested in March and April 1950. Exports of maize 
from Argentina fell to a very low level. Fortunately, North 
American harvests of coarse grain were favourable and 
exportable supplies were adequate to meet, during the period 
to autumn 1951, any demand likely to be backed by the 
necessary dollars. Fortunately also, the effects of the wet 
summer on the grain harvest of the British Isles was in part 
offset by good yields from pastures, and root and green fodder 
crops. 

Agricultural Production and Marketing Plans. Some note- 
worthy alterations were made in administrative arrange- 
ments in prices and in supplies of requisites. In the United 
Kingdom the slogan for the last half of the five-year 
programme was " Plough for Plenty/' The tillage area, 
which was 8-8 million ac. in 1939 and 14-5 million ac. in 
1945, had fallen to 12-9 million ac. in 1947 and 12-6 million 
ac. in 1949. It was expanded to only 12-7 million ac. in 
1950 but the announced objective was 14-6 million ac. by 
1952. The annual review of agricultural prices in the United 
Kingdom was complicated by the withdrawal of the subsidies 
(43 million a year) on feedingstuffs and fertilizers, by the 
government's intention to reduce subsidies on foodstuffs 
from 440 million in the financial year to April 1950 to 
410 million, despite the underlying tendency of prices to 
rise, and by the high level of the net farm income during 
1949 (283 million against 258 million in 1948 and 60 
million in 1938). The agreed settlement was expected to 
reduce the net farm income to very nearly the minimum 
that the leaders of the farmers* unions stipulated was essential 
for achievement of the production programme. But this 
level was not published. Retail prices of food were raised 
3-4% between February and November. 



AGRICULTURE 



27 



In Ireland progress was made in the land reclamation 
project, the biggest of its kind in Europe. 

Steps needed to secure adequate feedingstuffs for livestock 
expansion programmes were much discussed in western 
Europe. In Denmark, the Agricultural Organization society 
published a comprehensive plan, entailing more capital for 
buildings and equipment and aiming at larger acreages of 
high yielding root crops, more silage, pasture improvement, 
better alfalfa, greater use of artificial fertilizers, fuller control 
of weeds and higher conversion efficiency in individual live- 
stock enterprises. If these changes were fully carried out, 
imports of feedingstuffs by 1952-53 would not need to be 
much more than one-fifth of what they were before World 
War II, despite a projected increase in livestock production 
by 10% 

Nitrogenous, phosphatic and potassic fertilizers were all 
available in greater quantity for 1950 crops, both in the 
British Isles and in continental Europe (Table III). India, 
Japan and Egypt markedly increased their use of nitrogenous 
types, and Japan had more phosphates. The progress of 
agricultural mechanization continued in most western 
countries under the stimulus of high prices for farm products 
and difficulties in securing sufficient labour, but international 
trade in tractors and farm machinery tended to decline. 
This was partly because of further revival of domestic 
production in western Europe. In France, 17,100 tractors 
were produced during 1949, against only 1,700 during 1938. 

Marketing of farm produce received greater attention in 
many countries. In the United Kingdom, under the agricul- 
tural marketing acts, schemes for wool and tomatoes and 
cucumbers were approved; and others for apples and pears, 
dried peas and horticultural seeds were in various stages of 
preparation. The Milk Marketing board urged restoration 
of its prewar powers of control over the utilization of milk 
but the Ministry of Food, with an eye to international 
balance-of-payment problems and food rations, continued to 
determine the proportions of supplies used for each type of 
manufactured product. 

The first year's operations under the International Wheat 
agreement ended in July. Prices in the free markets remained 
above the maximum agreed export prices throughout the 
period, because of the prevailing need of the importing 
countries to buy as much as possible in the soft currency 
areas and because the U.S. decided to sell only at the maxi- 
mum prices, though this resulted in less than the full U.S. 
quota being exported. Total transactions under the agree- 
ment were equivalent to 90% of the minimum agreed exports 
and imports and to 53 % of the total world trade in wheat and 
flour. 

Wool, rubber and coffee prices rose to new high levels, 
but no multilateral agreements for their control could be 
achieved. The International Federation of Agricultural 
Producers began to explore the possibilities of agreements to 
sustain prices of dairy products. 

In the field of agricultural education the Asian training 
centre for agricultural and allied development projects 
deserves mention. It was sponsored jointly by the govern- 
ment of Pakistan, the United Nations* Food and Agriculture 
organization, the International bank and the Economic 
Commission for Asia and the Far East. Men from many 
countries received four months' practical training. 

Research and Technical Development. Among the multitude 
of research studies being carried on in the natural sciences 
affecting agriculture, special interest attached to the follow- 
ing: the indirect and delayed effects of the herbicides and 
insecticides developed during and after the war, and their 
toxicity for man; the physiology of artificially induced 
polyploid plants; the conditioning of seeds and tubers for 
early maturity; responses of crops and stock to the correction 



TABLE III. 

[June-July] 
Year 


CONSUMPTION OF ARTIFICIAL FERTILIZERS 
(thousand metric tons) 
British Canada and 
Isles Europe* U.S.f India Japan 


OtherJ 


Nitrogen 












1948-49 . 


195 


,299 


947 


49 


300 


333 


1949-50 . 


204 


,421 


968 


114 


411 


428 


1950-51H . 


214 


,658 


994 


113 


406 


502 


Phosphoric acid 














1948-49 . 


420 


.855 


1,872 


5 


165 


736 


1949-50 . 


461 


,923 


1,845 


11 


221 


802 


1950-51 . 


486 2,114 


1,881 


16 


250 


901 


Potash 












1948-49 . 


210 1,813 


986 


1 


164 


107 


1949-50 . 


219 2,289 


958 


1 


116 


119 


1950-51H . 


231 2,421 


1,003 


1 


120 


135 



* Excluding British Isles, t Including U.S. possessions, J Excluding U.S.S.R. 
and China. Excluding rock phosphates. || Forecast. 

SOURCE: F.A.O. Commodity report: Fertiliztrs, No. 1. Aug. 1950. 

of deficiencies of "trace" elements; the possibilities of 
artificial pollination of fruit trees; control of the biennial 
bearing of fruit trees; the physiology of "letting down" 
milk. In agricultural economics the most interesting develop- 
ments were in studies of mechanization, and of the relations 
between agriculture and industry under conditions of full 
employment. (J. R. RA.) 

United States. Crop Production. The crops of the eight 
principal grains in 1949 produced a total tonnage of 158-4 
million. The record was 180-5 million short tons in 1948. 
Food grains constituted 33 5 million tons of the total, the 
smallest in seven years but larger than any total before 1944. 
The 1950 tonnage included the smallest buckwheat crop on 
record. The feed grain total of 125 million tons, which 
included the largest grain sorghum crop on record, was 
slightly less than in 1949 and showed a significant decline 
from the 138 million tons of 1948. A large hay crop, together 
with an average carry-over, provided the most abundant hay 
supply per animal on record. 

The oilseed crop of 1950, amounting to 14-7 million tons, 
was only 6% below the record of 1949. Soya beans, a record 
crop, made up well over half the total. There was a record 
sugar-beet tonnage. 

Corn was planted later than usual, as a result of a late cool 
wet spring in the main commercial area; largely because of 
official acreage allocation, the harvested acreage was the low- 
est since 1894. The late start, a cool summer, considerable 
but not extraordinary cornborer damage and local frosts as 
early as August resulted in a yield of 37-6 bu. per acre 
(38 8 in 1949) and in more being used for ensilage than usual. 

In accordance with official acreage allocations, the planted 
acreage of wheat was reduced by about 16% compared with 
1949; seeding conditions were generally favourable in the 
southern plains but later drought and green-bug damage led 
to the abandonment of more than nine million ac. in Texas 
53 % of the seeded acreage was not harvested. The cold wet 
spring of the northern plains was followed by nearly ideal 
conditions except for some early frost. As a result, storage 
was abundantly available for the crop. It was indicated that 
total domestic consumption of the crop and large carry-over 
would not be much more than 225 million bu. Exports, 
which in 1948-49 reached the unprecedented level of 503 
million bu., were expected to be about 265 million bu. Thus, 
the carry-over at the end of the crop year, July 1, 1951, was 
expected to be about 450 million bu. The preliminary survey 
in December of the 1951 winter wheat crop suggested that 
sown acreage was about 6% more than had been requested, 
and that the crop was in good condition except for need of 
surface moisture and snow cover, especially in the southern 
plains. 

The cotton crop of 9,884,000 bales was one of the smallest 
for 50 years grown on the smallest harvested acreage since 
1884. Allocation of about 21 million ac., as u>mpared with 



28 



AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURE 



27-23 million ac. harvested in 1949, together with unfavour- 
able weather and heavy boll- weevil damage, combined to 
relieve the Commodity Credit corporation of its large surplus 
stocks, push prices to new high levels and institute export 
controls and caused the government to remove all restrictions 
on cotton acreage in 1951. 

A crop of 439 - 5 million bu. of white or Irish potatoes was 
produced, compared with the record 454-7 million bu. in 
1948, even though the harvested acreage was the smallest 
since 1874 and the subsidized price was set at 60% of parity 
instead of 90% as in 1949. Nevertheless, the crop was about 
100 million bu. more than national requirements. The average 
yield of 237 9 bu. per acre was a new record, and Maine 
again had a new record yield of 475 bu. per ac. (see Table IV). 

Livestock Production. All cattle at the beginning of the year 
totalled 80,277,000 head, compared with 78,298,000 head a 
year earlier and 85-6 million head at the peak in 1945, but 
approximately 12 million head more than before World War 
II. Of that total, 24,625,000 head were milch cows, against 
24,416,000 a year before. Slaughter of a slightly larger 
number of beef animals at heavier weights than in 1949 
provided an estimated 10,873 million Ib. of beef and veal, 
compared with 10,770 million Ib. in 1949 and about 8,000 
million Ib. prewar. It was anticipated that the number of beef 
cattle slaughtered in 1951 would be somewhat larger even 
though fewer feeder cattle were placed in corn beef feed lots 
in the autumn of 1950 than in 1949. 

There were 60,424,000 pigs on U.S. farms at the beginning 
of the year, an increase from 57, 1 28,000 head in 1949 but much 
less than the 83-7 million head at the peak in 1944. The 
major spring pig crop was 59,997,000 head, much more than 
the 55,191 ,000 head of a year earlier, and the autumn pig crop 
was estimated at 40,657,000 head, as compared with 
37,175,000 head a year before. Slaughter during the year 
produced 10,939 million Ib. of pork, against 10,333 million 
Ib. in the previous year. At the end of the year it was 
estimated that pork production in 1951 might be about 
1 1 ,700 million Ib., a result of the increased autumn pig crop of 
1950 and an estimated expansion to 63-5 million head in the 
spring crop of 1951. 

Livestock prices in 1950 followed divergent trends. Pig 
prices were at least $2 or $3 per cwt. higher than In 1949 and 
ended the year at more than $20 per cwt. Fat beef cattle were 
generally lower in price than in 1949, whbreas feeder animals 
were considerably higher, thus narrowing 'the spread and 
increasing the risk to those farmers engaged in finishing high- 
grade beef. Late in the year the price of best grade of fat beef 
cattle was nearing $40 per cwt. Grain-fed lambs, late in the 
year, rose to a record price of just under $33 per cwt. Pig 
prices were not subsidized by the government after March. 
The 1950 chicken and turkey crop was not subsidized. 

Sheep on U.S. farms at the beginning of the year, 30,797,000 
head, were the smallest number in the period during which 
records had been kept, having declined from 31,654,000 head 
at the beginning of 1949 and more than 50 million head pre- 
war. Consequently, the lamb crop of 1950 was a record 
small one of 18,431,000 head; slaughter during 1950 provided 
only an estimated 608 million Ib. of lamb and mutton, about 
the same as in the previous year. It was anticipated that the 
decline in sheep numbers would probably halt in 1950. 

The 24,625,000 milch cows on U.S. farms at the beginning 
of 1950 represented an increase from 24,416,000 head in 1949 
and a further increase took place during 1950, although the 
total remained far short of the previous peak of 27,770,000 
head in Jan. 1945. As a result of very heavy feeding and the 
uncommonly fine pastures of 1950, milk production per cow 
reached record levels, and total production for the year was 
about 120,500 million Ib., as compared with 119,136 million 
Ib. in 1949. " 



TABLE IV. U.S. CROP PRODUCTION 

1950 1949 

Yield Production Yield Production 
per ac. ('000) per ac. ('000) 



Field Crops 










Corn, bu. 


37-6 


3,131,009 


38-8 


3,379,436 


Wheat, bu. 


16-6 


1,026,755 


14-9 


1,141,188 


Oats, bu.. 


34 9 


1,465,134 


32-9 


1,329,473 


Barley, bu. 


26-9 


301,009 


24-0 


236,737 


Rye, bu. . 


12-6 


22,977 


12-0 


18,739 


Flaxseed, bu. . 


10 1 


39,263 


18-6 


43,946 


Rice, bags (yield in Ib.) 


2,361-0 


37,971 


2,215-0 


40,747 


Hay, all, tons . 


1-41 


106,819 


1-36 


99,536 


Beans, bags (yield in Ib.) 


1,128-0 


16,843 


1,163-0 


21,377 


Soya beans, bu. 


21-6 


287,010 


22-7 


230,897 


Peanuts, Ib. 


881-0 


2,038,425 


804-0 


1,875,825 


Potatoes, bu. . 


237-9 


439,500 


215-2 


411,565 


Sweet potatoes, bu. . 


104 4 


58,729 


100-5 


55,368 


Tobacco, Ib. . 


1,277-0 


2,035,915 


1,209-0 


1,972,359 


Sugar beets, tons 


14-3 


13,383 


14-8 


10,197 


Cotton, bales (yield in 










Ib.) . 


265-4 


9,884 


284-0 


16,128 


Fruit Crops 










Apples, bu. 




120,499 




133,742 


Peaches, bu. . 




52,573 




74,818 


Pears, bu. 




31,263 




36,404 


Grapes, tons . 




2,641 




2,662 


Oranges, boxes 




1 1 1 ,290 




108,535 


Grapefruit, boxes 




48,520 




36,500 



Poultry output during 1950 was 180% of 1935-39, whereas 
1949 had been 169 %. At the beginning of the year there were 
481,190,000 hens, compared with 448,676,000 head a year 
before. Chickens raised in 1950 amounted to only 670 
million head, as compared with 744 million in the previous 
year. Commercial broilers (540 million head) were 10% more 
numerous than in 1949. Turkey production was at a record 
high level. 

The number of horses continued to decline. There were 
5,310,000 head on farms, against 5,898,000 head in 1949. 
Mules totalled 2,153,000 head, as compared with 2,348,000 
head in the previous year. 

Food Stocks and Exports. Food exports by the U.S. in 
1949-50, mostly to Economic Co-operation administration 
countries or occupied areas, amounted to only 34,863 million 
Ib., as compared with 49,072 million Ib. in 1948-49. This 
export accounted for 11-7% of the total U.S. food supply 
in 1949-50. Wheat in some form made up more than half the 
total. Other grains accounted for about a quarter. 

Farm Labour. There was an average of 10,676,000 workers 
in the period Jan.-Nov. 1950, as compared with 11,084,000 
in the previous year. The average farm worker received 
$102 a month with board and room or, if employed by the 
day, $4 50. (See also BEEKEEPING; COCOA; COFFEE; DAIRY 
FARMING; FERTILIZERS; FOOD SUPPLY OF THE WORLD; 
FORAGE CROPS; FRUIT; GRAIN CROPS; HOPS; LIVESTOCK; 
NUTS; POULTRY; ROOT CROPS; SOIL CONSERVATION; SPICES; 
SUGAR; TEA; VEGETABLE OILS AND ANIMAL FATS; VEGETABLES; 
WHEAT; WOOL.) (J. K. R.) 

AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURE. During 1950 Great 
Britain retained its lead in the field of jet propulsion, and a 
number of interesting new types made their appearance. 
Overseas sales were maintained at a satisfactory level: 
exports of aircraft and aviation material averaged slightly 
less than 3 million a month. 

At the annual display of the Society of British Aircraft 
Constructors in September, 28 of a total of 58 aircraft were 
powered by turbo-jet or turbo-prop engines; 35 were military 
types; and 30 aircraft were shown for the first time. Never- 
theless the keynote of the year was one of consolidation after 
the sensational strides of 1949. 

On the military side a new Hawker fighter, the P.1081, 
showed improved performance over the P. 1052 of 1949, 
which it resembled. It seemed probable that the Ncne with 



AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURE 



29 







Havilland 112 Venom fighter, powered by a D.H. Ghost jet engine. 



which it was powered would be only interim equipment 
during trial and that it would go into production with the 
Rolls-Royce Tay or Avon. Another experimental fighter, 
the Supermarine type 535, also powered by a Rolls-Royce 
Nene, made its first flight in August and was subsequently 
demonstrated at Farnborough in early September. Fitted 
with an after-burner, the 535 probably exceeded the speed 
of sound in level flight at altitude. 

The English Electric company's Canberra, the United 
Kingdom's first jet-engined bomber, demonstrated in 1949, 
was slightly modified and put into production for the R.A.F. 
in 1950. Though it was capable of carrying a satisfactory 
bomb-load, its speed and manoeuvrability fitted it potentially 
for a number of other roles, in much the same way as the 
Do Havilland Mosquito became the maid-of-all-work in 
the later stages of World War II. 

Another interesting development during the year was the 
appearance of no less than three anti-submarine aircraft, 
designed by different constructors but all powered by 
means of Armstrong-Siddeley Mamba turbo-prop engines. 
The two co-axial airscrews allowed the pilot to stop one 
for economical cruising and to start it up again immediately 
when full power was required. 

The Brabazon I continued experimental flying with its 
eight Bristol Centaurus engines: at London airport and at 
Farnborough, where it took off in 1,400yd. and landed in 
1,200yd., it demonstrated that it could be used much more 
widely c.uin had been originally supposed. The construction 
of the Brabazon II, powered by eight Bristol Proteus turbo- 
prop engines coupled in pairs, made good progress; and the 
aircraft was expected to fly in 1952. The Proteus engines 
were extensively flight-tested, using a Lincoln bomber as a 
flying test-bed. 

The De Havilland Comet demonstrated its capabilities 
during its first year by making record flights in Europe and 
Africa and by completing over 300 hr. of flying. The second 
prototype was flying by the middle of 1950; and it was hoped 
that the first of a production-order for British Overseas 
Airways corporation would be ready for flying in early 1951. 
The Vickers Viscount, which was to go into service with 
British European Airways, gained the distinction of being 
the first jet aircraft to operate on a regular airline: the 
prototype, with four Rolls-Royce Dart turbo-prop engines, 
flew during the summer on B.E.A.'s normal London-Paris 
and London-Edinburgh routes. 

The Armstrong-Siddeley Sapphire engine, believed to 
be the most powerful aero-engine in the world (giving 7,200 
Ib. static thrust), was demonstrated for the first time in 
September, two being mounted in a Gloster Meteor as a 
flying test-bed. 

The Korean war and the consequent decision on rearma- 
ment by the western nations emphasized the need for increased 
production of military types of aircraft. However, within the 
existing constructional caoacitv of the British aircraft 



industry, there was already a preponderance on the military 
side; and up to the end of 1950 there was no sign of any 
official restriction on the carrying-out of contracts for the 
supply of civil aircraft. 

United States. The value of a strong merchant air fleet as 
a military asset was emphasized by the action of the United 
States government early in the Korean war in requisitioning 
civil aircraft for use as transports. This was followed up by 
considerable military orders for transport aircraft (including 
a number of the lengthened Super-Constellations from the 
Lockheed Aircraft corporation, for naval use). 

The year 1950 saw some interesting developments in the 
field of military aircraft. The Thunderjet's successor, the 
YF-96 with swept-back wings, was powered by a new edition 
of the Allison J-35 turbo-jet engine which showed a 38 5 % 
improvement on the original J-35 which appeared in 1947. 
Another swept-back wing experimental aircraft, the Martin 
XB-51 ground-support bomber, had also great possibilities 
with its three General Electric J-47 jet engines. Westing- 
house's J-34, an 11-stage axial-flow turbo-jet, developing 
3,200 Ib. thrust at take-off, was certified for commercial 
use; and the Northrop Turbodyne XT-47, claimed to be the 
most powerful turbo-prop aero-engine in existence, was 
developed especially to power future military types of air- 
craft. Pratt and Whitney continued work on their new PT-2 
turbo-prop engine, which was installed in a Boeing B-17 
for air test; it was said that the PT-2 developed about 
6,000 h.p. In October it was announced that the Curtiss 
Wright corporation had purchased the licence to build the 
Armstrong-Siddeley Sapphire as well as the same firm's 
Python and Double Mamba airscrew turbine engines. 

The trend in civil aircraft construction was towards a 
stopgap programme to convert existing airline power plants 
from piston engines to jets, though some airlines took a 
conservative view and ordered some of the new Super- 
Constellations similar to those being turned out for the navy. 

Boeings announced provisional plans to replace the existing 
engines in the B-377 Stratocruiser and its military counter- 
part with turbo-prop engines. They were also said to be 
considering the addition of two auxiliary turbo-jets to the 
Pratt and Whitney R-4360s to increase the speed and take- 
off weight of the Stratocruiser. 

In the Super-Constellations, Eastern Airlines proposed in 
1950 to replace the piston engines, with which th;y would 
be originally equipped, with improved Allison T-38 turbo- 
prop engines after a year or two's operation. This was 
expected to increase the speed of the aircraft to 403 m.p.h. 

A similar re-equipment with Allison T-38 engines was 
being considered by the Douglas Aircraft company and 
Martin's for the DC-6 and the 4-0-4 respectively. 

Meanwhile Congress authorized the expenditure of $12-5 
million on the development of gas-turbine transport aircraft, 
including the testing of prototypes and the conduct of 
experimental transport operations. Most of the bie 



30 



AIR FORCES OF THE WORLD 



constructors were working on projects for jet airliners, 
but none appeared during 1950. 

Canada and Australia Late in the year the Canadian 
defence minister announced the increase of the order for 
North American F-86 sabre fighters to " several hundreds," 
to be built under licence in Montreal by Canadair. Mean- 
while, A. V. Roe (Canada) continued the tests of its Orenda 
direct-entry axial-flow turbine with good results; it was 
intended to power the Avro CF.100 fighter aircraft with it. 
Canadian Pacific Airlines ordered two De Havilland Comets 
for delivery in 1952-53 for their north Pacific route. Mean- 
while development of the Avro Jetliner went on satisfactorily. 

Teams of technicians from the Australian government 
factory and the Commonwealth Aircraft corporation visited 
the United Kingdom to draw up plans for the production 
of the Canberra jet bomber and the Hawker P. 1081 four- 
cannon fighter. In Australia the Commonwealth Aircraft 
corporation prepared to build the Rolls-Royce Avon axial- 
flow jet engine. The first production-models of the feeder- 
line three-engined D.H.A. Drover were delivered to the air 
lines during the autumn. 

Western Europe. In France the year 1950 did not see very 
much new progress, though development continued on the 
S.N.C.A.S.E. Armagnac four-engined transport and the 
S.N.C.A.S.O. twin-engined Bretagne. On the military side, 
the Dessault 450 Ouragan went into production, powered 
by Nene engines built under licence by Hispano-Suizr . 
But perhaps the most interesting French contribution was 
the O.10 Leduc aircraft powered by an " athodyd " or ram- 
jet engine. 

Both Fokker in the Netherlands and Fiat in Italy were 
working on designs for jet-engined trainers; and in France, 
Switzerland, Belgium, the Netherlands and Italy arrangements 
were made for the production of British jet fighter airframes 
and engines under licence. (See also JET PROPULSION AND 
GAS TURBINES.) (D. CR.) 

AIR FORCES OF THE WORLD. In 1950 the 
world's air forces, both eastern and western, continued with 
the intensive development of advanced types of aircraft. The 
events of the summer, however, tended to shift the emphasis 
in all countries toward production. The rate of expansion 
came under security restrictions on both sides of the " iron 
curtain.*' Little was made known by governments about 
quantities of aircraft or the results of advanced research, but 
aircraft with and without pilots were undoubtedly improving 
in performance, and guided missiles could be assumed to be a 
major field for research in the larger nations. There was a 
strong trend toward the modification of existing types of 
military aircraft for tactical uses. Standardization of types of 
aircraft for a United Nations air force, while by no means 
fully achieved, appeared to be on the way. 

Great Britain. Aircraft and engine production became a 
problem of first importance during 1950 as plans for the 
defence of the Commonwealth and the North Atlantic treaty 
nations took form. Production began to increase in July, and 
in November Clement Attlee, the prime minister, announced 
that orders for aircraft for the first two years of a three-year 
defence plan had been placed. 

Farnborough Display. The display at Farn borough of the 
Society of British Aircraft Constructors, held in Sept. 1950, 
again showed excellent results of intensive research and 
development on gas turbine-powered tactical, defence and 
transport aircraft. New bombers in the medium and heavy 
classes were again lacking, and heavy bombers above 150,000- 
Ib. loaded weight were not planned, though some projects in 
the 150,000-lb. medium class and lighter were reported to be 
progressing tqward the prototype stage. Vickers-Armstrongs, 
Ltd., were said to be leading in the medium jet bomber field, 




Three helicopters taking part in demonstration flights at the Royal 
Air Force display at Farnborough, Hampshire, June 1950. 

and others reported in progress were the Handley Page 
tail-less jet bomber and a Bristol light jet bomber. Delivery 
of new jet bombers by the middle of 1951 was expected at 
the end of 1950. 

Night fighters shown included the Gloster Meteor N.F.2, 
the English Electric Canberra 2 and the de Havilland Venom 
N.F.2, all of which had been ordered in quantity. The Venom 
N.F.2 was a carrier-borne fighter having a crew of two, 
designed for both all-weather and night-fighter duties. The 
Canberra 2, with its two Rolls-Royce Avon turbo-jets, 
impressed observers with its performance as its predecessor 
had in 1949, and was scheduled for light bombing and ground 
attack as well as night-fighter duty. In addition to English 
Electric, Handley Page, Short and Harland, and A. V. Roe 
were manufacturing this aeroplane. 

Transition of the Royal Navy to jet-powered equipment was 
well begun in 1950 with quantity orders for the Vickers 
Supermarine Attacker and the Hawker Sea Hawk jet fighters, 
and the Westland Wyvern turbine-propeller fighter. New 
anti-submarine types shown at Farnborough included the 
Blackburn and General Y.B.I and the Fairey 17, both 
powered by coupled Armstrong Siddeley Mamba turbine- 
propeller engines, and the Short and Harland SB. 3, powered 
by two Mambas. The SB. 3 was a version of the Sturgeon 
reconnaissance bomber and naval target tower, with an 
underslung nose for radar equipment. 

Experimental Aircraft. Experimental types at Farnborough 
included the Avro 707B delta-wing research plane, a second 
version of the 707 shown in 1949. Six 707Bs were reported 
to have been ordered. This was the first of a planned research 
series intended to investigate the delta wing at all speeds for 
its suitability as a bomber wing. The Nene-powered Boulton 
Paul P. Ill, not shown at Farnborough, was first flown in 
October. It was designed for transonic speeds. The third in 
this planned series would be the high-speed Fairey delta wing, 
possibly with a rocket engine. 

Other British experimental aircraft in various design stages, 



AIR FORCES OF THE WORLD 



31 



besides the jet bombers already mentioned, were Fairey and 
Gloster jets, a de Havilland twin-jet and the de Havilland 
Comet with axial jets. (See also AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURE; 
JET PROPULSION AND GAS TURBINES; ROYAL AIR FORCE.) 

Canada. The Canadian-designed front-line fighter, the all- 
weather Avro CF.100, was first flown in Jan. 1950, powered 
by two Rolls-Royce Avon turbo-jets. The Royal Canadian 
Air Force ordered ten of these in 1950, which would probably 
be powered with the successful Canadian Avro Orenda axial 
turbo-jet. Negotiations were reported under way for the 
manufacture of the Orenda in several European countries. 
The Avro C.I 02 jet liner attracted wide attention in its flights 
in 1950. 

Australia. A small jet research plane, designed and built 
entirely in Australia, was reported late in 1950. It was 
described as an ultimate guided missile for fighter and anti- 
aircraft training, capable of very high speed and rapid rate of 
climb to high altitudes. The Armstrong Siddeley Adder, the 
turbo-jet version of the Mamba, was used in the prototype, 
which was flown by a pilot. The pilotless radio-controlled 
version would be powered by the Viper, an expendable version 
of the Adder, delivering 1,500 Ib. thrust. The twin-jet long- 
range Australian fighter reported in 1949 to be under develop- 
ment was expected to reach the prototype stage late in 1950. 
It would have all swept-back surfaces. The Rolls-Royce Tay 
turbo-jet, which would be manufactured in Australia, was 
expected to furnish its power. Production was begun on the 
de Havilland Drover, designed as a light civil transport for 
Australian flying, but capable of use as a military freighter or 
an ambulance. 

United States. United States Air Force. Participation in 
the Korean war as a member of the United Nations air-land- 
sea team took precedence over other U.S. air force activities 
during 1950. During the first half of 1950 budgetary limita- 
tions had necessitated a downward readjustment from 
previously planned strength. In spite of loss of personnel, the 
closing of installations and the curtailment of numerous 
plans, the air force sought to increase its fighting capacity, 
and to this end advanced a programme of joint training with 
the other military services. When war broke out in Korea on 
June 25, the U.S.A.F. accomplished the evacuation of U.S. 
nationals from the area of conflict with troop carrier aircraft. 
F-80s and F-82s, based in Japan, protected the evacuation 
area and escorted the transport planes. As a result of 
President Truman's decision on June 27 to use U.S. air and 
naval forces to carry out the mandate of the United Nations 
Security council, the far east air force began active combat 
operations. 

F-51 (propeller-driven) and F-80 (jet) fighters helped to 
stop the mechanized advance of the Korean Communist 
army, while B-26 and B-29 bombers flew far behind the enemy 
ground force fighting lines to attack the invader's production, 
supply and distribution plants, and depots. After initial 
resistance by North Korean aircraft of Soviet manufacture, 
U.N. forces gradually achieved mastery of the air. 

Construction funds were made available during Dec. 1949 
for an Aircraft Control and Warning system, earlier autho- 
rized by congress, and in Oct. 1950 the air force announced a 
speed-up in the production of equipment and training of men 
to put the system into operation well before July 1951. The 
Lockheed F-94 (an adaptation from the F-80 day interceptor) 
was introduced into the continental air defence system as the 
first jet all-weather interceptor. The strategic air command 
was reorganized to give each of its three air forces its own 
reconnaissance and bombing capabilities, enabling each to 
work as a separate organization in launching an immediate 
counterstroke. The continental air command (Con.A.C.) 
was divided into three major commands, Con.A.C. retaining 
responsibility for the administration and training of the 



U.S.A.F. civilian components. The tactical air command had 
as its primary mission the development and training of tactical 
support aviation in conjunction with army field forces. The 
air defence command was to be responsible for air defence of 
the U.S. The air force special weapons command was estab- 
lished for the field development and testing of equipment and 
technique relating to atomic energy. The air research and 
development command was established to provide increased 
emphasis on the qualitative improvement of the air force. 
Largely as the result of the spring exercise in the supply of 
large-scale operations entirely by strategic air lift, the mission 
of the military air transport service was revised. 

As an immediate result of the Korean conflict, congress 
passed legislation authorizing a 70-group air force, suspended 
the personnel ceiling and made supplementary appropriations 
increasing the military budget for fiscal year 1951 from 
$13,000 million to $24,000 million. By the end of Sept. 1950, 
approximately 1,100 of the 2,800 rated officers previously 
removed from flying status were restored. Construction was 
expedited. There was a general acceleration of the programme 
to meet increased defence needs, but the air force, in the 
second half of 1950, continued to emphasize the long-range 
programme especially in the field of research and development. 

The XF-91 interceptor underwent performance tests 
during the year. The F-89 was the first jet aircraft accepted by 
the air force specifically designed as an all-weather interceptor. 
The F-86D was an all-weather interceptor version of the 
earlier F-86 day fighter. The jet YF-93, the XF-88 and the 
XF-90, three new penetration fighters, were evaluated. 
The F-84F was an improved version of previous F-84 models. 
The XB-51, a light bomber with crew of two, was the first 
postwar bomber specifically designed for ground support 
work. The XG-20 was a medium cargo assault glider, capable 
of being towed at a much higher speed than any operational 
gliders used in World War II. The XC-120 medium transport 
was a detachable compartment version of the C-119, unique 
in its possibilities. It was designed to test the feasibility of 
preloaded detachable cargo compartments. 

The C-124 heavy cargo transport represented a milestone 
in air transportation because of its capacity and adaptability. 
An operational flight of the year was especially significant. 
On Sept. 22, two U.S.A.F. pilots, each flying an F-84 Thunder- 
jet, took off from Manston, England, in a flight that made use 




The Avro Canada CF-100 jet fighter, first flown in Jan. 1950. 



32 



AIR FORCES OF THE WORLD 



of the drogue-probe refuelling system. Lieut. Colonel 
William D. Ritchie was forced to bail out over Labrador, but 
Colonel David C. Schilling completed the first non-stop 
transoceanic flight in a jet aircraft in 10 hr. 1 min. On Sept. 29 
Capt. Richard V. Wheeler established a new (but unofficial) 
high-altitude bail-out record in an experimental jump from 
an altitude of more than eight miles (42,449 ft.) in an auto- 
matic opening parachute. 

The air engineering development centre authorized by the 
congress in Oct. 1949 to provide the military service, private 
institutions and industry with facilities for exploring the 
aeronautical field beyond the sonic barrier, which was under 
construction at Tullahoma, Tennessee, was named the 
Arnold Air Engineering Development centre in honour of 
General Henry H. Arnold, who died on Jan. 15, 1950. 

By May 31,1 950, the total number of officers and airmen on 
duty in the U.S.A.F. had declined to 408,844. By the end of 
August, command strength had been rebuilt to approximately 
450,000 officers and airmen, with almost one-third of the 
total deployed overseas. At the same date, there were approxi- 
mately 12,000 U.S.A.F planes in active status (H. S. Vo.) 

United States Navy. For naval aviation, as for other U.S. 
forces, the year 1950 was clearly divided. The first six months 
emphasized the continued effort to reach what was expected 
to be a permanent peacetime establishment. Then late in 
June a rapidly deteriorating international situation and the 
necessity for supporting United Nations forces in Korea 
caused an abrupt reversal. By the end of the year a total ot 
four fleet carriers and two escort carriers had engaged in 
active operations in Korean waters. Naval pairol aircraft 
flying from land bases or supported by aircraft tenders, 
conducted daily reconnaissance flights and anti-submarine 
patrols. The first marine air wing also operated from shore 
bases in Korea and Japan. Transport squadrons of the navy 
and marine corps joined similar units of the air force in 
rushing men and equipment across the Pacific. 

New equipment and aircraft types, notably jets and new 
attack planes, received thorough test under combat conditions. 
Helicopters made their first appearance in combat with the 
marines carrying supplies to forward units and evacuating 
casualties. The navy continued to press the design qtf improved 
jet-propelled fighter aircraft for carrier use. The AJ-1, a 
high-speed attack plane, went into service \yith fleet squadrons. 
Test-flying was begun on a patrol plane (XP5Y) and a carrier 
plane (XA2D), both powered by turbo-propeller engines. 
Equipment was devised for refuelling airships at sea and thus 
extending their usefulness in anti-submarine operations. 
Experiments with guided missiles aboard submarines and on 
the specially equipped U.S.S. " Norton Sound " were 
continued, and congress authorized the conversion of a 
cruiser to a guided missiles ship. 

There were three large Midway-class carriers and six fleet 
carriers in the active fleet at the end of the year. About 3,400 
officers and 24,000 enlisted men were added to the aero- 
nautical organization of the navy and proportional increases 
occurred in marine corps aviation. Training of pilots was 
increased to produce about 1,500 yearly. At the end of the 
year, the navy had about 13,700 aircraft in its inventory, of 
which 7,200 were in operating status. (J. H. C.) 

U.S.S.R. Attention in the west was centred on the U.S.S. R. 
as the source of the war potential in the east. Aircraft and 
armament used by the Chinese Communists and the North 
Koreans were manufactured in the Soviet Union. The Soviet 
air force was placed under the army in the reorganization 
announced in Feb. 1950. The army air organization consisted 
of a large force for the support of ground troops, an air defence 
force, principally of fighters, and a long-range air arm. The 
navy was equal to the army, under the reorganization, and its 
aircraft were administered as integral parts of the navy. 



4 fy W& v f - ^ W ^ f" tF^ '^ 






; * j< ' *.'* 







The United States AD-3W Skyr aider powered by a 2,400 h.p. 
Wright R-3350 engine. 

The U.S.S.R. undoubtedly had more troops, aeroplanes 
and submarines in service than any other nation. Western 
estimates placed the number of Soviet first-line military 
aircraft in service at about 15,000. Aeroplane production was 
estimated to be 7,000 planes per year early in 1950, and the 
country's capacity to produce planes was variously estimated 
at 40,000 to 50,000 planes per year. The U.S.S.R. was 
believed to have continued production after 1945 without 
the drastic reductions made in the west, at the same time 
emphasizing research on jet types, guided missiles and the 
atomic bomb. At the annual parades in May each year new 
jet types were flown over Red square, Moscow, and the 
Korean war 'brought the MIG-15 fighter into action for 
Communist China. These fighters were also reported late in 
1950 in numbers over Berlin and other Soviet bases in Ger- 
many. 

The Mikoyan and Gurevich MIG-15 was a swept-wing 
fighter powered by a centrifugal turbo-jet. Its speed was 
reported by U.S. pilots in Korea to be very high, particularly 
during bursts when power boost was used. The two standard 
advanced fighters in production in 1950 were the MIG-15 and 
the Lavochkin LA- 17, both rated in the 685-m.p.h. class. 
With afterburning or other power boost, as in the case of the 
MIG-15 in Korea, they probably could travel at near-sonic 
speeds for short intervals. The Yakovlev YAK- 17 fighter, 
also reported to be in production, was a third fighter using a 
centrifugal jet engine. It was first flown in 1947, and resembled 
the U.S. F-84 Thunderjet. Earlier piston fighters such as the 
YAK-7 and YAK-9, used in Korea, the LA-7, LA-9 and 
LA- 11 and the twin-jet MIG-9, were still in service in large 
numbers in 1950. 

Bomber development in the U.S.S.R. was not emphasized 
up to about 1947. In World War II Soviet bombers were 
typified by such twin-engined models as the Tupolev TU-2, 
llyushin 1L-4 and the Petlyakov PE-2. Twin-jet prototypes 
were observed over Moscow in May 1950. The twin-jet TU-10 
was an axial turbine-powered light bomber of 70-ft. wing 
span, estimated to be in the 525-m.p.h. class. The IL-16 four- 
jet bomber, first seen in 1947, was of conventional design. 
The principal Soviet bomber in service was the TU-4, gener- 
ally considered to be a copy of the U.S. B-29. The IL-10 
piston-engined Shturmovik was the standard ground-support 
aircraft in all Soviet-controlled air forces. Its maximum 
speed was 280 m.p.h. It was seen in numbers in Germany. 

Rocket fighter development in the U.S.S.R. was based on 
the YAK-21 derived from the Messerschmitt Me- 163 of 
World War II. It was reported capable of a climbing rate of 
12,000 ft. a minute, and a top speed of 670 m.p.h., for a 
15-20 minute duration. 



AIRPORTS 



33 



Soviet Jet Engines. Soviet engine design showed in 1950 a 
trend toward more powerful axial-flow types, corresponding 
to the trend in the west. The axial-flow turbo-jet designs 
taken over by the U.S.S.R. from Germany in 1945 were 
developed slowly by Soviet and German engineers, without 
conspicuous success for the first several years after World 
War II. The best of the Soviet production fighters in 1950 
were using centrifugal turbo-jets based on the Rolls-Royce 
Nene and Denvent engines sold to the U.S.S.R. in 1947. 
Later aircraft going into production were reported to be 
equipped with axial-flow types. The German BMW-003 and 
BMW-018 and the Jumo-004 were the basic designs for the 
later Soviet turbo-jets. 

France. The best military aircraft made in France in 1950 
were the de Havilland Vampire and the Dassault M.D. 450 
Ouragan (Hurricane). One was a British fighter being built 
under licence, and the other was developed by a private 
aircraft company. The emphasis was upon defensive inter- 
ceptors. There was no large production of bombers, no 
flying delta-wing research planes and little activity in missiles. 
The Rolls-Royce Nene, built under licence, was the only 
production turbo-jet. Production on the more powerful 
Rolls-Royce Tay was scheduled for 1951. Apart from the 
Vampire, the French air forces and navy were equipped 
mostly with aircraft from World War II surplus, to which 
U.S. jet aircraft were added late in 1950. 




The British Cluster Meteor m>/ / / //. 

Italy. The importation of de Havilland Vampire fighters 
indicated how the Italian air force would replace some of its 
World War II surplus British and U.S. planes with new 
jet-powered equipment. Tooling was reported progressing 
late in 1 950 for the production under licence of Vampire and 
Venom aeroplanes and Ghost and Goblin turbo-jets. The 
Italian aircraft industry's activity in arranging for the licensed 
manufacture of aircraft and engines was accompanied by 
design and development work on transports, light planes, 
trainers and fighters. Breda and Savoia-Marchetti transports, 
Fiat and Abrosini trainers and ventures into jet propulsion 
by Caproni and Fiat were the principal developments up to 
the end of 1950. The Caproni Ca.195 attracted most attention 
in the west. It was described as a conventional modern 
fighter, having a slightly swept-back leading edge, powered 
by two axial-flow turbo-jets producing 2,000 Ib. thrust for a 
maximum speed of 565 m,p.h. at 20,000 ft. The Fiat G.80 
two-seat jet trainer would be powered by a de Havilland 
Ghost turbo-jet. 

Other Countries. According to the trend of 1950, air forces 
of the Atlantic pact nations and nations friendly to the west 
would be equipped largely with U.S. and British military 
aircraft, by purchase or by licensed manufacture. Soviet 
satellites would be largely supplied from the U.S.S.R. Con- 
struction of successful jet aircraft and engines was, however, 
in progress outside the U.S. and the United Kingdom. The 



Saab Aircraft company, supplier of numerous aircraft to the 
Swedish air force, was reported developing a successor to its 
J29 jet fighter of 1948. In the Netherlands, the Fokker 
Derwent-powered S.I 4 advanced trainer was reported nearing 
completion, and the S.I 3 twin-engined advanced trainer 
prototype was flown early in the year. This company was 
also manufacturing Gloster Meteor fighters for both the 
Netherlands and the Belgian air forces, and Hawker Sea Fury 
fighters for the Dutch navy. From the Argentine development 
was reported of the I.Ae.33 Fulqui II fighter, a swept-wing 
version of the first Argentine jet aeroplane of 1947. (See also 
AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURE; JET PROPULSION AND GAS TUR- 
BINES; ROYAL AIR FORCE.) (M. H. SM.; S. P. J.) 

AIRPORTS. Sir Robert Watson-Watt, the British 
radar scientist, commented during 1950 on the backward 
state of air traffic-control equipment as established at air- 
ports and on airways throughout the world: much of the 
existing radio and radar used in civil aviation was out-of- 
date as applied to conditions at that moment; and most 
of the control sets had been adapted from former military 
stock. 

This opinion was shared by those in official administration 
of airports and was particularly significant in view of the 
approaching era of jet airliners with operational speeds of 
500 m.p.h. Jet aircraft came into the civil picture in 1950, 
but for operating-economy had to fly at great heights. 
Any time spent in the air at low altitudes, such as was the 
practice for piston-cngined types in approach-procedures to 
airports, would have introduced costly and sometimes 
impractical conditions for the new class of high-speed air- 
liners. Consequently much of the progress in airport design 
and construction in 1950 was rather towards improving air 
traffic-control equipment, passenger- and freight-handling 
facilities and buildings than in the way of establishing new 
airports. In a number of instances this policy of improvement 
extended to the lengthening and strengthening of runways 
and other hard pavings so as to bring existing airports up to 
current international standards. This trend was especially 
noticeable in Europe, where for example a rejuvenated 
Ciampino airport near Rome carried the greatly increased 
air traffic for the Holy Year celebrations. 

Great Britain. Probably of great importance to the air- 
traffic-control systems of the future was the installation of 
long-range radar search -equipment at London airport. 
By this means controllers were able to direct approaching 
and departing aircraft on scheduled flights within their area 
by reference to a radar picture showing the whole sky in 
azimuth up to a maximum of 150 mi. 

A decision moreover was reached on Stage 3 development 
of London airport. The original duplicate " triangular " 
runway scheme north of the Bath road was abandoned in 
favour of a new plan on that site to construct two runways 
placed end to end and running east-west but slightly divergent 
from one another. The object of this off-set arrangement was 
to provide lateral separation for aircraft making simultaneous 
landing and take-off. 

Africa. A new airport of considerable potentiality was 
opened to traffic on Aug. 12 by Lord Pakenham, British 
minister of civil aviation, at Livingstone, Northern Rhodesia. 
This airport, classed as C.2 under the specifications of the 
International Civil Aviation organization, was thought to 
have possibilities as a cross-roads of air routes in central 
and southern Africa; and its proximity to the Victoria falls 
on the Zambezi river was judged to be a great tourist 
attraction. 

Similarly the new main Egyptian air terminal established 
at Farouk airport near Cairo was said to ha\c possibilities 
as the cross-roads for north Africa and the middle east. 



34 



AIRPORTS 















The largest airport in Northern Rhodesia at Livingstone, c/s seen from the air. The airport was opened in Aug. 1950 by the British minister 

of civil aviation, Lord Pakenham. 



India, Pakistan and Australia. Little progress was reported 
towards the implementing of plans to extend and improve 
the international airports in these countries. Admittedly the 
physical problems were great: notably the surrounding 
foothills at Santa Cruz (Bombay), the swampy site of Dum 
Dum (Calcutta), the need for the reclamation of part of 
Botany bay for runway extension at Kingsford Smith 
(Mascot, Sydney) and constructional difficulties f or a dupli- 
cate main runway at Drigh Road (Karachi). 

Argentina. The new airport near Buenos Aires at Ezeiza 
became fully operational during 1950, with three runways 
capable of taking the largest and heaviest airliners and with 
adequate means for passenger- and freight-handling. 

United States. With initial operational problems settled, the 
new international airport of Idlewild, Jamaica bay, controlled 
by the Port of New York authority, was handling greatly 
increased traffic in 1950. On the constructional side, some 
alleviation of the %k dust bowl " nuisance was gained by 
the planting of sea-grass and more hangars of the unobstruc- 
ted arch type were erected. 

As regards New York's " internal " services, La Guardia 
airport reached almost saturation-point in aircraft move- 
ments: on one day alone some 630 were logged in and out. 
Newark airport, New Jersey was being developed, obviously 
to take much of that congested traffic; accordingly a very 
advanced design of terminal building was planned, and 
" pre-positioned " services for fuelling, lubricating, electrical 
charging etc. were being laid ** on tap " to supersede the 
almost universal practice at airports of servicing aircraft 
by mobile tender. (C. F. As.) 

The 1947 National Airport plan and the 1948 and 1949 
revisions were based on a three-year forecast of the needs of 
civil aviation in the United States. The 1950 National Airport 
plan, accordingly, was assembled as revision and refinement 
of the preceding plans and showed a projected three-year 
forecast of aviation needs. It reflected an up-to-date appraisal 



of the way airports were serving the nation and what was 
required to round out safely and effectively the National 
Airport system. 

The fiscal summary of the 1947-50 federal airport pro- 
gramme indicated that the federal government had expended 
or committed the sum of $130,731,802 for airport develop- 
ment and that the sponsors' contribution (state or territory) 
amounted to $140,741,656 for a total programme of 
$271,473,458. 

Civil airports in Jan. 1950 numbered 6,484 and were 
classified as follows: class 1 and below (length from less than 
1,800 ft. to 2,700 ft.) 4,100; class 2 (from 2,700 ft. to 3,700 ft.) 
1,027; class 3 (from 3,700ft. to 4,700ft.) 576; class 4 (from 
4,500 ft. to 5,500 ft.) 445; class 5 (from 5,500 ft. to 6,500 ft.) 
1 85 ; classes 6, 7, 8 and (from 6,500 ft. by thousands to 9,500 ft. 
and more) 149. (Lengths were increased for elevations 
above sea level; classes 1, 2 and 3 had lengths decreased by 
200ft. if paved; classes 4-9 had to have at least one paved 
runway of a specified length.) Of these airports 2,585 were 
commercial, 2,200 municipal, 139 Civil Aeronautics adminis- 
tration landing fields and 350 military, with 1,210 of other 
types. 

Airports for scheduled air service were assigned service 
types as defined in the Civil Aeronautics administration's 
technical standard order N6a as follows: feeder type (up 
to 3,500ft.), for feeder-type service; trunk type (3,500 to 
4,200ft.), to serve on air-line trunk routes; express type 
(4,200 to 5,000 ft.), at large cities or important junctions on 
trunk routes; continental type (5,000 to 5,900ft.), serving 
long non-stop continental flights; intercontinental type 
(5,900 to 7,000 ft.), serving long intercontinental or trans- 
oceanic flights; intercontinental express type (7,000 to 
8,400ft.), serving transoceanic flights of largest types of 
aircraft. Lengths were increased for elevation, temperature 
and gradient. 

A three-year study of what was required to develop a 



AIR RACES AND RECORDS ALASKA 



35 



high-efficiency air freight terminal had reached a stage 
late in 1950 where specifications for the terminal and related 
components were nearly complete. In devising a terminal 
for efficient freight flow, a basic functioning part of the plan 
for an air freight depot was found to be a flexible, portable 
ramp device designed to eliminate, by bridging the aeroplane 
door to a terminal dock, the high hoist that makes aeroplane 
cargo loading a time-consuming and expensive operation. 
(See also AVIATION, CIVIL.) (E. M. E.) 

AIR RACES AND RECORDS. The classic events 

of British air racing in 1950 were again dispersed to a number 
of provincial centres. Although the circuits necessarily varied, 
each race was flown as a handicap over a number of short 
laps based on the home aerodrome thus enabling some 
competitors to attempt speed records over the 100-km. 
closed circuit within weight categories laid down by the 
Federation Ae>onautique Internationale. 

The King's cup, flown on June 17 over a three-lap course 
centred on Wolverhampton, was won by E. Day, flying a 
Miles Hawk trainer. F. Dunkerley, in his Miles Gemini 
(representing the Lancashire Aero club), was again successful 
in the Siddeley trophy, held on Sept. 2, and in the Kemsley 
trophy contest. Five world class records over the 100-km. 
closed circuit were set up during the King's cup race, among 
them Miss R. M. Sharpens 322 -5 m.p.h. in a wartime Spit- 
fire; this was also a British women's record. 

The two-lap Air League Challenge cup race (won by 
W. I. Lashbrook, Percival Proctor) and the Society of British 
Aircraft Constructors* Challenge cup contest for jet-powered 
aircraft were flown over the same course at Sherburn-in- 
Elmet, Leeds, on July 22. The S.B.A.C. race was won at an 
average speed of 533 m.p.h. by M. J. Lithgow, piloting a 
Vickers-Supermarine Attacker. Another 100-km. world 






Two light aircraft taking part in the Bournemouth to Herne Bay 
air race in Sept. 1950 



record was achieved L. R. Colquhoun's 209-46 m.p.h. with 
a Vickers-Supermarine Seagull a new record for amphibians. 

An entirely new race was organized by the Daily Express 
along the south coast of England from Hum, Hampshire, 
to Herne Bay, Kent, on Sept. 16. This attracted an entry of 
67 aircraft and was won in a Proctor by N. W. Charlton, 
who had started 48th. 

An important world record was captured for Great Britain 
on May 12 by J. R. Cooksey, flying a Gloster Meteor 8, 
This was the 1,000-km. closed circuit at 511 m.p.h. (822 25 
km.p.h.). 

From July 1, aircraft using rocket-assisted take-off were 
eligible for F.A.I, speed record attempts. Other important 
changes in the rules were provision for speed records over a 
15-25 km. course at unlimited altitudes (instead of over 3 km. 
at a height of below 200 m.), and the introduction of rate-of- 
climb records. In addition, the F.A.h divided certain world 
records into two main categories: piston-powered and jet* 
propelled. 

A number of international course records (hitherto known 
as point-to-point records) were set up during the year, notably 
seven by the prototype de Havilland Comet, piloted by J. 
Cunningham; three of these were later exceeded. (G. D. H. L.) 

ALASKA, including the Aleutian Islands, the northern- 
most territory of the United States is separated from Siberian 
U.S.S.R. by the Bering strait. The boundary line runs 
between the Big Diomede Island (Soviet) and the Little Dio- 
mede Island (U.S.). Area: 586,400 sq.mi. Pop.: (1940 
census) 72,524; (1950 census) 128,643, excluding U.S. mili- 
tary, naval or coastguard personnel. Chief towns (pop. 
1950): Juneau (cap., 5,818); Anchorage (11,060); Fairbanks 
(5,625); Ketchikan (5,202); Petersburg (2,291). Governor 
since 1939, Ernest Grueninc. 

History. An epidemic of infantile paralysis broke out in 
Alaska during 1950 and at the end of the year 70 cases were 
reported in the territory, the majority of them in the interior 
area around Fairbanks. Advances were made in improving 
the hospital system. A new 400-bcd sanatorium was com- 
pleted at Anchorage ; a 40-bed wing was added to St. Joseph's 
hospital; a new 34-bed hospital was finished at Nome and 
125 beds Were added at Mt. Edgecumbe sanatorium near 
Sitka. The latter institution previously had 200 beds. 

Millions of dollars went into the building up of the defences 
in Alaska in 1950. The army and navy were spending more 
than $120 million for construction, and more than $4 million 
more was earmarked for improving the Alaska communica- 
tion system, a branch of the army. Another $1,500,000 was 
being spent to repair the Alaska railroad, a government- 
owned line which operates through interior Alaska from 
Seward to Fairbanks and to Whitticr, a port, like Seward, 
on the southwest coast. 

Education. Alaska in 1950 had 32 high schools with 2,169 pupils 
and 182 teachers; 94 elementary schools with 10,727 pupils and 471 
teachers. For native children, the Alaska native service, a division 
of the U.S. Department of the Interior, maintained 85 day schools and 

3 boarding schools, with 5,000 pupils. 

Fisheries. Alaska's salmon pack, considered the largest in the world, 
totalled 3,177,003 cases in 1950 with a value of $85 million. The 
halibut, shrimp, crab and cod fishery brought the total value of the 
sea-food pack of the territory up to more than $100 million for the 
year. 

Mining. Total value of mineral production for 1950 was slightly 
more than $15 million, gold accounting for $8 million while the balance 
represented coal, silver, copper, lead, zinc and platinum. The gold 
strike of 1949 in the Yukon river area northeast of Fairbanks failed to 
develop in 1950. The few claims which revealed possible bonanza 
production could show no colour worthy of production on large-scale 
operation. 

Banking and Finance. Net cash balance (end of 1950): $2,728,117. 
Alaska has no bonded indebtedness and operates on a cash basis. 
Funds of the territory were deposited in the 17 territorial banks and 

4 national banks situated in Alaska. > (L. M. W.) 



36 



ALBANIA ALGERIA 



ALBANIA. People's republic in the western part of the 
Balkan peninsula bounded N. and E. by Yugoslavia and S. 
by Greece, with an Adriatic coastline of 200 mi. Area: 
10,629 sq.mi. Pop.: (1930 census) 1,003,097; (mid-1950 
est.) 1,300,000. Language: literary Albanian and two 
spoken dialects, the Gheg north of the river Shkumbi and the 
Task in the south. Religion (1949 est.): Moslem 820,000; 
Greek Orthodox 250,000; Roman Catholic 115,000. Chief 
towns (1949 est.): Tirana (cap., 40,000); Scutari or Shkoder 
(30,000); Koritsa or Korce (28,000); Elbasan (18,000). 
Chairman of the presidium of the People's Assembly, Dr. 
Omer Nishani; prime minister, minister of foreign affairs and 
of national defence, General Enver Hoxha. 

History. The Communist government remained subservient 
to Soviet policy and there was no change in the hostile 
attitude towards Greece and Yugoslavia. Hunger, approaching 
famine in winter, and widespread disease were the results of a 
year of political and economic isolation. This situation was 
only partially relieved at the end of the year by shipments of 
consumer goods and light industrial equipment from the 
Soviet Union and its satellites. Repeated government claims 
of success in industry through the employment of " stakhano- 
vi te " methods and in agriculture by the development of the 
Soviet collective system, were exaggerated. A realistic 
picture of the situation was given on March 9 when four 
senior government officials, including the minister of industry, 
Abedin Shehu, were expelled from the central committee of 
the Communist party for what was termed ** serious errors 
and mistakes in state and party work." One month later, 
on April 10, Enver Hoxha, addressing tho second national 
conference of the party at Tirana, stated that more than 5,000 
" enemies of the people " had been chased by the defence 
corps over the border into Yugoslavia. The prime minister 
also condemned the minister of industry for the failure of 
the economic plan. 

Two espionage trials, at which six Albanians were accused 
of spying on behalf of the western powers, preceded the 
general election on May 28. Full publicity given to the death 
sentences provided a resentful electorate with a timely 
reminder of their expected loyalty to the regime. There were 
the usual single lists of Communist candidates in 121 constitu- 
encies, each with an electorate of about lO.CKXt. Official 
results claimed an outstanding victory. Out of 99-43% of 
the electorate who voted 98 99 % votes * were cast for the 
[Democratic front (Communist) candidates. 

On May 30 Yugoslavia closed its legation in Tirana after 
protesting against numerous frontier incidents and mal- 
treatment of its diplomatic officials. During the year western 
diplomatic representation remained restricted to the French 
and Italian legations. Great Britain's attempts to obtain 
compensation, awarded by the International Court of 
Justice, for the damage caused to its two destroyers by mines 
in the Corfu channel in 1947 were unsuccessful. 

The United Nations Special Committee on the Balkans 
established that the government had actively interfered in 
Greek affairs by providing both the arms and the means for 
Greek Communists to return to Greece after they had received 
a period of political and sabotage training in Poland under 
Soviet instruction. It was learned that the majority of Greek 
guerrillas who had escaped to Albania in 1948 had been 
removed by ship to Rumania and Poland. 

In September there was a Soviet month of culture and a 
Korean friendship week, during which funds were collected 
for the North Koreans. Delegations of technicians, workers, 
Orthodox and Moslem clergy and peasants visited the 
U.S.S.R. to learn Soviet methods. A Soviet mission, com- 
posed of more than 3,000 technicians, directed the construc- 
tion of a railway line from Durazzo (Durres) to Tirana and 
the erection of port installations at Valona (Vlore). Despite the 



faithful allegiance of the government to Moscow, Albania 
was not granted membership of the Cominform nor was 
she brought into the network of mutual aid treaties, which 
bind all the other satellites to the Soviet Union. 

The Free Albania committee, composed of anti-Communist 
leaders in exile, continued its activity in Rome. Hasan 
Dosti was appointed chairman and Ihsan Toptani became 
the Albanian representative on the eastern section of the 
European movement. (S. E. Ws.) 

Education. Schools (1949): elementary I t 910, pupils 162,000; higher 
elementary 145, secondary 20, total pupils 19,140. A teachers' college 
was opened at Tirana in 1946. 

Agriculture. Main crops ('000 metric tons): maize (1947) 140; wheat 
(1947) 54; tobacco (1945) 1 -5; olives (prewar) 17; grapes (prewar) 14. 
Livestock ('000 head): cattle and buffaloes (1945-46) 371; sheep (1946) 
1,700; horses (1946 est.) 50; pigs (1946 est.) 35; goats (1946 est.) 854; 
asses (1946 est.) 40; mules (1946 est.) 10; chickens (1938) 2,000. 

Industry. Crude oil production ('000 metric tons, 1949; 1950, six 
months, in brackets): 325 (165). 

Foreign Trade. Before 1939, main imports were cotton yarns and 
manufactures, petrol, wheat and maize. Main exports were crude 
petroleum, skins and hides, foodstuffs. 

Transport and Communications. Roads (1949): 1,766 mi. Licensed 
motor vehicles (Dec. 1949): cars 500; commercial 1,200. Railways 
(1949): 26 mi. Shipping (1949): number of merchant vessels 6. Post 
and telegraph offices 53. Radio receiving sets (1949) 40,000. 

Finance. Monetary unit: lek, until mid- 1948 at par with the Yugoslav 
dinar, with an official exchange rate 139 lek to the pound and 49-6 
lek to the U.S. dollar. 

See " Isolation of Albania," The Times, London, Feb. 1, 1950; 
Vandeleur Robinson, ** Albania : a Balkan Bridgehead," The World 
Today, London, Feb., 1950. 

ALDER, KURT, German chemist (b. July 10, 1902), 
obtained the degree of doctor of philosophy from the Uni- 
versity of Kiel, where he was a pupil of Otto Diels (^.v.). He 
was appointed extraordinary professor of chemistry at Kiel 
in 1934 but later went to occupy the chair of chemistry and 
chemical technology at Cologne. In 1950 the Nobel prize for 
chemistry was awarded jointly to Diels and Alder for their 
work on dienc synthesis (the Diels-Aldcr reaction). Diene 
synthesis is concerned with the formation of complex organic 
compounds such as plastics and is of great practical as well as 
theoretical importance. The discovery was an outstanding 
achievement of organic chemistry, such as would establish the 
names of Diels and Alder permanently in the annals of their 
science. Their first paper on the reaction was published in 
1928. Alder, who was still working on the diene synthesis in 
1950, made important contributions to the stereochemistry 
and the energetics of the process. (W. J. BP.) 

ALGERIA. French territory of north Africa, situated 
between Morocco (west) and Tunisia (east), with a status 
of government general of the French Union. Total area: 
851,078 sq.mi., administered in two parts: Northern Algeria 
(80,919 sq.mi.), comprising the overseas departements of 
Algiers, Oran and Constantine, and the four territories of 
Southern Algeria (770,159 sq.mi.). Pop.: (1936 census) 
7,234,684; (1948 census) 8,676,016 including 816,993 (9-4%) 
in the southern territories. Arabs and Berbers constitute 
86-7% of the population; they are Moslem and speak 
Arabic, though the countryfolk of Kabylia still use the Berber 
tongue. In 1936 there were 987,252 Europeans in Algeria 
(predominantly Roman Catholic), including 853,209 French 
citizens (many of Spanish or Italian descent). There was a 
flourishing Jewish community estimated in 1949 at 130,000. 
The Algerian Assembly, which has the representative nature 
of a parliament, consists of 120 members elected by two 
colleges. In the first college there are all citizens of French 
status and Moslems distinguished by military, university, 
administrative or judicial qualifications; in the second college 
are grouped all other Moslem citizens. It is the task of the 
Assembly to manage Algerian affairs in agreement with the 



ALIENS 



37 



governor general. It passes the budget and possesses statutory 
powers in fields which in metropolitan France are objects of 
legislation. It may propose to the French parliament the 
extension of a law to Algeria; or it is, at the least, called upon 
for advice. The governor general has wide powers. Chief 
towns (1948 census): Algiers (cap., 315,210); Gran (256,661); 
Constantine (118,774); Bone (102,823); Tlemcen (69,668). 
Governor general (appointed in 1948), Marcel-Edmond 
Naegelen. 

History. Despite constant bitter attacks by the Nationalist 
Democratic Union of the Algerian Manifesto (U.D.M.A. or 
Union D6mocratique du Manifeste Algerien, led by Ferhat 
Abbas) in its organ La Rtpublique Algerienne, and notwith- 
standing violent pan-Arab opposition by the Movement for 
the Triumph of Democratic Liberties (M.T.L.D. or Mouve- 
ment pour le Triomphe des Libertes Democratiques, led by 
Messali Haj), conditions remained calm. Public opinion 
appeared little disturbed by the plot engineered by the 
paramilitary organization of the M.T.L.D., which in May led 
to many arrests. Of greater importance was the action taken 
by the ulemas to ensure the independence of the Moslem 
faith in relation to the state and to develop the teaching of 
Arabic. The president and vice president of their association 
in December visited Paris to petition the government for full 
religious liberty. Under the education scheme 500 new 
classes with capacity of 25,000 pupils were opened for 
instruction in French. The extension by special enactment of 
the term of office of the governor general Naegelen, which 
by the statute of the National Assembly (of which he is a 
member) was due to expire in August, gave rise to discussion. 

The country depends mainly on agriculture the total 
production in which amounted in 1949 to Fr. 128,200 million. 
Wine, figs and dates failed to reach the estimated export 
targets. The index number of mining production rose from 
100 in 1945 to 223 in 1949. Prospects for the development of 
the manufacture of paper from alfalfa grass, and of cement 
seemed promising. During the first half of 1950 the adverse 
balance of trade showed no signs of improvement. 

Agriculture. Main crops (1949, '000 metric tons): wheat 946-4; 
barley 890-4; oats 142-3; citrus fruits 223; olives 125; figs 80; dates 
105; tobacco 20; vegetables 544; wine ('000 hi.) 14,467. Livestock 
(1949, *000 head): cattle 747; sheep 3,839; goats 2,596; pigs 160; horses 
204; asses 255; mules 230; camels 138. 

Industry. Mineral production (1949, '000 metric tons); phosphate 
rock 644-8; coal 258; iron ore 2,536-9; zinc ore 17-4. Industrial 
production (1949, metric tons): pig iron 6,418; steel 893; copper 3,721 ; 
cement 128,000; superphosphates 87,888; telephonic cables 4,193; 
matches 128 million boxes. 

Foreign Trade. (Million francs, 1949; 1950, six months, in brackets) 
imports 127,521 (72,492); exports 88,709 (50,636). 

Transport and Communications. Railways (1947): 4,338 km. Metalled 
roads (1947): northern Algeria 52,519 km., southern Algeria 282 km.; 
non-metalled roads 15,046km.; tracks 20,575km. Motor vehicles 
licensed (Jan. 1948): cars 26,165, coaches 1,003, taxis 1,387, lorries 
19,895. Ships entered (1949): Algiers 3,041, Oran 2,437; cargo unloaded 
(in all ports, '000 metric tons): 2,910-2, loaded 5,811-8. Air transport 
(1949): aircraft landed 10,916; passengers flown: arrivals 118,700, 
departures 147,000; freight carried (metric tons) 19,324, mail 860. 
Telephone subscribers (1949): 56,000. 

Finance. Budget (1950-51 est., the fiscal year beginning April 1): 
revenue Fr. 72,530 1 million, expenditure Fr. 72,508 -9 million. Algerian 
franc=metropolitanfranc;l-Fr.980; U.S. $ = Fr.350. (C. A. J.) 



ALIENS. Great Britain. The number of aliens over 16 
years of age registered in the United Kingdom on Oct. 1, 
1950, was 426,437 (males 261,915; females 164,522), of whom 
139,994 were living in the metropolitan police district (Lon- 
don). The figure on Jan. 1 was 430,058. The principal 
nationalities represented and the numbers of each compared 
with similar figures at the same date in 1949 were: Austrian 
10,037 (11,034); Belgian 5,520 (6,467); Chinese 9,725 (9,367); 
Czechoslovak 6,017 (7,207); Dutch 9,117 (9,158); Estonian 
5,599 (5,816); French 14,901 (14,087); German 47,762 



(44,249); Hungarian 4,996 (5,536); Italian 21,672 (18,667); 
Latvian 13,794(13,855); Lithuanian 6,860 (7, 165); Norwegian 
5,966 (5,868); Polish 145,524 (150,378); Russian 38,172 
(40,785); Swiss 12,878 (13,107); U.S. 18,283 (16,656). The 
figures included 11,000 aliens to whom no nationality could 
be attributed. 

Among aliens not required to register and therefore not 
included in these figures were members of the diplomatic 
and consular services of foreign governments, certain officials 
of international organizations, members of Allied forces on 
duty, British protected persons and tourists and other 
visitors who spent less than two months in the U.K. 

The flow of foreign passenger traffic through United King- 
dom ports continued to be heavy, and the number of incoming 
travellers remained at nearly 650,000. In July 1950, 1 14,738 
foreigners landed at United Kingdom ports, and 97,062 
embarked. Similar figures in July 1949 were 101,768, and 
84,076. Further steps were taken to reduce formalities at 
ports of arrival and to facilitate the passage of tourists 
through the necessary controls. 

As a result of individual visa agreements, nationals of the 
following countries were not required to obtain visas for 
travel to the United Kingdom: Belgium, Denmark, France, 
Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Monaco, the 
Netherlands, Norway, San Marino, Sweden, Switzerland and 
the United States. 

By Oct. 1, 1950, some 77,000 aliens, mostly of Polish or 
Baltic origin, who had been temporarily accommodated in 
displaced persons camps on the continent, had been admitted 
for employment in the United Kingdom with a view to 
settlement. With them came nearly 4,000 dependants. These 
foreigners were restricted * to employment in undermanned 
industries but from Jan. 1, 1951, those with three years resi- 
dence would be free to take any work they could obtain. 

Out of the 174,000 Polish servicemen brought to the 
United Kingdom after mid- 1945, some 61 ,500 were repatriated 
and 17,000 assisted to emigrate. The remainder settled in 
civilian life in Great Britain, and 31,000 persons dependent 
on them were brought from abroad to join them. During 
1950 about 2,000 further Polish refugees were admitted 
from the I ebanon and east Africa. 

The number of foreigners admitted after the end of World 
War II under compassionate schemes introduced to allow 
relatives in the United Kingdom to offer homes to aliens in 
isolated and distressed circumstances abroad, or the victims 
of political persecution, rose to over 7,000. During 1950 
the government agreed to admit 2,000 displaced persons in 
the care of the International Refugee organization in Germany 
or Austria, provided their accommodation and maintenance 
were guaranteed by individuals or organizations in the United 
Kingdom. About 2,000 foreigners were allowed to remain 
in the United Kingdom after marriage to British subjects. 

In 1950 about 36,000 permits were issued for non-resident 
foreigners to come and work in the United Kingdom for 
periods of varying length. This maintained the average of 
previous years. The majority of permits were for domestic 
employment in hospitals, institutions and private households. 

Between Jan. 1 and Oct. 1, 1950, 5,702 new applications for 
naturalization were lodged, compared with a yearly average 
of 1,708 before World War 11, and 5,610 for the same period 
in 1949. Certificates granted during the same period numbered 
5,197, an annual rate of approximately 6,950 as compared 
with 9,066 in 1949. The number of applications received 
immediately after World War II was abnormally high and the 
time taken in dealing with individual applications was 
necessarily slower. The decrease in the number of certificates 
granted in 1950 indicated that the bulk of the postwar 
applications had been disposed of and that numbers had 
returned to a normal level. (T. G. W.) 



38 



ALIMENTARY SYSTEM 



1950 


1949 


1948 


1947 


12,697 


13,284 


12,361 


20,328 


5,882 


5,347 


3,860 


* 


6,065 


5,777 


7,486 


10,703 


8,743 


8,301 


9,452 


11,516 


3,793 


4,371 


5,136 


6,495 


2,122 


2,752 


3,143 


3,562 


3,257 


3,478 


5,768 


10,764 


23,787 


23,284 


22,944 


30,536 


66,346 


66,594 


70,150 


93,904 



United States. It is estimated that there were approximately 
3 million resident aliens in the continental United States on 
June 30, 1946. This estimate does not take into account 
persons there temporarily, that is, non-immigrants, border 
crossers and imported labourers. 

Naturalizations. During the year ended June 30, 1950, 
66,346 petitions for naturalization were granted to non- 
citizens and during 1950 2,276 petitions were denied. 

In addition to those persons whose U.S. citizenship was 
revoked, 5,792 persons expatriated themselves by affirmative 
action: 1,693 by voting in foreign political elections; 1,096 
through naturalization in a foreign state; 1,424 by taking up 
residence in a foreign state; 721 by serving in foreign armed 
forces; 109 by leaving the U.S. to avoid military service and 
for other reasons. 

NoN-Cm/nNs NATURALIZED IN IHK U.S., 1947-50 

(Years ended June 30) 
Former nationality 
British 
Canadian 
German 
Italian 
Polish 
Russian 
Filipino 
Other 
Total 

* Included with British. 

New Legislation. On April 20, 1950, S.3455 an orinibus 
bill having as its objective the complete revision of immigra- 
tion and nationality laws was introduced in the Senate. 
One of the more important legislative enactments of the 
year affecting the work of the immigration and naturalization 
service was public law No. 555, approved June 16, 1950, 
which amended the Displaced Persons act of 1948. Under 
the amending act the number of refugees and displaced persons 
who might be admitted to the U.S. was increased to 415,744. 
Additional safeguards were provided against the entry of 
those whose admission to the U.S. would be against the 
national interest. The Department of State was given author- 
ity to determine eligibility for certain groups outside Germany 
and Austria. The date for issuance of visas under the Dis- 
placed Persons act generally was extended to June 30, 1951, 
although in some instances (such as applicants who were 
orphans or had been expelled from Germany), visas might be 
issued until June 30, 1952. 

Public law 587, approved June 30, made 250 special quota 
immigration visas available to certain alien sheep-herders 
for a period of one year. (See also IMMIGRATION AND EMI- 
GRATION.) (A. R. MACK.) 

ALIMENTARY SYSTEM. Oesophagus. The import- 
ance of the psychomatic factor in irritable colon, cardio- 
spasm, pylorospasm, anorexia nervosa and possibly peptic 
ulcer and chronic ulcerative colitis was generally conceded. 
Stewart Wolf, T. P. Almy and Catherine R. Lee reported 
experimental observations on cardiospasm in 14 human 
subjects. Their studies indicated that the dilated, elongated 
and obstructed oesophagus of cardiospasm may be the end- 
stage of a process which in early stages is reversible and 
never entirely static. In all patients episodes of sympto- 
matic exacerbation and remission could be correlated with 
variations in life-situation, feeling-state and attitude. 

Stomach and Duodenum. Works on peptic ulcer continued 
to dominate gastro-enterotogic literature in 1950. Interest 
was displayed in aetiology in differentiating small ulcerating 
gastric carcinoma from benign gastric ulcer and also in 
more effective methods of medical treatment. A. C. Ivy, 
M. I. Grossman and W. H. Bachrach revealed the multi- 
plicity and interdependence of factors in the production of 
experimental ulcer in the rabbit and dog and the super- 



imposition of one factor on another and looked forward to 
the day when mutilating operations for ulcer would be 
unnecessary (Peptic Ulcer, pp. 766, 1088, Philadelphia, 1950). 
The parasympatholytic chemical agent, banthine, was found 
to be usually effective in the treatment of uncomplicated 
ulcer, especially if the drug was well tolerated. The results 
of vagotomy after a five-year follow-up of thousands of 
cases were almost identical with those of gastro-enterostomy. 

Prolonged and excessive intake of milk (containing large 
amounts of calcium and phosphorus) and alkali in the treat- 
ment of peptic ulcer may cause damage to the kidneys, 
tendency to fixation in urinary calcium secretion, excessive 
calcium in the blood, tendency to supersaturation with 
calcium phosphate and deposition of calcium salts in body 
tissues, according to the observations of C. H. Burnett, 
R. R. Commons, Fuller Albright and J. E. Howard. Clinical 
improvement followed intake low in milk and alkali. 

To ascertain whether gastric juice is hypersecreted before 
the development of ulcer and of duodenal ulcer in particular, 
R. Doll, F. A. Jones and N. F. Maclagan undertook a 
follow-up study on 100 normal medical students who had 
been subjected to histaminc test meals 15 years earlier. 
Subsequent medical histories were obtained in 85 of the 
original group. The results indicated that hypersecretion is a 
cause rather than an effect of ulcer. 

R. C. Batterman and I. Ehrenfeld concluded after investi- 
gation that tobacco-smoking is detrimental to the peptic 
ulcer patient: of 108 patients observed 39 were non-smokers 
and 26 discontinued smoking on first seeking treatment. 

Hepatohiliary and Pancreatic Systems. Experiences in 
differential diagnosis of jaundice by needle biopsy of the 
liver were reported by F. G, Weisbrod, L. Schiff, E. A. Gall, 
F. P. Cleveland and J. R. Berman (Gastroenterology, 14: 
56-72, Jan. 1950). From 157 patients with jaundice 181 
adequate liver biopsies were obtained. Diagnosis based on 
biopsy was shown to be more reliable than that based on the 
combined results of certain tests of liver function, namely 
cephalin flocculation, thymol turbidity and serum alkaline 
phosphatase determinations in the various forms of jaundice 
studied. Errors in differentiating virus hepatitis from 
obstructive jaundice on the basis of needle biopsy under 
certain circumstances were pointed out. 

The detection of chronic pancreatitis in its earlier stages 
had been exceedingly difficult, and an advance in diagnosis 
apparently depended on results of tests of pancreatic function. 
Norms were established for total secretory volume, con- 
centration of bicarbonate and total bicarbonate and amylase 
responses to a standard commercially available preparation 
of secretin. A study of the data by D. A. Dreiling and 
Franklin Hollander yielded evidence making necessary the 
use of an 80-min. collection period and the inclusion of 
enzyme determinations in the clinical application of the 
procedure. Body-weight adjustment of the values for total 
volume of secretion and total quantity of amylase resulted in a 
marked decrease in a scatter of the data and therefore a 
narrowing of the range of normalcy; volume and enzyme 
data should therefore be reduced to a per kilogram 
basis. 

Intestines. Sulphonamides reduce the carrier rate following 
the acute phase of bacillary dysentery, but reports were 
contradictory as to their efficacy in other respects during this 
phase. Streptomycin is uniformly effective in relieving the 
symptoms of tuberculous enteritis. H. H. Anderson and 
his associates found the thioarsenates highly effective and 
superior to all other arsenical amoebacides. Aureomycin 
in the treatment of refractory amoebiasis was followed by 
encouraging results. The potency of chloroquine in the 
treatment of hepatic amoebiasis was amply confirmed. 

(G. B. EN.) 



AMBASSADORS AND ENVOYS 



3< 



AMBASSADORS AND 

Britain, Dec. 31, 1950. 

To Great Britain 

*Shah Wali Khan 

*Carlos Alberto Hogan . 

Lothar Wimmer .... 

*Vicomte Obert dc Thieusics . 

* Napoleon Solares Arias 

*J. J. Moniz de Aragao 

Naiden K. Nikolov 

*Manuel Bianchi .... 



* Rafael Sanchez Amaya . 
tGmllermo Padilla Castro . 
*Roberto Gonzalez de Mendoza y de la Torre , 

*Rudolf Bystricky 

'Count Eduard Reventlow . 

Julio Vega Batlle 

*Gonzalo Zaldumbide 

*Abd-el-Fattah Amr Pasha . 

Ato Abbebe Retta 

Eero Aarne Wuori 

"Rene Massigli 

^{Hans Schlangc-Schocningen. 

*Leon Victor Melas 

Francisco Linares Aranda . 

Frederic Duvigneaud 

Tiburcio Carius 

Elek BolgAr 

Stefan Thorvardsson 

*Subandrio 

*Emir Zeid ibn al-Hussein . 

'Frederick H. Boland 

Eliahu Elath 

*Tommaso Gallarati-Scotti . 

Emir Abdul-Majid Haidar . 

Tchi Chang Yun 

Victor Khouri 

Baron Robert Aernout de Lynden . 

Andre Clasen 

*Fedcrico Jimenez O'Farrill . 
*Shanker Shumshere Jung Bahadur Rana 
*Jonkhecr E. Michiels van Verduynen 



ENVOYS. The following is a list of ambassadors and envoys to and from Grea 



*Per Preben Prebensen . 
Bernardino Gonzalez Ruiz 
Augusto Saldivar . 
*AH Soheily 

*Ricardo Rivera Schreiber 
Jose E. Romero . 
*Jerzy Michalowski 
*Ruy Enncs Ulrich 
Nicolac Cioroiu . 
J. Arturo Castcllanos . 
*Sheikh Hafiz Wahba . 
jDuke of San Lucar la Mayor 
*Bo Gunnar R. Hagglof 
Henry de Torrent^ 
Edmond Homsy . 
*Phra Bahiddha Nukara 
*Cevat Acikalin . 
*Ghcorghy N. Zarubin . 
Walter Sherman Gifford 
*Enrique E. Buero 
||Archbishop William Godfrey 
"Carlos Sosa-Rodriquez 
Tran Van Don (designate) 

*Joze Brilej .... 



Country 
Afghanistan . 

Argentina 

Austria 

Belgium 

Bolivia 

Brazil 

Bulgaria ..... 
Burma ..... 

Chile 

China 

Colombia 

Costa Rica .... 

Cuba 

Czechoslovakia .... 
Denmark ..... 
Dominican Republic . 
Ecuador 

Egypt 

Ethiopia ..... 

Finland 

France 

Germany 

Greece 

Guatemala 

Haiti 

Honduras 

Hungary 

Iceland 

Indonesia ..... 

Iraq 

Ireland, Republic of 

Israel 

Italy 

Japan ..... 

Jordan 

Korea 

Lebanon ..... 

Liberia 

Luxembourg .... 

Mexico 

Nepal . . . . t . 
Netherlands . . . 
Nicaragua ..... 

Norway 

Panama * 

Paraguay ..... 
Persia (Iran) .... 

Peru 

Philippines ..... 

Poland 

Portugal 

Rumania ..... 
Salvador, El .... 
Saudi Arabia .... 

Spain 

Sweden 

Switzerland .... 
Syria ..... 

Thailand (Siam) .... 

Turkey 

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 
United States of America 
Uruguay ..... 

Vatican 

Venezuela "..... 
Vietnam 

Yugoslavia .... 

United Nations .... 



From Great Britain 
*Sir Alfred John Gardiner 
*Sir John Balfour 
J Sir Harold Anthony Caccia 
*Sir John Helier Le Rougetel 
"John Garnett Lomax 
*Sir Ncvile Montagu Butler 
Paul Mason 

* Richard Langford Speight 
*Sir Cecil Bertrand Jerram 
|John Colville Hutchison 
Gilbert MacKereth 
Bernard Ponsonby Sullivan 
*Adrian Holman 
*Philip Mainwaring Broadmead 
*Sir Alec Randall 
Stanley Herbert Gudgeon 
*John Eric Maclean Carvcll 
*Sir Ralph Clarmont Skrine Stevenson 
Daniel William Lascelles 
Oswald Arthur Scott 
*Sir Oliver Charles Harvey 
ffSir Ivone Augustine Kirkpatrick 
*Sir Clifford Norton 
Wilfred Hansford Gallienne 
David Jarvis Mill Irving 
Gerald Ernest Stockley 
Geoffrey Wallingcr 
John Dee Green way 
*Derwent William Kermode 
*Sir Henry Mack 
*Sir Gilbert Laithwaite 
Sir Alexander Knox Helm 
*Sir Victor Mallet 
Sir Alvary Gascoignc 
Sir Alec Kirkbride 
Vyvyan Holt (taken prisoner by North 

Koreans, July 1950) 
Sir William Evelyn Houston-Boswall 
John Gilroy Baillie 
Geoffrey Allchin 
"John William Taylor 
*Sir George Falconer 
*Sir Philip Nichols 
Nigel Oliver Willoughby Steward 

* Michael Robert Wright 
Eric Arthur Cleugh 

Ian Henderson 

*Sir Francis Michie Shepherd 

*Sir James Leishman Dodds 

Linton Harry Foulds 

*Sir Charles Harold Batcman 

*Sir Nigel Ronald 

Walter St. Clair Howland Roberts 

Ralph Henry Tottenham-Smith 

*Alan Charle$ Trott 

t Douglas Frederick Howard 

*Sir Harold Lister Farquhar 

Patrick Stratford Scrivener 

William Horace Montagu-Pollock 

*Sir Geoffrey Thompson 

*Sir Noel Charles 

*Sir David Kelly 

*Sir Oliver Franks 

* Douglas Frederick Howard 
Sir J. V. T. W. T. Pcrowne 
*Sir John Hall Magowan 

Frank Stannard Gibbs (also accredited to 

Cambodia and Laos) 
*Sir Charles Peake 
**Sir Hubert Miles Gladwyn Jebb 



* Ambassador Unstarred, Minister. t Charg6 d'Aflaires. t Also United Kingdom High Commissioner in Austria. 5 Political Representative. 

H Apostolic Delegate. H Consul General. * Permanent U.K. representative to the United Nations. tt High Commissioner to West German federal 

government. i 



40 



AMERICAN LITERATURE 




Sir Ralph Stevenson (centre), British ambassador to Egypt, seen 
after presenting his credentials to King Farouk, June 1950. 

The following is a list of high commissioners within the 
Commonwealth of Nations, Dec. 31, 1950. 

From Australia to 
Canada .... 
Ceylon .... 
Great Britain 

India 

New Zealand 

Pakistan .... 

South Africa 

From Canada to 

Australia . . . , 

Great Britain 

India 

New Zealand 

Pakistan .... 

South Africa 

From Ceylon to 

Australia .... 

Great Britain 

India 

Pakistan .... 
From Great Britain to 
Australia .... 
Canada .... 
Ceylon .... 

India 

New Zealand 

Pakistan .... 

South Africa. 

Southern Rhodesia 



Francis Michael Forde 
Charles William Frost 
*Eric John Harrison 
Herbert Roy Gollan 
Arthur Roden Cutler 
John Egfton Oldham 
(vacant) 

Uo-Richer LaFteche 
L. Dana Andrews 
Warwick Fielding Chipman 
Alfred Rive 
David Moflfat Johnson 
T. W. L. MacDermot 

J. Aubrey Mairtensz 
Sir Oliver Goonctilleke 
C. Coomaraswamy 
T. B. Jayah 



Edward John Willhms 

Sir Alexander Clutterbuck 

Sir Walter Crossfield Hankinson 

Sir ArchiSald Nye 

Sir Charles Roy Price 

Sir Laurence Graflftey-Smith 

Sir Evelyn Baring 

Ian M. R. MacLennan 




From India to 

Australia . 

Canada .... 

Ceylon . 

Great Britain 

Pakistan . 

From New Zealand to 

Australia . . . 

Canada .... 

Great Britain 

From Pakistan to 

Australia . . . . 

Canada . 

Great Britain 

India 

From South Africa to 
Australia .... 
Canada .... 
Great Britain 
Southern Rhodesia 
From Southern Rhodesia to 
Great Britain 
South Africa 

* Resident Minister in London. 



Prince M. S. Duleepsinhji 

(vacant) 

(vacant) 

V. K. Krishna Menon 

(vacant) 

G. E. L. Alderton 

Thomas Charles Atkinson Hislop 

William Joseph Jordan 

Yusaf A. Haroon 
Mohammad Ali 
Habib Ibrahim Rahimtoola 
Mohammad Ismail 

Philippus Rudolph Viljoen 
Alfred Adrian Roberts 
Albertus Lourens Geyer 
Terence Henry Eustace 

Kenneth M. Goodcnough 
Anthony Drinkwater Chataway 
(designate) 



The state landau carrying the Indonesian ambassador, Subandrio, 

from his embassy to present his letters of credence to the King, 

March 23 t 1950. This was the first time an ambassador had been 

driven in a landau since before World War II. 



AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOUR: 

see TRADE UNIONS. 

AMERICAN LITERATURE. The confusion and 
uncertainty in the United States in 1950 shaped the writing 
of the year. It was also a year of looking backward: there 
were a remarkable number of books devoted to scholarship 
in American history and novels which re-created historic 
figures or eras. 

The reading public, however, responded to the new tensions 
by turning in great numbers to three controversial books. 
Gayelord Hauser's Look Younger, Live Longer promised peace 
of soul through yeast, yoghurt and hormones. L. R. Hubbard 
propounded a new science of mental health through special 
techniques of self-psychoanalysis in his Dianetics. Immanuel 
Velikovsky's Worlds In Collision, an explanation of ancient 
historic events in terms of two series of cosmic catastrophes, 
roused such a storm over its veracity and sincerity that its 
original publishers handed over the rights to another pub- 
lishing house. 

At the outbreak of war in Korea, many books on Asiatic 
politics and history appeared. Among them were George 
McCune's Korea Today and Owen Lattimore's Pivot of Asia, 
a study of the frontiers of China and Russia. Two other 
books on Asia were Foster Bowman Hailey's Half of One 
World and Bruno Lasker's Human Bondage in Southeast Asia. 

The stream of books about World War II continued. 
They included Frank Howley's Berlin Command and Lucius 
Clay's Decision in Germany. Mark Clark told the inside story 
of the Italian campaign in Calculated Risk, Robert L. Eichel- 
berger that of the ground war in the Pacific in Our Jungle Road 
to Tokyo. Admiral William D. Leahy, in / Was There, 
reported on his personal observations at the Cairo, Tehran, 
Yalta and Potsdam meetings. 

A flood of books documented the country's confusion with 
regard to loyalty* security and freedom of speech. Walter 
Gellhorn's Security, Loyalty, and Science analysed the dangers 
to scientific workers of the screening process. Carey 
McWilliams, in Witch Hunt, related the present purges to 
similar episodes in history. Nathaniel Weyl wrote Treason, a 
survey of disloyalty and betrayal in American history up to 
the Hiss case. Two books dealt with the Hiss trial: Ralph 
de Toledano and Victor Lasky, in Seeds of Treason, defended 
the proposition that Hiss had betrayed his country; Alistair 
Cooke, a British reporter who covered the trial, wrote A 
Generation on Trial as an objective study of the facts and issues. 
Haywood Patterson's Scottsboro Boy told the story of an 
earlier trial and prison terrors. 



ANAEMIA 



41 



Two collections of Roosevelt documents appeared: 
F.D.R.: His Personal Letters, 1929-1945, edited by Elliott 
Roosevelt, and The Public Papers and Addresses of Franklin D. 
Roosevelt, compiled by Samuel I. Roseman. John Gunther's 
popular Roosevelt in Retrospect attempted an appraisal of 
the president. 

Five volumes appeared in the series Chronicles of America, 
edited by Allan Nevins: The Era of Franklin D. Roosevelt, by 
Denis William Brogan; From Versailles to the New Deaf, by 
Harold Underwood Faulkner; The New Deal and World 
Affairs (1933-1945), by Allan Nevins; The United States in a 
Chaotic World (1918-1933), by Allan Nevins; and War for 
the World, by Fletcher Pratt. 

Other historical works for the general reader included: 
Carl Van Doren's Jane Mecom, a biography of Benjamin 
Franklin's sister; Catherine Drinker Bowen's John Adams and 
the American Revolution; Irving Brant's James Madison, 
Father of the Constitution, 1787-1800, the third volume of a 
series, and Margaret L. Coil's John C. Calhoun, American 
Portrait, excellent for its picture of the times. 

A large group of books appeared on psychoanalysis. 
Erich Fromm's Psychoanalysis and Religion advanced the 
belief that both can work together for the saving of man's 
soul. Karen Horney's Neurosis and Human Growth presented 
her positive approach to psychoanalytic therapy. There were 
also Psychosomatic Medicine by Franz Alexander and 
Psychoanalysis: Evolution and Development by Clara Thomp- 
son and Patrick Mullahy. 

Fiction. Although some good new novels appeared in 1950, 
there were no striking developments in fiction and the quality 
of lesser novels was undistinguished. Ernest Hemingway's 
Across the River and Into the Trees, the story of an ageing 
colonel, his loves, memories, opinions and manner of dying, 
was immoderately praised and damned; the condemnation 
arose not so much from the book itself as from the critics' 
conception of Hemingway's personality and prejudices. Many 
other novels portrayed characters involved in special settings 
or with special problems, the most distinguished being John 
Hersey's The Wall, about the Warsaw ghetto under Nazi 
persecution. James Aldridge, in The Diplomat, wrote the 
story of the political awakening of a young man attached to a 
distinguished empire-building British diplomat. William L. 
Shirer, turning for the first time to fiction, used his knowledge 
of Germany in The Traitor, a character study of a renegade. 
Ned Calmer 's The Strange Land was one of the few novels 
directly using the war. Henry Morton Robinson's The 
Cardinal, a best-seller, the story of a Catholic priest, showed 
the workings of the church. Arthur Gordon's Reprisal was a 
story of a Georgia lynching. Michael Amrine, in Secret, 
portrayed a physicist with a conscience about the atom bomb. 
Two writers who chose a background of South American 
politics, plots and revolutions were Robert Pick with his 
Guests of Don Lorenzo and Gore Vidal with his Dark Green, 
Bright Red. Upton Sinclair wrote Another Pamela; or Virtue 
Still Rewarded, a review of contemporary social history. 
Budd Schulberg's The Disenchanted ranked among the top 
books of the year. Based partly on the life of F. Scott Fitz- 
gerald, it was a solid, mature treatment of a man's struggle 
with and for success. 

The number of historical romances was slightly smaller 
than usual this year. Thomas B. Costain's Son of a Hundred 
Kings, a novel of the 1890s in Canada, was a best-seller. 
Samuel Shellabarger used a 16th-century French setting for 
The King's Cavalier. Nancy Hale's The Sign of Jonah was 
one of the better panoramic historical novels. 

The psychiatric novel and the novel of character, still 
important, were exemplified in Brendan Gill's The Trouble of 
One House, Nancy Wilson Ross's /, My Ancestor, Susan 
Yorke's The Widow and Laura Z. Hobson's The Other Father. 



The playwright Tennessee Williams ventured into the field 
of fiction with The Roman Spring of Mrs. Stone. Erskine 
Caldwell published Episode in Palmetto. 

Short stories gave a much richer relative yield than novels. 
The Collected Stories of William Faulkner (q.v.) headed the 
list. Faulkner's long-held position as an eminent American 
writer was confirmed by the award to him of the 1949 Nobel 
prize for literature. The stories in Paul Bowies' The Delicate 
Prey were of violence and death in an African setting. Mary 
McCarthy collected her sharply satirical pieces in Cast a 
Cold Eye. Walter Van Tilburg Clark's Western stories, The 
Watchful God and Other Stones, were too often marred by 
heavy symbolism. Irwin Shaw's Mixed Company was a 
group of neatly told stories often concerned with the impact 
of World War 11. The stories in William Carlos Williams 
Make Light of It were sketches of character. Other volumes 
of stories were James T. Farrell's occasionally sharp group 
on An American Dream Girl, Charles Jackson's The Sunnier 
Side and Jesse Stuart's Kentucky stories, Clearing in the Sky. 

Belles Lcttres. Perhaps the most original contribution of 
the year was Henry Nash Smith's Virgin IMHC!, a study of the 
West as myth and symbol in American history and literature. 
Henry Steele Commager in The American Mind (1880-1950) 
contributed on the whole the best survey of American thought 
since the classic work of Parrington. Lionel Trilling, in 
The Liberal imagination, collected his influential essays on 
literature and society. 

Of the studies of classical figures, several were about Herman 
Melville. Most important was Newton Arvin's addition to 
the American Men of Letters Series, Herman Melville, the best 
critical survey of his work. Another was M. O. Perceval's 
A Reading of Moby Dick. Another title in the distinguished 
new American Men of Letters was John Bcrryman's Stephen 
Crane. Two books on Mark Twain appeared: Kenneth R. 
Andrews' Nook Farm: Mark Twain" s Hartford Circle and 
Gladys C. Bellamy's Mark Twain as a Literary Artist. Other 
biographies were Lloyd Morris' William James and Louise 
Hall Tharp's highly readable The Peabody Sisters of Salem. 

Some of the critical works on contemporary Writers were 
William Carlos Williams by Vivienne Koch, The Shaping 
Spirit: A Sntdy of Wallace Stevens by William Van O'Connor 
and The An ofT. S. Eliot by Helen Gardner. Edgar Kemler's 
sympathetic biography, The Irreverent Mr. Mencken, reviewed 
the era as well as me subject. 

A volume of great historical value and of interest in view 
of the controversy about the 1949 Bollingen prize was The 
Letters of Ezra Pound 1907-1941, edited by D. D. Paige. 
Kenneth Burke, the most philosophical of the new critics, 
wrote A Rhetoric of Motives; and Edmund Wilson collected 
in Classics and Commercials his often brilliant critical essays. 

Poetry. The year 1950 saw the deaths of several disting- 
uished literary figures: F. O. Mathiessen; John Gould 
Fletcher; William Rose Benet; Carl Van Doren; Edna St. 
Vincent Millay; and Edgar Lee Masters (for the last two 
see OBITUARIES). 

Mathiessen's new edition of the Oxford Book of American 
Verse appeared, in general an excellent selection. Carl 
Sandburg, with the publication of Complete Poems, announced 
the end of his career as a poet. Conrad Aiken revised his 
44 symphonic poems " and published them in The Divine 
Pilgrim. William Carlos Williams gathered together The 
Collected Later Poems. Wallace Stevens wrote The Auroras 
of Autumn and received the Bollingen Award. E. E. Cummings 
wrote XA1PE, 71 new poems, and also won the Academy 
of American Poets' fellowship. (See also LITERARY PRIZES.) 

(H. M. H.) 

ANAEMIA. The treatment of special anaemias due to 
changes in red blood cells received much attention during 



42 



ANAESTHESIOLOGY ANDORRA 



1950 and the effectiveness of vitamin B 12 was the subject of 
many reports. One microgram a day of vitamin B 12 to patients 
with pernicious anaemia was confirmed as valuable. Vitamin 
B 12b was also useful. These substances were of especial 
value in patients sensitive to liver extract, and in those with 
neurological involvement. The medication was most effective 
when given by injection, but oral administration could be 
enhanced by potentiators such as stomach or duodenal 
mucosa, folic acid or gastric juice from normal people. The 
blood-producing effect of gastric juice concentrate or beef 
muscle extract was found to be proportional to their vitamin 
B 12 content. Folic acid and vitamin B 12 were found to be 
synthesized in relatively large amounts in the large intestine, 
even in patients with pernicious anaemia. The vitamin was 
not effective in the treatment of large cell anaemia of 
pregnancy in ordinary doses although folic acid or large 
doses of vitamin B 12 caused an adequate improvement. 
There appeared to be a relation between folic acid, folinic 
acid and the Lcuconostoc citrovorum factor, and the possibility 
was suggested that folic acid, liver extract and vitamin B 12 
were essential to the formation of nucleic acid and nucleo- 
protein through a chemical chain reaction. 

Monkeys deficient in folic acid failed to become anaemic 
when they were supplied with sufficient quantities of ascorbic 
acid, but folic acid deficiency anaemia responded only to folic 
acid. This substance while producing an improvement in the 
blood in pernicious anaemia did not check or prevent the 
neurological symptoms. Vitamin B 12 , however, was effective 
in reversing these complications. Folic acM was not harmful 
to the central nervous system when used in the treatment of 
other types of anaemia. 

Patients with pernicious anaemia had a special predis- 
position to cancer of the stomach, the rate being three times 
that expected of a corresponding age group and more than 
six times as frequent as in a group showing achlorhydria or 
hypochlorhydria. 

A heat-labile haemolytic factor, resembling serum coagula- 
tion accelerator, was present in the plasma of patients with 
paroxysmal nocturnal haemoglobinuria as an inert precursor 
which could be activated by thrombin. The haemolysis was 
inhibited by dicumarol. 

The relationship of sensitization of Rh-negative women 
received much attention. Besides tfye development of 
erythroblastotic infants who were Rh-positive in mothers 
sensitized from the infant, examples of the development of 
antibodies were described after blood transfusion and 
subcutaneous hacmotherapy. The occurrence of erythroblas- 
tosis in one of a set of twins was reported. 

Erythroblastosis foctalis was treated by replacement trans- 
fusions, counter-sensitization with bacterial vaccines and with 
hapten (extract of Rh-positive red blood cells). While results 
were sometimes encouraging in individual patients, the 
effects were, as a whole, poor. Erythroblastosis was pre- 
vented in some patients by the treatment of the mother with 
vitamin K. and a nhydro-hydroxy -progesterone. Good results 
were noted in one series of cases after the transfusion of 50 to 
60 c.c. of scdimented red blood cells. The results of treatment 
with exchange transfusions varied; some workers reported 
cures whereas others had a high death rate. 

The concentration of anti-A and anti-B substances in the 
blood of group O (universal) donors was reduced to safe 
levels for use in treating anaemia by the addition of substances 
isolated from animal stomach linings. Otherwise severe 
haemolytic anaemia developed in some patients. Some 
reactions were prevented by the use of washed red blood 
cells instead of whole blood. At high altitude during an 
aeroplane trip sudden enlargement of the spleen, with heart 
complications, was noted in a patient with sicklaemia. 
Anaemia was noted in 14 % of the people in middle Tennessee. 



BIBLIOORAHPY. C. C. Unglcy, ** Use of Vitamin B lf Therapy in 
Pernicious Anaemia,'* Brit. Med. /., 2, 1370, Dec. 17, 1949; W. H. 
Crosby and W. Dameshek, " Paroxysmal Nocturnal Hemoglobinuria. 
The Mechanism of Hemolysis and Its Relation to the Coagulation 
Mechanism," Blood, J. of Hematology, 5, 822 (Sept. 1950); E. B. Brown, 
C. V. Moore, C. Reynafarje and D, E. Smith, " Intravenously Admini- 
strated Saccharated Iron Oxide in the Treatment of Hypochromic 
Anaemia. Therapeutic Results, Potential Dangers and Indications/' 
/. Am. Med. A., 144, 1084, Nov. 25, 1950; B. H. Sullivan, " Danger 
of Airplane Flight to Persons with Sicklemia," Ann. Int. Med., 32, 338, 
Feb. 1950. (R. I S .) 

ANAESTHESIOLOGY. During 1950 it became 
apparent that certain specially prepared synthetic salts, such 
as methyl iodide and methyl chloride of curare, had no 
apparent advantages over the standard </-tubocurarine that 
had become almost a standard agent in a solution of 3 mg. 
per c.c. Curare possessed an advantage over decamethonium 
bromide, or C-10, with the trade name of Syncurine, in that 
an antidote for curare was available, whereas there was 
none for Syncurine. Previously, prostigmine had been fairly 
effective as an antidote for curare, but by the middle of 1950 
an agent, an analogue of prostigmine (HofTmann-LaRoche, 
Inc.) was found to be very effective in increasing the volume 
of respiration when undesired depression had developed 
from the use of curare. In the field of shock therapy dextran, 
gelatin and periston showed themselves to be valuable. 

The so-called pain clinics in the U.S increased in number; 
each clinic showed an increase during the year in the number 
of patients treated. Refinement in technique was achieved, 
so that the use of roentgenograms which showed that the 
needles had been properly placed had become almost essential 
in most instances of nerve block. Measurements of skin 
temperature and skin resistance to electric current proved to 
be very informative as to the effectiveness of blocks that were 
done and of subsequent operations in which nerves had been 
sectioned. 

Albert Faulconer, Jr., invented a device which enabled 
the intermittent intravenous administration of solution of 
pentothal sodium solution to be automatically controlled 
by measuring the minute volume of respiration. The meter 
of the device became useful in the measurement of respiratory 
depression caused by curare and the effect of the various 
antidotes used to abate such depression. It was found to be 
useful in the post-anaesthesia observation room in helping 
to estimate the patient's condition as anaesthesia became 
light or disappeared. (See also SURGERY; ELECTRONICS.) 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. Curt P. Richter," Instructions for Using the Cutaneous 
Resistance Recorder, or * Dermomcter ' on Peripheral Nerve Injuries, 
Sympathectomies and Paravertebral Blocks," J. Neurosurg., 3, 181-191, 
Springfield, Illinois, May 1946; Raymond F. Courtin, Reginald 
G. Bickford and Albert Faulconer, Jr., " Electro-encephalography 
During Surgical Anesthesia A New Aid for the Control of 
Anesthesia," J.A.M.A., 139, 1195, Chicago, April 23, 1949; Reginald 
G. Bickford, Albert Faulconer, Jr., Donald E. Soltero and Charles 
W, Mayo, ** Automatic Encephalographic Control of Anesthesia," ibid, 
143, 285, Chicago, May 20, 1950; John S. Lundy, Howard K. Gray and 
Winchell McK. Craig, " Dextran in Supportive Therapy, with Comments 
on Periston and Gelatin," Arch. Surg., 61, 55-61, Chicago, July 1950. 

(J. S. L.) 

ANDORRA. A' small autonomous principality between 
France and Spain, bounded on the N. by the dtpartements 
of Ari&ge and Pyrenees Orientates, and on the S. by the 
Spanish province of Lerida. Area: 191 sq. mi. Pop. (1950 
est.): 5,400. Language: Catalan. Religion: Roman Catholic. 
Capital: Andorra-la- Vieja (pop., 1950 est, 980). Co-princes: 
the president of the French republic and the bishop of Urgel, 
Spam, respectively represented in 1950 by Andr6 Bertrand 
and Jaime Sansa Nequi, their viguiers. An elected General 
Council of 24 members appoints one of its members as the 
syndic gtniral des valltes (from 1946, Franciscp Cayrat). 

The event of the year was the reduction from 100 to 60 



ANGLICAN COMMUNION 



43 



of the French gardes mobiles which were stationed from 
autumn 1944 on Andorran territory for the purpose of 
maintaining order. 

On Feb. 2 the Paris Tribunal des Conflits declared null 
and void the order of a Paris court given on March 8, 1949, 
to the Radiodiffusion Francaise to cease jamming the broad- 
casts of Radio Andorra. However, the Andorran broadcasts 
were not jammed during the year. 

ANGLICAN COMMUNION. The Church of South 
India was the leading topic of discussion and negotiation 
within the Anglican communion in 1950. In January the 
Church of India, Burma and Ceylon urged that the doctrinal 
position of the Church of South India should be clarified in 
accordance with the resolutions of the Lambeth conference 
(1948). In the meantime former Anglican clergy now belong- 
ing to the Church of South India might function only in 
Anglican churches when visiting North India. Lay people 
from South India were to receive communion in North 
India, with the permission of the bishop, only if their con- 
firmation had been adequate; other communicants of the 
Church of South India might receive communion on the 
principle of " economy." 

The report of the joint committee of the convocations of 
Canterbury and York on relations with the Church of South 
India was issued. Though fully satisfied with the credal 
orthodoxy of the Church of South India and with its 
sacraments, confirmation service and synodal procedure, 
it expressed the hope that all its ministers would have 
been episcopally ordained at the end of 30 years: till 
this had been accomplished full inter-communion could 
not take place, but the question of the recognition of 
the South Indian ministry was to be reconsidered in live 
years' time. Suggestions were made for the reception 
of bishops, clergy and laity of the Church of South India 
when in England and of members of the Church of England 
when in South India. Celebration of the Holy Communion 
by bishops of the Church of South India, when in England, 
was left to the discretion of the diocesan bishops. 

The Church of South India published an interim reply to 
the six questions raised by the Lambeth conference (1948) 
and a reply to questions on faith and order raised by the 
joint committee of the convocations of Canterbury and York. 
The Church of India, Burma and Ceylon agreed to appoint 
a bishop as commissary of the metropolitan for the Anglicans 
in Nandyal who were standing out of the Church of South 
India. 

The endowment funds of the bishoprics of Tinnevelly and 
Dornakal, supplied by the S.P.C.K. and S.P.G., were returned 
to those societies, under the judgment of Mr. Justice Vaisey 
(Dec. 1949); and a scheme was arranged whereby similar 
funds, supplied by the Colonial Bishoprics fund, were made 
available for bishoprics in North India. Bishop Aurobindo 
Nath Mukerji of Delhi was elected metropolitan of India 
and bishop of Calcutta in succession to the Right Rev. G. C. 
Hubback who had retired. Canon John Richardson was 
consecrated first bishop of the Nicobar Islands. 

The South African Church continued its opposition to 
the colour bar in South Africa, not only in church circles 
but as a principle to be observed generally by the British 
community in South Africa. Bishop Stephen Neill conducted 
a three months' tour of the churches in Africa. A 
conference of East African bishops proposed a new 
province for Central Africa consisting of the dioceses of 
Nyasaland, Northern Rhodesia and Southern Rhodesia. 
The Rev. J. A. A. Maund, rector of Pretoria, was consecrated 
bishop of the new see of Basutoland. 

Early in the year the bishop of Chichester, the Right Rev. 
G. K. A. Bell, toured Australia, New Zealand and India on 




Dr. Geoffrey Fisher \ Archbishop of Canterbury, seen in Bixhopscourt, 

Ballarat, Victoria, during his visit to Australia in 1950. 
behalf of the World Council of Churches. A church at 
Matakohe, North Auckland, built by the New Zealand 
government, was dedicated in memory of J. G. Coates 
(prime minister, 1925-28). The archbishop of Canterbury 
(q.v.) (Dr. Geoffrey Fisher) at the end of the year toured 
Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand. Two centenaries 
were celebrated during this visit: that of the Australian Board 
of, Missions and that of the foundation of the Anglican 
Church at Canterbury, New Zealand. The diocese of Carpen- 
taria, Australia, celebrated its 50th anniversary. The erection 
of a new cathedral at Suva, Fiji, was begun. Bishop Yashira 
of Kobe toured the Anglican churches in the United States, 
Canada, Manila, the Philippines and Australia and testified 
to the cordial welcome given to him by people who had 
suffered at the hands of the Japanese in World War II. 

The bishop of Fulham, the Right Rev. G. E. Ingle, began 
a series of tours of the Anglican churches in northern and 
central Europe. In July he was in Moscow. He held a 
conference of European chaplains at Amsterdam attended 
by the bishop of London, the Right Rev. J. W. C. Wand. 
The archbishop of Wales, the Most Rev. John Morgan, 
was requested by the governing body of the Church in Wales 
to set up a commission for the reform of the Welsh 
prayer book. It was decided to use a sum of 30,000, 
bequeathed in order that a tower might be added to the 
cathedral at Bangor, for other purposes connected with the 
cathedral. The synod of the Church of Ireland inaugurated 
negotiations for inter-communion with the Old Catholic 
Church of the Netherlands. (See also CHURCH OF ENGLAND; 
MISSIONS, FOREIGN RELIGIOUS; THEOLOGY; WORLD COUNCIL 
OF CHURCHES,) (A. J. MAC.) 



44 



ANGLING ANTARCTICA 



ANGLING. Rough weather during much of the year 
handicapped sea anglers, tunny catches being especially 
affected; but although the total was well below that of 1949 
one angler opened the season remarkably well by getting 
five tunny in two trips, averaging over 600 Ib. apiece. In 
August a record brill of 16 Ib. was caught at St. Johns, 
Isle of Man. Among the coast-town festivals Looe was 
again prominent, notable captures there including skate of 
103 Ib., bass of 13 Ib. and pollack of 14 Ib., besides a number 
of blue sharks (of which two anglers took 1 1 in one day). 
The Dover club's annual camping week on the breakwater, 
with all-night fishing, produced a total of 754 fish weighing 
579 Ib., including several good bass. At Bournemouth two 
trigger-fish were caught rare visitors to British waters. 

Two new fresh-water records during the year were a 
grayling of 7 Ib. 2 oz. (R. Melgum) and a tench of 8 Ib. 
caught in the Leicester canal. The annual all-England con- 
test, fished at Peterborough in September, produced good 
weights, the local association winning with 62^ Ib. 

A proposal to introduce a large Indian species to British 
rivers was turned down in view of the risk to indigenous 
species. 

The Angler's Co-operative association, formed to combat 
pollution of rivers, added several more to its list of successful 
actions during the year. (D. F. KY.) 

ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN. Territory in north- 
east Africa under the joint sovereignty of Great Brite ; n and 
Egypt. Area: 967,500 sq.mi. Pop. (no census ever taken, 
1948 est.): 7,547,500. Language: English, Arabic, and various 
Nilotic and Negro tribal dialects in the south. Religion: 
Arabic minority is Moslem; the bulk of the Negro population 
is heathen; only c. 20% of population in the south is Christian. 
Chief towns (1948 est.): Khartoum (cap., 71,400); Omdurman 
(125,300); El Obeid (70,100); Wad Medani (57,300); Port 
Sudan (47,000). Governor general, Sir Robert George Howe; 
leader of the Legislative Assembly, Miralai Abdullah Bey 
Khalil. 

History. The differences between Great Britain and Egypt 
about the future of the Sudan remained unsolved and were 
the subject of renewed political excitement in Egypt towards 
the end of the year. This dispute continued to have its effect 
upon the internal political life of the country, yet it could be 
said that the year was one of progress towards the govern- 
ment's declared object the Sudanization and independence 
of the Sudan. In his report on local government, which had 
been called for in 1949, A. H. Marshall made proposals for 
drastic changes in policy, involving the creation of single 
local authorities for all purposes, financially independent 
and answerable to the local electors. The executive council 
accepted the proposals in principle and laid them before the 
Sudan Legislative Assembly, which thereon approved what 
amounted to the replacement of the Egyptian (and originally 
French) system by an English one. 

The ministers of health and agriculture announced five-year 
plans, but ihe most notable developments were in the field 
of education. The minister, Abdurrahman Ali Taha, stated 
that his department planned to extend elementary education 
to cover two-fifths of the children of school age in the northern 
Sudan within a decade. This would involve the opening of 
new centres for the training of teachers and the increasing of 
the number of boys' elementary schools in the area from 156 
to 356 and of girls' schools from 101 to 211. The third 
government secondary school, opened at El Obeid in January 
with accommodation for 480 boarders, was under the charge 
of the first Sudanese headmaster in history. Less happily, 
there were signs of the spread to the Sudan of student strikes, 
familiar in Egypt and elsewhere, although these were on a 
much smaller scale than in the preceding autumn. 



A potentially serious source of Sudanese disunity was the 
difference between the Moslem, Arabic-speaking and advanced 
north and the more backward and still largely pagan Negro 
south. The considerable activities of Christian European 
missionaries in the south led to assertions that Islam and 
Arabic were being handicapped. The minister of education 
announced that 18 northern officials were to be sent to 
further the spread of Arabic in the south, while southern 
requests for English programmes from the Omdurman radio 
station were not acceded to. 

National feeling showed itself in debates on the Sudan 
defence force, although it was made clear that Sudanization 
had progressed so far that there were in 1950 only 40 British 
officers, as against 69 in 1939. On June 30 the Sudan Planta- 
tions syndicate was wound up, and the Gezira scheme came 
under nationalized control. This was the occasion of what 
must be regarded as the most striking feature of the events 
of the year because, when a British member of the executive 
council was appointed to its management, he was replaced 
by a Sudanese, thereby giving rise to a Sudanese majority 
(7 Sudanese as against 5 British members) on that body. 
The Legislative Assembly debated the future of Gezira and 
important reforms in land registration were undertaken. In 
December considerable excitement was caused by a debate 
on a motion in the Legislative Assembly in favour of the 
immediate independence of the country, which was defeated 
by one vote. (H. S. D.) 

Education. (1949) Northern System. Government schools .-elementary 
249, pupils 35,613; sub-grade and Koran 544, pupils 38,550; inter- 
mediate 17, pupils 2,568; secondary 5, pupils 1,045; technical 2, pupils 
312; teachers* training colleges 5, teachers trained annually 245. 
Non-government schools 60, pupils 14,791. University education at 
Gordon Memorial college, higher education at Kitchener School of 
Medicine. Southern System. Schools: elementary 3, pupils 291 ; inter- 
mediate 1, pupils 150; secondary 2; pupils at mission schools 20,669. 

Agriculture. Main crops ('000 metric tons, 1948; 1949 in brackets): 
cotton seed 106 (110); cotton, ginned 56 (55); sesame seed (1947) 
141 -2; gum arabic (1947) 37; groundnuts (1947) 20; dates (1947) 46. 
Livestock ('000 head, Jan. 1948): cattle 3,500; sheep 5,500; camels 1,500. 

Foreign Trade. (E million, 1949; 1950, six months, in brackets) 
import 23-9 (13-9); export 27-4 (17-2). Main sources of imports 
(1949): U.K. 32%; Egypt 16%. Main destination of exports: U.K. 
65%; Egypt 10%. Main imports: cotton piece-goods 18%; sugar, 
coffee, tea 14%; coal, oil fuel and petrol 0-5%. Main exports: raw 
cotton 69%; livestock 10%; gum 0-6%. 

Transport and Communications. Railways (1949): 2,013 mi. Licensed 
motor vehicles (Dec. 1949): cars 2,600; commercial 3,300. Telephone 
subscribers (1949): 3,520. Wireless licences (1949): 3,227. 

Finance and Banking. (E million) budget (1949 actual) revenue 
18*7, expenditure 11 -6; (18 months 1950-51 est.) revenue 28 -7, expendi- 
ture 21 1. Total external debt (Dec. 1948) 12-8, of which 5-4 to Egypt 
for development. Monetary unit: Egyptian pound with an exchange 
rate of E 975 to the pound sterling and E - 348 to the U.S. dollar. 

ANGOLA : see PORTUGUESE COLONIAL EMPIRE. 
ANNAM : see INDO-CHINA. 

ANTARCTICA. The considerable activities of various 
countries in the Antarctic regions during recent years were 
maintained in 1950. 

Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey. The Falkland 
Islands Dependencies survey in its seventh consecutive year 
established a new base at Rytviken, South Georgia, and 
maintained its other bases with the exception of that on 
Stonington Island, Marguerite bay. In 1949 relief of the 
Stonington Island base proved impossible owing to the 
failure of the sea ice to break up. Dr. V. E. Fuchs with 10 
companions had therefore to remain in the south for an 
additional year. The final sledge journey of 1,080 mi. lasted 
90 days, the party returning to base shortly before recon- 
naissance flying began from the northern bases. With the 
first appearance of open water those men who had spent 
three consecutive winters in the south were flown out in a 



ANTARCTICA 



45 



Norseman seaplane. On Feb. 12 the survey's ship " John 
Biscoe " brought out the rest of the party together with their 
dogs, specimens, records and much equipment. The base 
remained closed for the time being. The new base at Rytviken 
would carry out a survey and study of the biology of the 
elephant seal population of South Georgia during 1951. 
This would be co-ordinated with the work already done in 
the South Orkneys. 

The International Norwegian-British-Swedish Expedition. 
This expedition met with considerable difficulty in effecting a 
landing on the Queen Maud Land coast, guarded as it is by a 
barrier of lOO-ft.-high ice cliffs. The expedition was accom- 
panied by two Auster float planes, operated by an R.A.F. 
party under Squadron Leader B. Walford. Reconnaissance 
by these planes finally located a single break in the barrier 
cliffs allowing access to the hinterland in the vicinity of 
Cape Norvegia (Lat. 7103'S.; Long. 1054'W.). There the 
expedition leader, Capt. J. Giaever, established his base well 
back from the ice cliffs, using " weasels " (light, tracked carriers) 
and trailers to transport huts, stores and equipment. The 
base which lay more than 100 mi. from the nearest rock 
outcrop had been named " Maudheim." At the end of the 
winter a sledge party using both dogs and " weasels " recon- 
noitred a route for nearly 200 mi. to the south. During the 
summer it was hoped to use this route for exploration of 
the ice-free mountain area first seen and photographed from 
the air by the German 4 * Schwabenland " expedition of 1938. 
The R.A.F. party and the aircraft returned to England on 
board the expedition's 700-ton vessel " Norsel." In Nov. 
1950 the ship again left Norway for the south carrying stores 
and equipment for the expedition which would remain in 
the field for another year. 

French Adtlie Land Expedition. Under the command of 
Andre Liotard, this expedition failed to penetrate the ice 



in 1949, but in 1950 succeeded in reaching the mainland on 
Jan. 18. A base was established on a low rocky point along 
the coast. This was the first French expedition to Ad61ie 
Land since Dumont d'Urville discovered that coast in 1840. 
The first party to land there was Douglas Mawson's 
Australian expedition in 1913. The present expedition's 
ship, ** Commandant Charcot," named after the great 
French explorer, departed on Feb. 3, after putting down two 
years' supplies. The main subjects of study were geography, 
geology, hydrography and meteorology. The expedition 
was equipped with a four-seater Stinson aircraft and two 
" weasels," with over 30 sledge dogs in addition. Ad&ie 
Land lies between 136 and 142E. longitude and extends 
from the Antarctic circle to the pole. 

Other Work in the Antarctic. The work of the Australian 
National Antarctic Research expedition on Heard and 
Macquarie Islands, having been in progress for three years, 
continued under the command of its leader, Phillip C. Law. 
In 1950 equipment was landed at Macquarie Island for 
cosmic ray work and for maintaining ionospheric, geo- 
magnetic and scismographic records. The Argentine and 
Chilean governments maintained the bases which they set 
up within the Falkland Islands Dependencies sector. It was 
reported that on Oct. 15 the Argentine supply ship, " Ernesto 
Tornquist," ran aground on Cape Constance, South Georgia. 
Some 250 persons on board were taken off by whale catchers 
from Grytviken. 

During the last season the pelagic whaling fleet and shore- 
based whalers of various nationalities continued operations 
with satisfactory results under the conditions laid down by 
the Washington convention of 1946. It was expected that the 
U.S.S.R. would again despatch a whale factory ship and 
catchers to the Antarctic in 1950. (See also EXPLORATION 
AND DISCOVERY.) (V. E. F.) 



!^'?cl|pl 




The Norwegian-British-Swedish antarctic expedition in Queen Maud 
Land, 1950. The winter quarters (7), the steamer ** Norsel" at anchor 
in Norse I bay (2) and members of the Royal Air Force unit with 
one of the Auster aircraft which had been specially fitted with skis 
to enable it to land on snow. 



46 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



ANTHROPOLOGY. The third session of the Inter- 
national Congress of Prehistoric and Protohistoric Sciences 
met at ZUrich in August; its work was divided among six 
sections and 96 papers were read. An invitation to hold the 
fourth session in Spain in 1954 was accepted. The seventh 
International Congress for the History of Religions met in 
Amsterdam in September; the theme of the congress had been 
announced as the discussion of a myth and ritual pattern in 
civilization and in primitive society, but many other topics 
were included. Relations of the Congress with the United 
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural organization 
(U.N.E.S.C.O.) came under review and it was decided to 
establish an international organization to promote the study 
of the history of religion under the auspices of the Conscil 
International de la Philosophic et des Sciences Humaines (of 
U.N.E.S.C.O.). It was hoped that the eighth congress would 
meet in Rome in 1955 (see Man, 1950, London). 

The International Anatomical congress met at Oxford in 
July under the presidency of Professor W. E. Le Gros Clark, 
and was attended by over 500 members from 56 countries. 
Three sessions were devoted to physical anthropology and 
about 20 communications presented. Several papers were 
concerned with the fossil remains excavated in Africa; 
Professor S. Zuckerman (Birmingham) claimed that Australo- 
pithecinae could not be classified as more hominid than ape 
while Professor Le Gros Clark differed. L. S. B. Leakey 
(Nairobi), on whom Oxford university conferred the Degree 
of doctor of science honoris causa, described the environ- 
mental background associated with his finds of Early Miocene 
fossil primates. Later, in collaboration with Professor Le 
Gros Clark, he delivered an address to the Royal Anthro- 
pological institute on the Miocene apes of Kenya. Racial 
differentiation in modern man, climatic adaptation and human 
phylogeny, blood grouping and many other special studies 
were discussed (see report in Man, 1950, 237). 

Research into the antiquity of man was continued during 
the year, and a notable discovery of two large skulls, excavated 
by R. Broom in the Transvaal, was reported; a full description 
was expected. Professor D. A. E, Garrod (Cambridge) 
addressed the Royal Anthropological institute on the excava- 
tion of an early Magdalenian rock shelter at a Angles-sur- 
TAnglin, Vienne, France, and showed a representation of 
the life-size naturalistic portrait of an Qld Stone Age man 
discovered there (" Angles Man "). 

An important event in east Africa was the establishment 
at Makerere college, Uganda, of the East African Institute 
of Social Research with Audrey I. Richards, distinguished as 
an anthropologist, as the first director. The functions of the 
institute were announced as the establishment of a centre for 
the extension of knowledge of the cultures and languages of 
the peoples of east Africa and their reactions to modern 
conditions and policies; the conduct of field studies; co- 
operation with similar institutions; the organization of studies 
of administrative importance for government; the training 
of research workers; and the accumulation and publication 
of data. 

An Institute of the Desert (Institut Fouad ler du Desert) 
was established in Egypt at Heliopolis with a comprehensive 
programme providing for the study of all aspects, past and 
present, of the desert; a library and museum and field and 
experimental work in all sections were planned. 

A Norwegian traveller, Thor Heyerdahl, published a 
popular account, The Kon-Tiki Expedition by Raft across the 
Pacific (London, 1950), of his adventure in sailing a steerable 
raft of green balsa logs for 4,300 mi. from Peru to Tuamotu 
along the south equatorial current; he claimed that this was a 
line of migration to Polynesia about A.D. 500 and 1 100. The 
argument was, received with interest and the further publica- 
tion of scientific data was awaited. 



Race was the subject of a statement by U.N.E.S.C.O. 
summarizing the findings of a panel of scientists (see The 
Times, July 16, 1950). The panel was asked to define the 
concept of race and to summarize established scientific facts: 
the seven-point statement issued laid down that racial 
discrimination had no foundation in biological fact; that the 
range of mental capacities in all races was about the same, 
there being no evidence of innate qualitative differences; 
that there was no evidence that race hybridization produced 
biologically bad results, social difficulties being attributable 
to social and cultural factors; that race was less a biological 
fact than a social myth; that scientifically no modern national 
or religious group was a race, nor was a linguistic, geographic 
or cultural community a race; that tests had shown an essen- 
tial similarity in mental characters among racial groups; and, 
lastly, that all human beings possessed educability and adapta- 
bility. 

The British Association of the Advancement of Science 
held its annual meeting at Birmingham. Redcliffe N. Salaman, 
(president, section H, anthropology and archaeology) spoke 
on the influence of food plants on social structure; he used 
the potato as his example but called for investigation into 
the influence of other food plants. The concept of culture 
was discussed from several angles by Phyllis Kaberry (Lon- 
don), Glyn Daniel (Cambridge) and Professor M. Fortes 
(Cambridge). Advances were also reported in the knowledge 
of blood groups and their uses in anthropology; further 
reports were also made on the dating of fossil remains by 
fluorine tests. R. E. M. Wheeler reported the discovery of a 
platform for unloading grain at Mohenjodaro; silting along- 
side had reduced its value, and decline culminated in a 
massacre about 1500 B.C., the period usually assigned to the 
Vedic-Aryan invasions of India. In Southern Rhodesia a new 
site was found with resemblances to Zimbabwe, which, it was 
hoped, would throw light on the history of mediaeval south 
Africa. At Heliopolis a cemetery was opened up: four watch 
dogs buried at the edge were uncovered, then graves with 
offerings of small gazelles, then a row of burials of men about 
1 8 m. in height, probably immigrants, and lastly, a row of 
burials of small women, apparently indigenous; the cemetery 
was thought to be later than that excavated at Maadi, but 
both were considered earlier than the great cemetery of the 
1st and 2nd dynasty at Helwan. 

A scientific expedition from Oxford visited southern 
Tunisia during the summer; among its members was Julek 
Slaski, a social anthropologist, who studied Berber marriage 
customs and also the troglodyte settlements at Matmata. 

Professor J. H. Mutton was succeeded as William Wyse 
professor of social anthropology at Cambridge university by 
M. Fortes; S. F. Nadel left King's college Newcastle-upon- 
Tyne (Durham university) to become professor at the Aust- 
ralian National university at Canberra and R. O'R. Piddington 
left Edinburgh to become professor at Auckland University 
college, New Zealand; R. von Heine-Geldern returned to 
Austria on appointment to a chair in the University of 
Vienna. 

The annual Huxley Memorial lecture of the Royal Anthro- 
pological institute was delivered by Julian Huxley on " New 
Wine for New Bottles: Ideology and Scientific Knowledge "; 
the bi-annual Henry Myers lecture of the same institute was 
delivered by Professor E. O. James, on " Religion and 
Reality," and Professor E. E. Evans-Pritchard, president of 
the institute, delivered the Marett lecture at Oxford on 
" Social Anthropology: Past and Present." (S. F. SN.) 

New anthropological journals included UHomme: Cahiers 
d* ethnologic > de geographic et de linguistique, issued by the 
Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes of the Sorbonne and edited 
by Claude L6vi-Strauss, Emile Benveniste and Pierre Gourou; 
and Homo, Zeitschrift fur die vergleichende Forschung am 



ARABIA 



47 



Menschen, under the editorship of Egon von Eickstedt. 
The latter journal, which was to appear quarterly, would 
continue the tradition and international character of the 
earlier Zeitschrift fur Rassenkunde. 

United States. A survey by Erminie W. Voegelin published 
in the American Anthropologist showed that during the 
period 1900-50 the number of institutions offering anthro- 
pology courses in the United States and Canada had grown 
from 1 1 to 304, while the teaching staffs, originally numbering 
17, had increased to 604. In the United States, foreign area 
studies received further support from the Carnegie Corpora- 
tion of New York which allotted additional funds to the 
Social Science Research council for area training fellowships. 
Yale, Harvard and the Universities of Iowa, North Carolina, 
Oklahoma and Washington joined in an organization known 
as the Human Relations Area Files, formerly the Cross- 
Cultural survey, established by George P. Murdock at Yale. 
An important contribution was Julian H. Steward's Area 
Research: Theory and Practice. The University of California 
at Los Angeles collaborated with the Commonwealth Serum 
laboratory of Victoria, Australia, in inaugurating a long- 
term genetical survey of the human populations of the 
Pacific area. 

Problems of common interest to anthropology and genetics 
were discussed at a symposium on the Origin and Evolution 
of Man, held at the Biological laboratory, Cold Spring 
Harbor, N.Y. In Genetics and the Races of Man, William C. 
Boyd presented the first comprehensive statement of the 
role of genetics, and particularly the blood groups, in the 
variation and racial classification of man. It was pointed 
out by Chandler W. Rowe (" Genetics v. Physical Anthropology 
in Determining Racial Types," Southwestern Journal of 
Anthropology) that the genetical classification, no less than 
the anthropological, had its limitations and that the objectives 
of the two systems were not identical. A striking example of 
the importance of blood group studies for tracing population 
movements and relationships was an article in the American 
Journal of Physical Anthropology, " The ABO, MN, and Rh 
Blood Groups of the Basque People/' by J. N. Marshall 
Chambers, Elizabeth W. Ikin and A. E. Mourant. A 
comparison of the blood group gene frequencies of the Basques 
with those of other Europeans led the authors to the conclusion 
that the present population of western and central Europe 
arose from the mixing of people akin to the Basques with later 
invaders from Asia. In Races; a Study of the Problems of 
Race Formation in Man, Carleton S. Coon, Stanley M. Garn 
and Joseph B. Birdsell emphasized the importance of 
environmental conditions in the development of phenotypic 
features characteristic of the various races. 

The year 1950 brought new proof of the effectiveness of 
two recently discovered techniques for dating ancient skeletal 
and cultural materials the fluorine and carbon- 14 methods. 
The fluorine-dating method, described by Kenneth P. Oakley 
and C. Randall Hoskins in Nature (" New Evidence on the 
Antiquity of Man "), gave a decisive answer to the long 
disputed question of the age and faunal associations of 
Eoanthropus. Analysis of the fluorine content in these 
hominid and other mammalian fossils from the Piltdown 
gravel showed that all of the Eoanthropus specimens teeth, 
skull and jaw fragments were contemporaneous and that 
they belonged to the Upper or Middle instead of Lower 
Pleistocene, as formerly supposed. On the other hand the 
fluorine test confirmed the antiquity of the Swanscombe 
skull. The method of dating organic materials by means of 
radioactive carbon, which was developed during the past 
several years by W. F. Libby and J. R. Arnold of the Univer- 
sity of Chicago Institute for Nuclear Studies, yielded fruitful 
results in 1950, when the first carbon-14 dates were officially 
announced. Of particular significance for American anthro- 



pology was the dating of the last glaciation as about 12,000 
years ago and the demonstration that man was living in 
western North America at least as early as 8000 B.C. and 
at the southern tip of South America some 2,000 years later. 

Problems of Alaskan archaeology, physical anthropology 
and ethnology were discussed by anthropologists from the 
United States and Canada at the Alaskan Science conference, 
held in Washington, D.C., Nov 9 to 1 1 under the auspices of 
the National Academy of Sciences and the National Research 
Council. 

Columbia university inaugurated a programme for the 
study of contemporary cultures in the middle east and far 
east, beginning with a field project in India. Studies of the 
Chinese and Japanese segments of the population in Hawaii 
were made by Francis L. K. Hsu and Marvin K. Opler, 
respectively. Henry Field completed measurements of more 
than 2,000 individuals of different tribes in Iraq and Iran. 
Carleton S. Coon conducted archaeological and somatological 
work in Persia. Philip Drucker completed an ethnographic 
survey of the Marshall Islands for the U.S. naval adminis- 
tration. 

A number of field investigations were conducted in the 
American Arctic. L. L. Hammerick, professor of Germanic 
philology at the University of Copenhagen, made linguistic 
studies on Nunivak Island, Alaska. William S. Laughlin 
and Frederica de Laguna continued their research programme 
in the Aleutian Islands and in the Tlingit area of southeast 
Alaska, respectively. Viola Garfield collected data on 
northwest coast Indian art and Douglas Leechman worked 
among the Athabaskan Indians in the interior. J. L. Gid- 
dings, Jr., and Helge Larsen, joined by F. G. Rainey, con- 
tinued their investigation of pre-Eskimo remains on Seward 
peninsula and the Bering sea coast. On Cornwallis Island 
in the Canadian arctic H. B. Collins and W E. Taylor found 
evidence of three periods of occupation Dorset, early 
Thule and late Thule. 

Gordon R. Willey was appointed Bowdich professor of 
Mexican and Central American archaeology and ethnology 
at Harvard, and Alfred Metraux became head of the United 
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural organization's 
division for, the study of race relations. The Viking fund 
medalists for 1950 were George P. Murdock, general anthro- 
pology, William K^. Gregory, physical anthropology, and 
Hallam L. Mowus, archaeology. 

A second edition of the International Directory of Anthro- 
pologists, edited by Melville J. Herskovits, was issued by the 
Committee on International Relations in Anthropology of 
the National Research council. Important publications that 
appeared in 1950 included volume 6 of the Bureau of Ameri- 
can Ethnology's Handbook of South American Indians, 
edited by Julian H. Steward; Man in the Primitive World: 
An Introduction to Anthropology, by E. Adamson Hoebel; 
An Introduction to Social Anthropology, by Ralph Piddington ; 
Anthropology, the Science of Human Society and Culture, by 
J. S. Slotkin. " (H. B. Cs.) 

ARABIA. Peninsula of southwestern Asia of approx- 
imately 1,027,300 sq.mi., with a total population estimated at 
9,500,000. It consists politically of two independent Arab 
states, Saudi Arabia and Yemen (a.v.), the independent 
sultanates of Oman and Masqat or Muscat; the autonomous 
sheikhdoms of Bahrein, Kuwait, Qatar and the Trucial 
sheikhdoms; and Aden colony and protectorates (<y.v.). 
Language: Arabic. Religion: overwhelmingly Moslem 
(Sunni). 

Saudi Arabia. Area: c. 597,000 sq.mi. (excluding the 
Rub al Khali desert covering approximately 193,000 sq.mi.). 
Pop. (no census ever taken, 1947 est.): 6,00p,000. Chief 
towns: Riyadh (cap., 60,000); Mecca (150,000); Medina 



48 



ARAB LEAGUE 



(45,000); Jedda (40,000); Hufuf (31,500). Ruler, King 
Abdulaziz Ibn Abdurrahman Ibn Faisal Ibn Sa'ud; viceroy 
of Nejd and commander in chief, Emir Sa'ud, crown prince; 
viceroy of Hejaz and minister of foreign affairs, Emir Faisal. 

History. During 1950 King Ibn Sa'ud celebrated the jubilee 
of his rule. During his reign he had expanded his territories 
from his original kingdom of Nejd so that his government 
extended over nine-tenths of the whole of the Arabian 
peninsula. In 1913 he captured from the Turks the province 
of Hasa, where two decades later was to be found one of 
the richest oilfields in the world. In 1920 he conquered the 
Hail emirate on the north of Nejd. In 1924 he completed the 
conquest of the Hejaz which placed him in possession of the 
two holy cities of Islam Mecca and Medina. In 1925 he 
captured the province of *Asir, south of the Hejaz. His 
jubilee focused the interest of the world on a great personality 
who had earned its respect and admiration. 

In the Arab league Saudi Arabia tended, in association with 
Egypt, Syria and the Lebanon, to oppose the expansionist 
policy of King Abdullah of Jordan. A new development, 
which showed the extent to which the " unchanging east " 
was modernizing itself, was the loan of $6 million which 
Saudi Arabia made to Syria in Feb. 1950 (see SYRIA). In 
return for the loan of which a portion was already paid, 
Syria undertook to supply Syrian goods for Saudi-Arabian 
consumption. The dollars were presumed to have come from 
American oil royalties. 

In August Saudi Arabia contracted a $15 millio** loan from 
the American Export-Import bank. An immediate payment 
of $4 million was to be devoted to the construction of airports, 
roads and seaports. The remainder was to be applied for the 
development of agriculture and for the improvement of 
health, sanitation and transport conditions. 

The report published in July of the Arab- American Oil 
company (Aramco), whose active concessions were \n the 
Saudi Arabian province of Hasa on the Persian gulf, 
announced the progress of the railway which was being 
constructed westwards from the oilfields by way of Kharj 
and Hufuf to Riyadh. Already 108 mi. of track had been 
laid and the line was expected to be open early in 1951. 

Another development from the oilfields during 1950 was 
the practical completion of the desert pipeline to pump the 
Aramco oil westwards across the desert thrpugh Saudi Arabia, 
Jordan, Syria and the Lebanon to the Mediterranean port of 
Sidon, south of Beirut. The company was negotiating 
44 passage rights " with the governments concerned and it was 
hoped that oil would be flowing early in 1951. 

Developments elsewhere in Saudi Arabia included the 
building of a new deep-water jetty and customs sheds at 
Jedda, the Red sea port of Mecca, which would greatly 
improve the conditions of pilgrim traffic arriving by sea from 
Africa and India and the far east. A new all-weather highway 
was also being constructed from Jedda to Medina. (O. Tw.) 

Education. Schools (1949): primary 30, secondary 5; prc-university 1. 

Agriculture. Dates form the main crop of the Arabian desert, and 
camels and horses the principal livestock. 

Industry. Crude oil production (*000 metric tons, 1949; 1950, six 
months, in brackets): 23,460 (11,937). Raw materials: copper (metric 
tons, 1948) 67; gold (troy ounces, 1949) 67,200; silver (troy ounces, 
1948) 67,819. 

Foreign Trade. Main imports: textiles, food products and vehicles. 
Main exports: oil, gold concentrates, hides and skins. 

Transport and Communications. Licensed motor vehicles (Dec. 1949) : 
cars, 6,000; commercial vehicles 7,700. Radio sets (1949) 9,000. 

Finance. Pilgrimage dues (1948 est., 10 million) and oil royalties 
(1948 est., over 20 million) are the main sources of revenue. Monetary 
unit: riyal nominally=R. 1 (Indian) with an exchange rate of 13-33 
riyals to the pound. 

Oman and Masqat. Area: c. 65,000 sq.mi. Pop. (1947 
est.): 830,000. Ruler (from 1932), Sultan Said bin Taimur, 
the 13th of rtjis dynasty. British consul, Major F. L, L. 
Chauncy. 



Bahrein. Area: 21 3 sq.mi. Pop. (1947 est.): 125,000. 
Ruler (from 1942): Sheikh Sulman bin Hamad al Khalifah. 
British political agent, C. J. Pelly. 

Kuwait. Area: c. 9,000 sq.mi. Pop. (1949 est.): 120,000. 
Ruler, Sheikh Abdullah bin Salim. British political agent, 
H. C. Jakins. The present ruler succeeded his uncle, Sheikh 
Ahmad al Jabir as Subah who died on Jan. 29, 1950. 

Qatar. Area: c. 4,000 sq.mi. Pop. (1947 est.): 25,000. 
Ruler (from 1949): Sheikh Ali bin Abdullah al Thani. In 
March the new oilfield was formally inaugurated at the new 
oil port of Umm Said by the ruling sheikh who, by the turn 
of a tap, started the flow of oil to a waiting tanker. 

Trucial Sheikhdoms. Area: c. 16,000 sq.mi. (including 
the sheikhdoms of Shargah, Ras al Khaimah, Umm al 
Qawain, Ajman, Debai, Abu Dhabi and Kalba). Pop. 
(1947 est.): 115,000. 

See Gerald de Gaury, Arabian Journey and Other Desert Travels 
(London, 1950). 

ARAB LEAGUE. The League of Arab States came 
into being on March 22, 1945, when its covenant was signed 
in Cairo by the representatives of Egypt, Iraq, Lebanon, 
Saudi Arabia, Syria, Transjordan and Yemen. The council 
of the league, on which each member has one vote, has its 
seat in Cairo. The main object of the League was stated to 
be to co-ordinate the political action and safeguard the 
independence and sovereignty of the Arab states. Secretary 
general, Abdurrahman Azzam Pasha. 

During 1950 no progress was made towards the conclusion 
of peace treaties between the member states of the league 
and Israel; and on July 10 the Palestine Conciliation commis- 
sion issued a communiqu6 in Geneva that its mediation 
efforts over the past six months had failed and that it was 
transferring its activities to Palestine to resume contact with 
the interested governments. 

But though they could not agree on peace terms with 
Israel, the members of Arab league in April did agree unani- 
mously among themselves against the making of a separate 
peace with Israel by member states, and for the banning 
of supplies for ships going to Israel; for the blacklisting of 
ships suspected of working for Israel; and for the refusing of 
visas to those with Israeli visas on their passports. 




Prince Faisal of Saudi Arabia (left} with Nahas Pasha* prime 
minister of Egypt, at a meeting of the Arab League in 1950. 



ARCHAEOLOGY 



49 



THE MIDDLE EAST 




E G 



S U 



The members of the Arab League are shown dotted. 

A week before, however, on April 16, Jordan had opposed 
the general approval, subject to reservations, by the political 
committee of the league of the United Nations' plan for 
Jerusalem; and on April 13 the Jordan delegate reaffirmed at a 
full meeting of the league that his government's policy was 
to annex Arab Palestine subject to the approval of the Jordan 
parliament for which elections, which covered both the former 
Transjordan and Arab Palestine, had been held on April 11. 
On April 24 the newly convened Jordan parliament approved 
King Abdullah's speech from the throne announcing the 
annexation of Arab Palestine. The league promptly called an 
extraordinary session (May 10-15) to discuss Jordan's action; 
but Egypt failed to carry its motion for the expulsion of Jordan 
who refused to modify its action or to accept a compromise. 
Egypt was supported by Syria, Saudi Arabia and the Lebanon; 
the Yemen and Iraq requested postponement to consult 
their governments. 

The council of the Arab league reassembled on June 12, 
but Jordan absented itself on the grounds that its attitude 
was irrevocable; whereupon Egypt, the Lebanon, Syria and 
Saudi Arabia revived their motion for Jordan's expulsion 
from the league. The outcome was a new resolution 
approved by all the states (except Jordan) that Jordan should 
treat the area of Arab Palestine as " trust property " until 
Palestine was " finally liberated." The meeting also considered 
the Arab states' collective security pact. It was eventually 
signed by Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Syria, the Lebanon and the 
Yemen. Of the remaining member states, Jordan was absent 
and Iraq abstained for " technical reasons." 

During the rest of the year this divergence of domestic 
policy persisted among the member states, although in their 
general policy there was unanimity in a reply to a declaration 
by the U.S., France and Great Britain about the middle east, 
affirming: first, that the league desired peace; secondly, that 
it refused to tolerate any act that attacked the sovereignty 
and independence of its members; lastly, that the members' 
rearmament programmes were for legitimate local defence and 
not, as alleged by Israel, for aggression. 

In its session on Nov. 3 the general assembly of the United 
Nations unanimously adopted a resolution to invite the Arab 
league to send an envoy to all the assembly's sessions. Israel 

S.I.Y. -5 



abstained from voting. All the member states of the Arab 
league, except the Yemen, sent delegates to the second meeting 
of the Pan-Islamic Economic conference which was held in 
Tehran in November. (See ISLAM.) (O. Tw.) 

ARCHAEOLOGY. The year 1950 was one of steady 
progress rather than of spectacular discovery. Particular 
mention, however, should be made of the discovery of a 
Roman fort in London; of the excavation of the Mithraic 
temple on Hadrian's wall; of the completion of work on the 
Odeion in the Agora at Athens; of the re-excavation of 
Nimrud in Iraq; of the first examination of the Lashkari- 
Bazar palaces in Afghanistan; and of the establishment of a 
state Department of Antiquities in Pakistan. 

Great Britain. R. J. A. Atkinson, S. Piggott and J. F. S. 
Stone examined some of the Aubrey holes at Stonehenge; 
i.e., the outermost circle of holes, a number of which were 
excavated in the period 1920-26, when they were taken to 
be the holes of posts (since decayed or destroyed) and to 
have been made during the early life of the monument, 
before the standing stones were dressed and erected. The 
new excavation produced no evidence that the holes had ever 
contained posts or stones, though it confirmed the early date 
assigned to them by the previous excavators. Burnt matter 
and cremated bones were, however, found in circumstances 
similar to those encountered on similar sites in recent years: 
they may have served some ritual purpose. 

In the Cripplegate area of London, in the northwest of 
the Roman city, where variation from the standard con- 
struction of the city wall was noted in 1949, a Rortian fort 
was located by the Roman and Mediaeval Excavation 
council, directed by W. F. Grimes. The area of the fort was 
about 11 ac., its date probably late in the 1st century A.D. 
The destruction of the city by Boadicea in A.D. 61 was thought 
to have shown the need for some military protection when the 
city came to be rebuilt: as the civil buildings gradually 
spread to the neighbourhood of the fort, the fort was, it 
seemed, eventually incorporated in the later city defences. 
Certain peculiarities of the outline and street plan of Roman 
London were thus now explained. 

On Hadrian's wall I. A. Richmond completely excavated 
the newly found Mithraeum outside Carrawburgh (Pro- 
colitia), a wall-fort 4 mi. E. of Housesteads and 6 mi. N.W. 
of Hexham, Northumberland. The temple, built just south 
of the well dedicated to the local goddess Coventina (found 
in the 19th century), had three periods, which corresponded 
with the 2nd-, 3rd- and early 4th-century occupations of the 
wall. The building, in its last phase, is one of the most 
complete ever found in Britain or Europe: it consisted of a 
main rectangular room with a vestibule, by which the building 
was entered; at the north, or sanctuary end, were three 
inscribed altars, one of which bore a painted relief of Mithras; 
along the side walls were substantial remains of post-and- 
wattle stall-work, in front of which were set a number of. 
small uninscribed altars; statues of the two dadophori stood 
near the entrance to the vestibule, which contained a recess 
for ritual burial or initiation in its floor. The building was 
placed under the care of the Ministry of Works. 

Apart from London, the main work on Roman towns was 
at Canterbury and Chichester. At Canterbury traces were 
found of a large public building of massive construction: 
it was thought to have been a theatre, but, if so, it was of 
classical rather than of Romano-Celtic type. At Chichester 
it was established that the embankment of the walls was 
raised late in the 1st century A.D. and heightened in the 2nd, 
and part of a house with a tesselated floor was found. Among 
a large number of other places excavated may be mentioned: 
Brockley hill, Middlesex (traces of industrial activity at the 
site of the town of Sulloniacae); Brough-by-Bambridge, 



50 



ARCHAEOLOGY 




Some of the jewels and ornaments found on April J4, 7950, in a 
2 \500~year-old tomb near At rib village, north of Cairo. 

Yorkshire (a fort); Great Casterton, Rutland (a town 
destroyed in the Pictish war of 369); Lullingstone, Kent 
(a villa); and Whittington, Gloucestershire (a villa with 
tesselated pavements). The Ordnance Survey discovered and 
traced a Roman road running northwards from Chichester. 
In the Scilly Isles excavations by the Ministry of Works 
showed the extent of Roman influence there: pottery of the 
Roman period was found on St. Martin's and St. Mary's in 
houses of native type similar to those in Cornwall. 

Europe. Austria. H. Vetters reported on work at 
Magdalensberg, 10 mi. N.W. of Klagenfurt. The town may 
have been the capital of Noricum, which was absorbed into 
the Roman empire in 15 B.C. Structural 'finds included a 
large hall, standing about 30 ft. to the wall plate and having 
traces of iron reinforcement, mosaics and wall paintings. 
Beneath the remains of the city were found remains of earlier 
occupations of the middle bronze age and later. An account 
of the border fortifications of the Roman provinces of 
Noricum and Pannonia was given by G. Pascher in Der 
Romische Limes in Oesterreich, vol. xix, Vienna, 1950: 
it contains a catalogue of sites and finds and a classification 
of the Roman roads. 

Greece. In Athens, the plan matured to restore the stoa 
built by Attalus II of Pcrgamum (159-138 B.C.) as a museum 
for the material excavated in the Agora. The work was to be 
carried out for the Greek government (the owner of the finds) 
by the American School of Classical Studies, with some 
financial help under the European Recovery programme. 
In 1949 traces were found in the northwest corner of the Agora 
of a mid-5th-century limestone building which was identified 
as the stoa poikile of Peisianax. Further work in the area 
was described in Hespena (Princeton) by Homer A. Thomp- 
son, who gave an account of the examination of the Odeion 
mentioned by Pausanias in his account of the Agora. This 
great theatre lay in a dominating position immediately north 
of the middle stoa (2nd century B.C.); built towards the end 
of the 1st certury, it was perhaps connected with Agrippa's 
visit to Athens in 16 or 14 B.C. The original structure com- 



prised a central complex of auditorium, dressing rooms and 
lobby, surrounded by a balcony, which was in effect an 
extension of the terrace of the middle stoa. The building 
is important in the development of ancient theatre design, 
not least for its combination of Greek and Roman features. 
The auditorium was square and of considerable extent, a 
factor which probably led to a collapse in A.D. 150. There- 
after the building was re-modelled and re-roofed, with the 
scena turned into a colonnade, the piers of which bore 
monumental figures of giants and tritons. The building was 
thenceforward devoted to rhetorical rather than to dramatic 
performances until its sack by the Heruli in 267. Some 
continuity of use may be associated with the use of the site 
as a gymnasium during the 5th century, after which it was 
abandoned and silted up. 

In Samothrace it was reported that excavations by the 
Institute of Fine Arts of New York university, conducted by 
K. Lehmann, had secured further evidence for the date and 
setting of the famous figure of the Winged Victory (now in 
the Louvre), together with a fragment of Parian marble 
which was thought to be part of the right hand. The fingers, 
except the third, were gone; but enough remained to suggest 
that the hand had held some light object; e.g., a golden fillet. 
Pottery evidence suggested a date c. 200 B.C. 

Italy. In a grotto on Levanza in the Egadi archipelago 
P. Graziosi investigated some latterly found neolithic cave- 
paintings. Further exploration revealed an inner cave, with 
figures described by Graziosi as of a naturalistic, palaeolithic 
style and including many representations of deer, some of 
bulls and of stylized human figures and one of a horse. 
G. Jacopi investigated Sybaris in Calabria, a city of Magna 
Graecia: founded late in the 8th century B.C. and destroyed 
by the citizens of Croton in 510, it rose again but was finally 
destroyed by the Bruttii in the middle of the 4th century B.C. 
Further researches in the plain of Foggia in northern 
Apulia were conducted by J. P. S. Bradford, whose work was 
based primarily on aerial surveys, though selected examples 
were tested by excavation. Discoveries included some 200 
ditched and enclosed neolithic settlements, of which those 
examined on the ground yielded large quantities of pottery, 
stone axes and bone implements. The survey also showed 
remarkable details of the Roman system of centuriation, 
with its associated farmsteads, especially in the neighbour- 
hood of the colonia of Lucera. Later earthworks and their 
associated field systems also were plotted, as well as what 
might have been the emperor Frederick ll's hunting palace at 
San Lorenzo. The further investigation of a chance wartime 
discovery at Castelseprio, 20 mi. N. of Milan, was reported. 
In the ancient church of Santa Maria there was found a 
well-preserved cycle of wall paintings of the Infancy of 
Christ of the highest quality, in treatment and subject not 
unlike the work on the ivory throne of Maximian at Ravenna. 
It was suggested that they might be the work of a 7th-century 
refugee artist from the Levant. (G. P. Bognetti, G. Chierici 
and A. dc C. d'Arzago, Santa Maria di Castelseprio, Milan). 
Near and Middle East. North Africa. A British expedition 
surveyed Syrtica and Cyrenaica for the Map of Roman 
Libya committee. Attention was mainly directed to the 
Roman road and frontier system; and the latter was found to 
be strongest towards the Syrtica region, the main direction 
of barbarian attack. 

Cyprus. C. F. A. SchaefTer, director of the French Centre 
of Scientific Research, Paris, described further work at the 
Mycenaean site of Enkomi near Famagusta: in addition to 
examining the lower Mycenaean levels, he was able to show 
that the upper levels were to be associated with the period of 
Philistine occupation. The work was expected to throw much 
light on the birth and growth of the iron age in the eastern 
Mediterranean. 



ARCHAEOLOGY 



51 



Turkey. Tahsin Ozguc reported on further excavations 
directed by him (for the Turkish Historical foundation) at 
the Karum; i.e., the Assyrian trade-enclave, near the great 
mound of Kultepe in central Anatolia. The settlement 
belonged to the early part of the 2nd millenium B.C. and came 
to a sudden end before the main Kultepe site. Of four 
occupation levels found, the second highest had ended in a 
disastrous fire so rapid in its effect that the inhabitants had 
been unable to salve their belongings, which now constituted 
an archaeological find of remarkable completeness. 

The British school at Athens continued work at Old 
Smyrna and encountered occupation levels contemporary 
with the reign of Croesus. They produced black and white 
pottery of Eastern Greek origin and some imported pieces 
from Attica. 

Syria. C. F. A. Schaeffer reported on his work on the 
Canaanite city of Ugarit (Ras Shamra), near Latakia. The 
massive fortifications, 50 ft. across, had been further defended 
by a great gate tower, masking the approach. The palace, 
near this entrance, was fronted by a portico with two rows of 
wooden columns on heavy stone bases; inside, Schaeffer 
discovered a large audience chamber and three royal tombs, 
long since robbed. Near the way into the palace, but not 
directly connected with it, were several rooms containing a 
large number of inscribed clay tablets, mostly relating to 
administrative matters. One of these rooms, thought to 
have been a schoolroom for scribes, contained a tablet (and 
a fragment of another) bearing an alphabet : a discovery which 
carries back to the 14th century B.C. the order of letters of 
our alphabet. The city was damaged in an earthquake of 1365 
and sacked about 1350; but some occupation continued for 
the next two centuries. 

Iraq. M. E. L. Mallowan directed, for the British School 
of Archaeology in Iraq and for the Department of Antiquities 
of Iraq, the excavation at Nimrud of the 9th century palace 
of Assur-nasir-pal II, the source of the famous Assyrian 
sculptures found by A. H. Layard in the 19th century and now 



in the British Museum. Nimrud, an Assyrian city and army 
centre, lies some 20 mi. S. of Mosul. Part of the area dug by 
Layard was re-examined; and some impressive sculptures, 
comparable to his finds, as well as some inscriptions, were 
discovered. Excavation of the south wing of the palace 
showed it to be a plain brick structure: it was assigned to 
officials, to the royal bodyguard and to servants and con- 
tained stores of arms and food. Three inscriptions were found 
there, recording the campaigns of Assur-nasir-pal. At a 
new site, in the east part of the great mound, a block of 
offices was discovered, including a repository for archives 
containing many 8th-century inscribed tablets. Among other 
buildings was a block of similar date, planned with a central 
courtyard surrounded with ranges of rooms and a group of 
barracks. The site was rich in finds of all classes, but probably 
most notable for its carvings, among which were an 8th- 
century chalcedony seal bearing a mythological scene, a 
magico-medical plaque and many small animals in ivory. 

D. E. McCown dug near the temple of Enlil, an early 
paramount god of Sumer. Beneath the remains of a Parthian 
fortress and Kassite temple was an occupation of the 3rd 
dynasty of Ur (early 2nd millenium B.C.). The latest excava- 
tion of the temple settlement and cemetery at Eridu, directed 
by Firad Safar, gave a remarkably complete picture of the 
pre-Sumerians of the 4th and 5th millenia B.C.: discoveries 
included evidence of a culture earlier than that of al-Ubaid, 
with pottery resembling that of Halap and Samarra in 
northern Iraq: many prehistoric temples which contribute to 
the typology of temple building; and an al-Ubaid cemetery of 
great size and richness. Tell Hamal continued to produce a 
flood of documents of the beginning of the 2nd millenium 
B.C., the latest being a mathematical text. 

Persia. The work of the French archaeological mission at 
Susa fell into two parts. In the " Royal Town," beneath two 
Islamic occupations and one 6th-century, was found a brick- 
built town, which had been inhabited by Christian Persians 
but was destroyed with its inhabitants by Shapur II in the 




Arab workers, under the supervision oj J. L. Keiso, oj Pittsburgh, U.S., clearing earth from the site of an ancient fortress fa the ruined city 

of Jericho, Palestine. 



52 



ARCHAEOLOGY 



middle of the 4th-century. West of the main site an extensive 
necropolis was excavated. The tombs took the form of deep 
vaulted burial chambers, approached by shafts or steps; 
dated by R. Ghirshman as belonging to the period 300 B.C.- 
A.D. 300, they contained clay sarcophagi with associated 
pottery and alabaster vessels and figurines of both Hellenistic 
and oriental styles. 

Afghanistan. M. D. Schlumberger reported on excavations 
at one of three Ghaznavid palaces of Lashkari-Bazar, first 
located in 1948, near the great Ghaznavid fortress and city 
of Bust, about 90 mi. W. of Kandahar. Of considerable 
importance in the study of Moslem secular architecture, the 
palace examined was probably built by Mahmud of Ghazni, 
who began the Moslem drive on India early in the llth 
century; covering about 35 ac. and rectangular in outline, 
it was symmetrically planned round a great central courtyard 
with a large open bay in the middle of each side. In addition 
to suites of private apartments, the discoveries included a 
large banqueting hall and an audience chamber decorated 
with human figures (contrary to orthodox Moslem tradition) 
and stucco medallions. 

Pakistan. The government of Pakistan established a 
national museum at Karachi. The new Department of 
Antiquities began work (under R. E. Mortimer Wheeler) on 
the great prehistoric city of Mohenjo-daro in Sind. The 
brick-built walls of the granary of the citadel,* standing to a 
considerable height, showed the use of timber reinforcement, a 
feature not hitherto encountered in buildings rf the Indus 
civilization. (R. E. Mortimer Wheeler, Five Thousand Years 
of Pakistan, Karachi, 1950.) (J. CHN.) 

North America. W. F. Libby and James Arnold of the 
University of Chicago, having completed the testing-phase of 
the radioactive carbon isotope, Carbon 14 , for securing dates 
of prehistoric organic materials, made available in 1950 a list 
of samples dated by this means within the previous two years. 
The dates were to be correlated with archaeological and 
geological evidence, and statements as to the probable validity 
of the results obtained were expected from the investigators 
who provided the samples. Two additional Carbon 14 dating 
laboratories were being prepared for operation at the Univer- 
sity of Michigan and Columbia university. 

The problems of early cultures in the New World, particu- 
larly in North America, received considerable attention. The 
apparent gap between the chronologies of the later Indian 
cultures that could be connected with the historic period and 
early remains such as Folsom and Yuma was being closed. 
New dating techniques indicated that archaeologists had been 
too conservative in estimating recent chronologies, while 
geologists had over-estimated the age of late Pleistocene 
phenomena. 

George F. Carter continued work at La Jolla, California, on 
problems of terraces, valley fill, soils and sea-level and their 
relations to evidences of human occupation. One grinding 
stone, a core tool and two flint flakes found beneath the soils 
of the Scripps cliff came from formations that suggested that 
they had been deposited during a period of high sea-level and 
that man might have been there in interglacial times. 

Near Port Arthur, Ontario, Richard MacNeish of the 
National Museum of Canada discovered a site which offered 
additional information on Palaeo-Indian culture. Plain view- 
type projectile points, large crude choppers and a variety of 
flint scrapers, some very delicately chipped, were found in an 
old beach deposit now 235 ft. above the level of Lake Superior. 

J. L. Gidaings of the University of Alaska continued work 
at the remarkable early site at lyatayet on Cape Denbigh in 
Norton sound. Additional artifacts from the sealed basal 
layer of the deposit further demonstrated the relationship of 
this microlithic complex to the Folsom and Yuma cultures of 
western Nortli America and to the Mesolithic of northern 



Europe and Asia. This site is extremely important in that it 
has given the first clear evidence relating early cultures of the 
Old and New Worlds. 

The cave in the Trail creek region of Seward peninsula 
discovered in 1949 was completely excavated and 1 1 additional 
caves discovered, one of which proved to contain cultural 
material. In the surface layers Eskimo artifacts were found; 
but beneath these, separated by a layer of accumulated rock 
dust, was discovered a complex of flint artifacts very similar 
to that found by Giddings at lyatayet. 

Large-scale excavation took place on outstanding sites 
discovered by surveys of areas destined to be covered by the 
waters of reservoirs. Nearly all the fieldwork was done in 
co-operation with the River Basin Surveys project of the 
Smithsonian institution:. Robert L. Stephenson excavated a 
variety of sites in the Whitney reservoir area on the Brazos 
river in Texas. Most interesting were some unexplained large 
pits 60 to 70 ft. in diameter discovered near Lavon. Jack 
Hughes and Alex Krieger surveyed the Falcon Reservoir area 
on the lower Rio Grande and discovered a number of sites 
both historic and prehistoric. 

The Wisconsin Archaeological survey worked primarily at 
the Aztalan site. Two houses were found and new data added 
on stockade features and burials. The University of Michigan 
began a five-year survey and excavation programme in the 
central Mississippi valley between the mouths of the Illinois 
and Ohio rivers under the direction of James B. Griffin. 
Excavations were made at the Cahokia mound-group in an 
effort to define more closely the two Mississippian cultural 
levels found there; and surface surveys were extended down 
the Missouri side of the Mississippi to Cape Girardeau, out- 
lining a sequence from Eastern Archaic to Mississippian. 
The Ohio state museum excavated an Archaic site near 
Oxford, Ohio, and found a series of trough-like refuse pits, 
heavy stemmed projectile points, scrapers, bone awls and 
needles. A post-mould pattern was worked out. 

The University of Kentucky partially excavated a large 
Adena-culture burial mound in Mason county. The summer 
field school of the University of Georgia under the direction of 
A. R. Kelly continued survey and salvage in the projected 
reservoir areas of the lower Flint and Chattahoochee. William 
Sears excavated a burial mound at the Kolomoki site and 
found ceramics and other artifacts of the Weeden Island 
period. Ripley Bullen of the Florida Park service excavated at 
the Madirs Bickel Mound state monument and worked out 
the chronology of the site. John Goggin conducted the 
summer field session of the University of Florida at the 
Zetrouer site (17th-century Spanish-Indian) and briefly 
investigated Fort Pupa (a slightly earlier Spanish fort) on the 
St. Johns river. A large collection of European and aborig- 
inal artifacts was secured. 

The University and the Museum of New Mexico co-oper- 
ated with the National Park service in excavating sites that 
were to be flooded by the Chamita reservoir on the Chama 
river. A pueblo dating c. A.D. 1300 with some unusual 
semi-subterranean structures was one of the sites investigated. 
Paul Martin and John Rinaldo of the Chicago Natural 
History museum continued their work in the Pine Lawn valley 
in southwestern New Mexico, this season's efforts being 
particularly directed to the excavation of several dry caves. 

Central America. Jorge Acosta excavated at Tula and some 
of the smaller surrounding sites in Mexico. Most of the work 
at Tula was concentrated on the Quetzalcoatl structure. The 
Museo Nacional of Mexico continued work at the remarkable 
site of Tlatilco. Numerous additional burials were found, 
adding considerably to the collection of Middle Culture and 
Olmec-like grave furnishings. 

From the Rio de La Pasi6n in Guatemala Barnum Brown 
reported the discovery of a fragment of fossil bone, possibly 



ARCHERY ARCHITECTURE 



53 



sloth, which has three V-shaped cuts that appear to have been 
made in fresh bone by man. This specimen, associated with 
other Upper Pleistocene faunal remains, gave the first direct 
suggestion of very early occupation of Guatemala. 

Linton Satterthwaite of the Museum of Pennsylvania began 
a programme of investigation of house mounds in British 
Honduras. At Caracoi he found a number of previously 
undiscovered monuments including stelae with dates. At 
Benque Viejo a part of a magnificent stucco facade was 
uncovered in very good condition. Stanley Boggs continued 
work at Tazumal for the government of Salvador (this was 
the tenth season of work at this complex site, and considerable 
information was gathered on the relations of the Tohil 
plumbate horizon to the local equivalents of Maya classic). 

South America. In Chile a party headed by Greta Mostny 
of the Museo Nacional de Historia Natural conducted an 
ethnographic survey in the region near the town of Peine in 
the Atacama desert: small protohistoric stone buildings with 
some cut stone at the corners and in door jambs were dis- 
covered, and the culture was related to the modern occupation. 

Wendell C. Bennett of Yale university made a survey of the 
Montaro basin in the central highlands of Peru and excavated 
at the extensive prehistoric site of Huari. This latter work 
suggests strongly that Huari was the highland centre from 
which the coastal Tiahuanaco culture spread. M. and Mme. 
Henry Reichlen of the Mus6e de I'Homme, Paris, completed 
their work in the Cajamarca region of the northern highlands 
and continued in Lima, working up the material. Richard 
Schaedel of the University of Trujillo, Peru, conducted a study 
of prehistoric architecture on the north coast between Casma 
and Leche valleys. (J. A. F.) 

ARCHERY. The 1950 world championships were held 
in Copenhagen in July. Hans Deutgen (Sweden) won the 
men's title for the fourth time with a score of 3,141. E. Tang 
Holbek (Denmark) was second with 2,878, Russ Reynolds 
(U.S.A.) third with 2,854 and Frantisek Hadas (Czecho- 
slovakia), the 1949 runner-up, fourth with 2,801. The men's 
team results were: Denmark first, Sweden second, Czecho- 
slovakia third. The ladies' title was won by Jean Lee (U.S.A.) 
with 3,254 points. Jean Richards (U.S.A.) was second with 
2,919, and R. Windahl (Sweden) third. The ladies' team 
results were: Finland first, Sweden second, England third. 

At Oxford in August the British National championship 
results were, ladies: first, Mrs. George Arthur (Edgware, 
Middlesex) with 1,336; second, Mrs. A. W. Burton (Ports- 
mouth) with 1,326; third, Mrs. T. H. Fisher (Portsmouth) 
with 1,191. The gentlemen's results were : first, Russell 
J. Beal (Portsmouth) with 1,376; second, B. McNaughton 
(Portsmouth), 1,256; third, George Brown (London), 1,232. 
Hampshire teams won both the ladies' and gentlemen's 
county championships. 

In the United States championships, at Lancaster, Pennsyl- 
vania, Jean Lee (Massachusetts) won with 3,812 points; 
Ann Weber (New Jersey) was second with 3,584 and Mrs. J. 
Richards (California) third with 3,556. The first three men 
were Stan Overby (California), 3,249, Russ Reynolds (Ohio), 
3,1 1 5, and William Sterner (New York), 3,027. (C. B. E.) 

ARCHITECTURE. The completion of the new House 
of Commons was without doubt the architectural event which 
attracted most attention during 1950. The " Tudor Domestic'* 
style of the new chamber inevitably aroused controversy. 
There were those who would have preferred a conjectured 
reconstruction of St. Stephen's chapel, the first permanent 
home of the House of Commons, those who had wanted a 
faithful reconstruction of Sir Charles Barry's Gothic-revival 
chamber, and those who believed that each age should have 
the courage of its own architectural convictions and could 



see no reason why the new chamber was not frankly contem- 
porary. In his planning it was generally agreed Sir Giles 
Gilbert Scott (q.v.) had exercised considerable ingenuity. 
With only a slight addition in total height three extra floors 
had been fitted in. Two were in the vertical space of 27 ft. 
below the floor of the old chamber, where its heating and 
ventilating apparatus had been housed; these provided space 
for committee and ministers' rooms, for secretaries and for 
interviewing. The third extra floor, for the clerk of the House 
and his staff, was over the top of the new House. Accom- 
modation in the chamber itself was increased from 802 to 
939, chiefly by replanning and extending the galleries. The 
new floor of the House was not made larger since it was 
thought important to retain that sense of intimacy in debate 
which is characteristic of the House of Commons. An 
elaborate and advanced system of air-conditioning was 
designed by Oscar Faber. In view of the varying conditions 
in different parts of the House at different times, eight separate 
air-conditioning plants were provided. The wood used for 
the roof and for the major part of the panelling was oak 
and the floor of Queensland maple. 

The main structural work was completed on two of the 
largest buildings on the South Bank site of the 1951 Festival 
of Britain. On the Dome of Discovery building, the last 
sheet of aluminium for the roof was laid in October. The 
building would incorporate three platforms, supported on a 
concrete podium. The dome was supported on eight cigar- 
shaped steel struts, consisting of 3-in. tubes. The installation 
of the internal equipment for the permanent concert building, 
to be known as the Royal Festival hall, was well under way 
by the end of the year and was to be completed in time for 
the opening on May 3, 1951. On Nov. 9 the King and 
Queen visited the site of the ^Festival of Britain's " Live 
Architecture " exhibit, a new neighbourhood to be known 
as Lansbury. The scheme would finally form part of the 
London County council's long-term scheme for the compre- 
hensive redevelopment of the Stepney-Poplar reconstruction 
area and would cover an area of 30 ac. It was planned in the 
town planning division of the department of the architect 
to the L.C.C., Robert H. Matthew, under the planning 
officer Arthur Ling. A number of private architects were 
invited to design the various buildings that would form the 
neighbourhood. . 

In the City oS Westminster the housing problem was still 
very acute and drastic measures were needed to deal with it. 
The Westminster City council decided to concentrate on 
alleviating the shortage in one large area rather than several 
small ones. In 1945-46 a competition had been held to 
provide designs for a large number of dwellings on a site 
which covered 30 ac. and stretched 600 yd. along the north 
bank of the Thames at Pimlico. The winners were the firm 
of Powell and Moya, and the first block of flats in the scheme 
was completed in Oct. 1950. Density would be at 200 persons 
an acre and, apart from the flats, there would be about 30 
shops, laundries, a mortuary, a restaurant, public lavatories 
and a service station with an underground garage for 200 
cars. The scheme was to be carried out in four sections, 
the first consisting of 495 flats and the second of 300 dwellings 
some of which would be three-storey houses. When all 
sections were finished there would be a total of approximately 
1,600 dwellings. Space heating and domestic hot water 
were provided by a district heating system utilizing waste 
heat from Battersea power station which faced the site 
across the river. It was estimated that the scheme would 
save 10,000 tons of coal each year. 

Commonwealth. Australia. Designs were published for 
the new National university at Canberra. The architect was 
Professor Brian B. Lewis, of the University qf Melbourne. 
His designs were based on a main axis which followed a 



54 



ARCHITECTURE 



well-defined ridge of ground. At one end, above a future 
lake, there would be an open-air auditorium and along the 
ridge, ranged at each side of a central lawn, the library 
administrative offices and public lecture rooms. University 
house, at the other end of the axis, would be the social focus 
of the university and provision was made for employing the 
best Australian artists and sculptors to decorate it. The 
Institute of Physical Sciences would be the first faculty 
building to be completed, and this would later be followed 
by those for the Medical institute, and for the social sciences 
and Pacific studies departments. A housing scheme, sited 
on a steep slope overlooking the lake, formed part of the 
layout. The house types were designed in collaboration with 
Roy Grounds. 

Canada. The most interesting new building in Canada 
during 1950 took place in British Columbia. Sharing, as it 
does, many similarities of climate and geography with 
California, it is not surprising that the influence of San 
Francisco's Bay Region architecture should have been so 
marked. Among the most noteworthy buildings were Ridge- 
view Elementary school, the Vocational institute and a 
public library, all at Vancouver and all designed by the 
firm of Sharp and Thompson, Berwick, Pratt. An air- 
conditioned Gospel hall, was built in Vancouver to the 
designs of Robert R. McKee for the Plymouth Brethren; 
it comprised an auditorium to seat 600 and an insulated 
cry-room for babies and a cafeteria. A house overlooking 
the sea, also by McKee, was constructed of six-foot module 
fir posts and beams, faced with glass and cedar board. It 
had a large " Indian " mural by thf* architect, depicting a 
whale, painted on a screen wall outside the front door. 

South Africa. The first three floors of a building in 
Johannesburg, designed by J. C. Cook and Cowen for the 
South African Blood Transfusion services, were completed. 
A further seven floors, containing flats and professional 
suites, would be added later. The building would have a 
reinforced concrete frame structure; panel infillings and 
facings would be of brick and terrazo. In order to provide 
accommodation for the rapidly growing population of 
Salisbury, the capital of Southern Rhodesia, the city council 
inaugurated a scheme for a block of flats which would be 
the highest building in Rhodesia. Designed by the firm of 
Ross Mackenzie, van Heerden and Hartford, it would 
comprise 108 one-room and 84 two-room flpts on 12 floors. 
The foundations would be a reinforced concrete rait and 
spreader beams and the main structure, a series of parallel 
spine walls, would be carried at ground floor level on piers 
similar to those of Le Corbusier's Unite d' Habitation near 
Marseilles. Windows would be continuous, and protected 
by hoods against the midday sun. Finishes would be of 
brick and fair-faced concrete, with aluminium cladding for 
the projecting fins of the spine walls and a polished stone 
veneer round the main entrances. The flat reinforced concrete 
roof would be surfaced with bitumen, screed and a light 
44 umbrella " of corrugated asbestos. Vertical expansion 
joints would divide the building into seven separate structures. 

Europe. Denmark. One of the best office buildings in 
Copenhagen was completed for the Shell company. Designed 
by Wilhelm Lauritzen (architect also of the excellent broad- 
casting building) it had a reinforced concrete frame and was 
faced with black slate, the outlines of the framework being 
in white plaster. At Klampenborg, north of Copenhagen, 
a terrace of houses was built to the designs of Arne Jacobsen. 
Built of yellow brick, the south facades were mostly of glass. 
The roofs were low-pitched and covered with asbestos 
tiles. 

France. The results were announced of an important 
competition launched in April 1949 by the French Ministry 
of Reconstruction and Town Planning. The aims of the 



competition, which was concerned with the design ar 
construction of flats and houses, were threefold: to stimula 
new ideas; to provide a means of assessing under comparab 
conditions various building methods old and new; to arrr 
at new solutions of the housing problem that were bo 
economically feasible and aesthetically pleasing. The cor 
petitors formed groups consisting of architects, engineers ar 
builders, and entered schemes for any one of the thr 
suggested sites: (1) nine- to twelve-storey flats at Villeneuv 
Saint-George; (2) two- to four-storey flats at Creil-Cori 
piegne; and (3) bungalows or two-storey houses at Chartre 
The three winning designs, which it was intended to execu 
were (1) by Marc and Leo Solotareflf, architects, and Lajoini 
builders; (2) by Gravereaux, architect, and Societe" Cogetravo 
builders; and (3) by Camelot, Sainsaulieu and Rivet, arch 
tects, and Societe* Nouvelle de Construction et de Travau 
builders. 

Germany. The building that temporarily housed the fir 
parliament of the German federal republic was inaugurate 
in 1950. Originally erected by the Prussian government i 
1930 as part of Bonn university, it occupied a fine site on tf 
banks of the Rhine. Alterations and additions were mac 
under the direction of Professor Hans Schwippert to pro vie 
a large hall for the Bundestag (lower house), a restaurant t 
seat all members of both houses and additional offices. , 
great deal of ingenuity was shown in the construction whic 
had to be completed in four months during which the existir 
building continued in use. The impersonal simplicity of tf 
earlier building was carried successfully through into the ne 
wings. 

Italy. In Rome the important extensions to the ne 
railway station were nearing completion. They were designe 
by two groups of architects who shared first prizes in 
competition held shortly after World War II. The first pa 
of the new station was completed just before the war, in tfc 
style popular under Mussolini, with facades resembling 
Roman aqueduct. The exceptionally elegant new extensior 
of glass and reinforced concrete provided a marked contra; 
with the original work. 

Switzerland. Two notable buildings were both in Genev; 
One was a block of flats, by Marc T. Saugey. The othe 
a Protestant church and assembly hall by W. M. Moser, < 
Haefeli, Moser and Steiger, with an exposed reinforce 
concrete frame, had walls of specially designed concrel 
blocks and circular sheets of glass. 

Eastern Europe. In both Hungary and Czechoslovakia 
number of good modern buildings were completed, apparent! 
still free from the stultifying grip of Stalinist aesthetic theor 
This could not be due to ignorance of the party line since th 
architectural magazines of both countries devoted a larj 
amount of space'in an attempt to elucidate it. In Hungai 
the most interesting buildings were the new school fc 
apprentices attached to the Matyas Rakosi metal foundr 
and the clinic at Ujpcst by Ferenc Kiss. In Czechoslovak!; 
a central post office at Bratislava was built by Krama 
The structural framework was of steel with a brick infillinj 
faced with Slovak sandstone. A 1 3-storey block of flats fc 
factory workers was completed at Horni Litvinov. Tt 
design, by E. Linhart and V. Hylsky, won first prize in 
competition held in 1947. The flats provided accommodatic 
for single people and families and included day nurseries, 
nursery school and a central kitchen with canteen. The stru< 
ture, of steel with brick infilling, was faced with prefabricate 
panels. (I. R. M. M.) 

United States. The general effect of the Korean war o 
the U.S. architectural profession had some immediate effec 
in 1950. Credit controls at once curtailed building i 
the small house field. The directive on credit controls wi 
followed by restrictive order M-4 of the National Productio 



ARCHITECTURE 



55 




MODERN HOUSING ami 
PUBLIC BUILDINGS 

A single- storey hou.se in 
Denmark by E. Hoff and 
B. Winding? (2) and flats in 
Geneva by Marc T. Saugey (4) 
arc examples of housing in 
1950. The Parliament building 
(l)al Bonn, Western Germany, 
which wax inaugurated in 1950. 
In Geneva, a new Protestant 
church by W. M. Moser (3) 
was completed, while in Rome 
progress was made on the new 
railway station (5) which was 
started before World War 11. 



56 



AREAS AND POPULATIONS 



authority. This banned amusement and recreational building. 
Its effect was immediate, especially as it was apparently the 
forerunner of further restrictive orders to come. 

The slight panic nevertheless quickly evaporated. The 
reluctance on the part of contractors to submit firm bids 
appeared to be lessening toward the end of the year. Curiously 
enough there arose an interesting stimulation of immediate 
planning in various non-military fields. This was the result 
of a desire to get planning work under way, and if possible 
construction also, before the country found itself in a serious 
predicament. As the year closed, the outlook for the pro- 
fession was more stable that it had been six months earlier. 

Residential. Considerable interest was focused in 1950 
upon the public housing programme. At the close of the 
year this programme was almost entirely in the planning 
stage, and the rise in prices was causing a drastic change in 
the planning phases. It was obvious that, under existing 
authorizations and appropriations, the programme could not 
be carried out as originally foreseen. The official remedy had 
been the cutting down of space allotments and the elimination 
of any superfluity in architectural design. 

In the private residential field there was in some areas a 
marked falling off in construction of'what are loosely termed 
** luxury houses.*' Houses well out of the low-cost range 
were being built in Texas, Nebraska and other places which 
hitherto had not been especially noteworthy in this field. 
An interesting manifestation was the building of fine homes 
for well-to-do farmers and ranchers in remote p^.rts of the 
middle west. Very often in these houses the architects had 
the opportunity to develop completely contemporary and 
up-to-date structures. 

Many interesting smaller modern houses were designed and 
built, and modern architecture seemed to be passing through 
its growing stages and arriving at maturity. In many of 
these houses the modernistic cliches had been eliminated 
except where the design of modern houses had fallen into 
less capable hands, or in some instances had fallen outside 
the hands of the profession completely. 

Techniques and Materials. There was an increasing con- 
centration on research, in which the American Institute of 
Architects was taking a leading role, as was the Building 
Research Advisory board, set up under the National Research 
council and supported entirely by the construction industry. 

The construction industry also established a project to 
explore and advocate modular co-ordination. This was 
being carried out under the immediate direction of the 
American Institute of Architects and was expected to have 
a profound effect on architectural design in general. Weather 
conditions which affected the design of buildings were also 
being studied. 

Commercial. The general tendency toward decentralization 
throughout the country gave the architect a chance to develop 
a new field of design, principally of the shopping centre and 
of the supermarket, a peculiarly American institution. 

Further studies were made in the field of indoor and out- 
door car-parking facilities, and new and ingenious develop- 
ments were being carried out in public garages. The open-air 
cimena which, in its initial development, seemed to offer 
little opportunity to the architect, had progressed to a point 
where architectural service was demanded, and some archi- 
tects had become experts in this field. No longer was the 
open-air cinema simply a screen set up on a piece of waste 
land: it had become an architecturally planned centre of 
amusement. 

In 1950 office building design was characterized by greater 
simplicity bordering on barrenness, except in the case of 
the U.N. building in New York city, which was a special- 
purpose building. The year saw a breaking-away from the 
skyscraper per se. There no longer appeared to be a striving 



for a building higher than its fellows for the sake of the 
owner's prestige. 

Governmental. In governmental architecture there was, 
too, a trend toward simplicity. Great attention was paid to 
functional suitability and to the lowering of maintenance 
cost. That these objectives could be achieved with a corres- 
ponding improvement in the architectural appearance of a 
building was shown in Louis Justement's courthouse, under 
construction in Washington. 

To sum up the architectural progress of 1950, there was an 
intelligent concentration on study and research, an adapta- 
bility to the national economic pattern and a steady advance, 
despite a momentary uncertainty brought about by the 
disturbed international situation. (See also BUILDING AND 
CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY; HOUSING; INTERIOR DECORATION; 
TOWN AND COUNTRY PLANNING.) (ED. R. P.) 

AREAS AND POPULATIONS OF THE 
COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD. The political entities 
of the world are listed here with their areas, populations and 
number of persons per square mile. The latest census or 
official estimates are given for each country. Areas in square 
miles are in accordance with the boundaries for the year of 
the population figure unless otherwise noted. 



Name of continent and state Area 


Population 


(sq.mi.) 


COOO) per sq.mi. 


WORLD TOTAL . . . 58,062,977 


2,388,939 45-9* 


AFRICA 11,611,409 


191,410 16-5 


Belgian colony and trusteeship . 925,094 


14,811 


British colonies, dependencies, etc. 3,046,063 


67,038 


Egypt 383,000 


20,045 52-3 


Ethiopia 350,000 


10,000 28-6 


French overseas territories . 4,270,896 


50,037 


Italian trusteeship and condominium 194,000 


955 4-9 


Liberia 43,000 


1,648 38-3 


Libya 679,183 


1,177 1'7 


Portuguese colonies . . . 794,959 


11,480 


South-West Africa (mandate of 




Union of South Africa) . . 317,725 


374 1-2 


Spanish colonies and protectorate . 134,763 


1,587 


Tangier, International Zone of . 232 


150 646-6 


Union of South Africa . . 472,494 


12,108 25-6 


ANTARCTICA .... 6,000,000 


Uninhabited 


ASIA (exclusive of U.S.S.R.) . 10,575,583 


1,274,211 120-5 


Afghanistan .... 270,000 


12,000 44-4 


Arabian desert .... 193,000 


Uninhabited 


Bhutan 18,000 


300 16-7 


British colonies, dependencies, etc. 245,932 


10,577 


Burma 261,749 


18,200 69-5 


Ceylon 25,332 


7,500 296-1 


China (including Formosa, Kwan- 




tung, Manchuria and Tibet) . 3,876,956 


475,000 122-5 


French overseas territories . 285,987 


27,777 


India . . . 1,220,099 


347,340 284-5 


Indonesia . 




583,479 


79,260 135-8 


Iraq . 




116,600 


4,990 42-8 


Israel 




7,800 


1,247 159-9 


Japan (1949) 




146,690 


83,074 566 3 


Jordan 




37,110 


400; 


Korea 




85,225 


29,291 343-2 


Kuwait 




9,000 


120 13-3 


Lebanon 




3,470 


1,238 356-8 


Mongolia . 




606,000 


2,000 3-3 


Nepal 




54,000 


6,910 128-0 


Netherlands New Guin< 


,a 


151,789 


1,000 6-6 


Oman and Masqat 
Pakistan 




65.000 
3371524 


830 12-8 
75,000 222-2 


Persia 




634,413 


18,387 29-0 


Philippines . 




115,600 


19,356 167-4 


Portuguese colonies 




8,876 


1,487 


Qatar 




4,000 


16 4-0 


Ryukyu Is. (U.S. occup 


ied tc 


rr.) - 935 


909 972-2 


Saudi Arabia 




597,000 


6,000 10-1 


Sikkim 




2,745 


122 444 


Syria 




72,560 


3,407 47-0 


Thailand (Siam) . 




198,272 


17,987 90-7 


Trucial Sheikhdoms 




16,000 


105 6-6 


Turkey 




296,185 


20,903 70-6 


Yemen 




31,000 


1,600 51-6 



ARGENTINA 



57 



Name of continent and state Area 


Population 


(sq.mi.) 


('000) (per sq.mi.) 


AUSTRALIA AND OCEANIA . . 3,304,507 


12,759 


3-9 


Australia 2,974,581 


8,179 


2-7 


Australian dependencies . . 183,553 


1,313 




British colonies, dependencies, etc. 24,700 


552 





French colonies ... 9,199 


109 





New Zealand 


103,416 


1,881 


18-2 


New Zealand dependencies 


1,656 


93 





United States possessions . 


7,402 


632 





EUROPE (exclusive of U.S.S.R.) 


1,903,369 


391,902 


205-9 


Albania .... 


10,629 


1,300 


122-3 


Andorra .... 


191 


5 


26-2 


Austria .... 


32,375 


7,090 


218-9 


Belgium .... 


11,783 


8,614 


731-1 


British colonies and dependencies 


124 


337 





Bulgaria .... 


42,796 


7,160 


167-3 


Czechoslovakia (1950) . 


49,330 


12,463 


252-6 


Denmark (excl. Greenland, incl 








Faeroe Islands) 


17,109 


4,261 


249-1 


Estonia .... 


18,357 


854 


46-5 


Finland (including Aland islands) 


130,159 


4,015 


30-8 


France .... 


213,010 


42,000 


197-2 


Germany (1950, including Saar) 


138,017 


69,382 


505-2 


Greece (including Dodecanese) 


51,182 


7,960 


155-5 


Hungary .... 


35,893 


9,201 


256-3 


Iceland .... 


39,768 


140 


3-5 


Ireland .... 


26,602 


2,991 


112-4 


Italy (1950) 


116,224 


46,001 


395-8 


Latvia .... 


25,395 


1,650 


65-0 


Liechtenstein 


61 


13 


213-1 


Lithuania .... 


25,173 


2,353 


93-5 


Luxembourg 


1,010 


295 


292-1 


Monaco .... 


0-6 


23 


. 


Netherlands 


12,868 


9,955 


773-6 


Norway (including Spitsbergen) 


149,161 


3,237 


21-7 


Poland (1950) . 


120,359 


25,036 


208-0 


Portugal (incl. Azores and Madeira 


35,413 


8,491 


239-8 


Rumania .... 


91,654 


15,873 


173-2 


San Marino 


38 


13 


342-1 


Spain (including Canary Islands) 


194,945 


28,023 


143-7 


Sweden .... 


173,390 


6,986 


40-3 


Switzerland 


15,940 


4,696 


294-6 


Trieste, Free Territory of 


293 


381 





United Kingdom 


94,205 


49,919 


529-9 


Vatican City 


0-5 


1 





Yugoslavia (after Sept. 15, 1947) . 98,826 


16,040 


162-3 


U.S.S.R. (1950 area, 1946 pop. est.) 8,436,188 


193,000 


22-9 


NORTH AMERICA . . . 9,375,934 


217,192 


23-2 


British colonies and dependencies . 2 1 ,060 


2,751 





Canada 3,843,144 


13,845 


3-6 


Costa Rica 19,238 


851 


44-2 


Cuba 44,217 


5,400 


122-1 


Danish colony (Greenland) . . 840,000 


23 





Dominican Republic . . . 19,129 


2,400 


125-5 


French territory and departments . 1 ,206 


553 





Guatemala . ... 45,452 


3,784 


83-3 


Haiti . ... 10,748 


3,750 


348-9 


Honduras . ... 59,160 


1,534 


25-9 


Mexico . ... 760,373 


25,368 


33-4 


Netherlands Anti Ics . . . 403 


165 


409-4 


Nicaragua . . . . 57,145 


1,503 


26-3 


Panama . ... 28,575 


764 


26-7 


Salvador, El . . . 13,176 


2, 150 


163-2 


United States . . . 3,022,387 


150,697 


50-6 


United States possessions . . 590,521 


2,418 


._ 


SOUTH AMERICA . . . 6,856,054 


108,465 


15-8 


Argentina 1,079,965 


17,098 


15-8 


Bolivia 416,040 


3,990 


9-6 


Brazil 3,286,170 


50,000 


15-2 


British colonies and dependencies . 90,68 1 


410 





Chile 286,323 


5,761 


20-1 


Colombia 439,714 


11,015 


25-1 


Ecuador 104,510 


3.404 


32-6 


French Guiana .... 34,740 


35 


1-0 


Netherlands territory (Surinam) . 54,291 


192 


3-5 


Paraguay 157,047 


1,304 


8-3 


Peru 482,258 


8,204 


17-0 


Uruguay 72,172 


2.353 


32-6 


Venezuela 352,143 


4,697 


13-3 



* In computing the world density the area of Antarctica is omitted, 
t Includes Eritrea as military trustee area. 
t Population of former Tramjordan only. 

I Areas and populations of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania included in 1950 
and 1946 U.S.S.R. totals. 



ARGENTINA. Second largest South American republic, 
occupying the southeastern portion of the continent. Area 
(excluding the so-called " Zona Austral " which is supposed 
to comprise the "Malvinas"; i.e., Falklands, and other 
islands or territory in Antarctica): 1,079,965 sq.mi. Pop.: 
(May 10, 1947, census) 16,108,573; (mid-1948 est.) 16,300,000. 
The population is overwhelmingly European in origin (mostly 
Spanish and Italian, with Irish, German, Croat and Polish 
admixtures); in 1940 about 9% were of mixed blood, the 
dwindling Indian population was estimated at 262,600 and the 
total of foreign-born population was 2,355,900. The distri- 
bution of the population is uneven: the federal capital and the 
four provinces of the littoral (La Plata, Corrientes, Parana 
and Sante F6) cover only one-fifth of the total area but have 
two-thirds of the country's population; urban population is 
estimated at 75%. Language: Spanish. Religion: mainly 
Roman Catholic; Jewish 360,000. Chief towns (pop. 1947 
est.): Buenos Aires (/.v.) (capital and leading port, 3,000,371); 
Avellaneda, a Buenos Aires suburb (279,572); Rosario 
(464,688); C6rdoba (351,644); La Plata (271,738); Lanus 
(242,760); Santa F6 (168,01 1); Tucuman (152,508). President 
of the republic, General Juan Domingo Peron. 

History. The Argentine national hero, General Jos6 de San 
Martin, died in exile in France in 1850. The year 1950 was 
officially dedicated to his memory, and it was decreed that on 
every day throughout the centennial year the words Afro del 
Libertador General San Martin were to be added to the 
calendar date at the head of all newspapers and other printed 
matter. In January one hundred or more newspapers in 
Buenos Aires and the provinces were closed for varying 
periods by order of a congressional committee, on the pretext 
that they had failed to print the prescribed legend in their 
date-lines. Most of these publications happened to be news- 
papers which were known to be in some degree critical of 
President Per6n's regime. The committee which performed 
this indirect censorship had been appointed originally to 
investigate " anti-Argentine activities " and was headed by 
Jos6 Emilio Visca. By taking control of the country's chief 
newsprint stock, Visca obtained almost complete power over 
the Argentine press, though La Prensa, in spite of considerable 
obstruction, managed to preserve its traditionally independent 
outlook. Visca's intolerance aroused indignation in the 
United States at a time when Argentina was badly in need of 
economic assistance from Washington. In March the U.S. 
assistant secretary of state, Edward G. Miller, visited Buenos 
Aires and indicated that if certain concessions were made to 
U.S. susceptibilities a dollar credit might be forthcoming. A 
few days later the Argentine minister of the treasury, Ramon 
A. Cereijo, concluding a two months' visit to North America, 
assured U.S. businessmen that Argentina would welcome 
private U.S. capital and would treat it fairly. In May it was 
announced that the Export-Import Bank of Washington would 
be willing to grant a credit of $125 million to a group of 
Argentine banks for the purpose of cancelling the debts which 
Argentine importers owed to U.S. firms. At the beginning of 
June the Argentine congress pointedly did not re-nominate 
Visca to his post on the committee of investigation. 

To improve the balance of dollar payments the Argentine 
government also restricted imports from the United States 
and made a big effort to increase exports to that country. In 
the first half of the year exports to the U.S rose from the 1949 
figure of 107 million pesos to 467-8 million, while imports 
from the U.S. were reduced from the 1949 figure of 372-8 
million pesos to 321 -6 million. The subsequent outbreak of 
war in Korea stimulated U.S. demand for Argentine products. 

On July 17 the Ministry of Foreign Affairs published 
Argentina's reply to the appeal of the secretary general of the 
United Nations for support in connection with the Korean 
war The reply declared Argentina's willingness 1 to fulfil her 



58 



ARMIES OF THE WORLD 



obligations and added: "We are waiting for the unified 
command to enter into direct communication with the 
Argentine government." The publication of this message 
immediately provoked public demonstrations against Argen- 
tina's participation in hostilities. People marched through 
the streets of Buenos Aires and Rosario shouting " We want 
peace ! ", " Keep our children out of war ! " On the following 
day the Ministry of Foreign Affairs explained that the reply 
to the United Nations did not commit Argentina to send 
troops to Korea as that would require the sanction of congress. 

For the national economy it was unfortunate that the far 
eastern war began in a year when Argentina's agricultural 
production was suffering from the effects of a serious drought 
and from the effects of the government's previous policy of 
encouraging urban industry at the expense of agriculture. 
Before the outbreak of hostilities it had already become 
apparent that Per6n's industrialization projects still depended 
on the importing of equipment and fuel which, because of the 
evaporation of foreign currency reserves, could now only be 
paid for by increasing the export of Argentina's traditional 
pastoral and agricultural products. In April, therefore, the 
president launched a campaign for an increase in the sowing 
of cereals and announced the higher prices which the I.A.P.I. 
(Institute Argentine de Promoci6n de Intercambio) would 
pay for the forthcoming crops. On June 7 Peron raised the 
official price of steers by 23 %. In September and October 
further increases were announced in the prices at which 
I.A.P.I. would purchase cereals. 

Throughout the year Anglo- Argentine commercial and 
financial negotiations were periodically broken off and resumed. 
Although trade between the two countries was substantial, 
there was great dissatisfaction on both sides. Because of the 
devaluation of sterling, Argentina now asked for 140 a ton 
for meat, whereas the United Kingdom offered 90. The 
Argentine authorities demanded compensation on their 
sterling balances existing at the time of the 1949 devaluation of 
the pound, but the British contended that no such balances 
existed at that date. The British negotiators complained that 
the Argentine government had only issued import licences for 
an insignificant quantity of non-essential manufactures and 
that there were enormous arrears of commercial and other 
debts owing to Great Britain for which remittance permits had 
not been granted. The Argentines replied that they had no 
sterling available for those purposes. On Jijly 21, as no price 
agreement had been reached, I.A.P.I. instructed the local 
meat-packing organizations to cease shipping meat to the 
U.K. On Aug. 21 the Ministry of Economic Affairs announced 
new and higher minimum prices for light steers in preference 
to the heavy steers traditionally bred in Argentina for the U.K. 
market. The ministry stated that Argentine stock-breeders 
must now cater for European and South American markets 
where light steers were preferred, and that they must no longer 
cater only for the U.K. The suspension of shipments to the 
U.K., coupled with the difficulty of finding alternative 
markets, caused a great accumulation of meat in the packing 
houses, and on Oct. 18 the Ministry of Economic Affairs 
therefore authorized the packers to use their stocks of frozen 
meat for canning. At the end of November negotiations 
between the U.K. and Argentina were once again resumed in 
London and Buenos Aires. 

On Aug. 28 the Ministry of Finance announced a simpli- 
fication in the Argentine system of multiple exchange rates. 
The new system and rates represented a substantial devalua- 
tion of the peso. It was anticipated that this devaluation 
would assist the export of Argentine products and thereby 
enable Argentina to purchase from abroad the essential 
supplies which, under the influence of the Korean war, were 
becoming scarcer and more expensive. 

The cost o*f living continued to rise during 1950, and many 



strikes occurred. The higher wages demanded by the strikers 
were invariably granted, and the popularity of the regime did 
not diminish. Provincial congressional elections took place in 
March, with satisfactory results for Per6n's party. Colonel 
Domingo Mercante, a supporter and close friend of the 
president, was re-elected governor of the province of Buenos 
Aires. His Radical opponent, Ricardo Balbin, was arrested 
on polling day. 

In September Per6n made a speech in which he defined his 
policy as being ideologically " on the left, on the right, or in 
the centre, according to events." He said: " We are altogether 
anti-sectarian. We are anti-Communist because the Com- 
munists are sectarian, and we are anti-capitalist because the 
capitalists are sectarian too." The president stated that he 
had raised three great banners: " Economic independence, 
social justice and national sovereignty," and he named his 
policy Justicialismo, the policy of justice. (G. P.) 

Education. Schools (1945): primary 14,294, pupils 2,064,464, teachers 
79,741; secondary (1946) 1,145, pupils 221,409, teachers 28,360; 
universities (1943) 8, students 62,870. 

Agriculture. Main crops ('000 metric tons, 1948-49; 1949-50 in 
brackets): wheat 5,170 (5,720); barley 610 (600); oats 700 (650); rye 
250 (240); maize 4,600 (2,000); potatoes 850 (1,210); linseed 490 (600); 
sunflower seed 1,100 (800); groundnuts 100 (110); tobacco 26 (27); 
cotton, ginned 91 (93); rice 120 (HO); sugar, raw value, 565 (549). 
Livestock ('000 head): cattle (1947) 41,268; sheep (1949) 45,000; 
pigs (1949) 3,500; horses (1949) 7,238; asses and mules (1949) 501; 
poultry (1949) 20,000. Meat production ('000 metric tons, 1949): 
beef 1,814. Wool production ('000 metric tons, greasy basis, 1948-49; 
1949-50 in brackets): 209 (200). 

Industry. Industrial establishments (1947) 101,884; persons employed 
in manufacturing industries (1949) 1,169,000. Fuel and power: coal 
('000 metric tons, 1947) 32-9; crude oil ('000 metric tons, 1949; 1950, 
six months, in brackets) 3,200 (1,655); electricity consumption (million 
kwh., 1948; 1949, six months, in brackets) 3,072 (1,588). Raw materials 
('000 metric tons, 1949): lead 18; zinc 19; sulphur 9; iron ore 22. 
Manufactured goods (main products, '000 metric tons, 1949; 1950, 
six months, in brackets): iron and steel products 154; cement 1,440 
(776); paper pulp 37; rubber types ('000 units) 820. 

Foreign Trade. (Million pesos, 1949; 1950, six months, in brackets) 
import 4,645-4 (2,278-1); export 3,717-5 (2,566-7). Main sources of 
imports (1949): Italy 16%; U.K. 15-6%; U.S. 14-8%; France 10-0%. 
Main destinations of exports: U.K. 22-8%; Brazil 10-9%; U.S. 
10-7%. Main imports (1949): machinery and vehicles 21-5%; textiles 
18-6%; iron and steel goods 16-3%; fuel and lubricants 10-7%. Main 
exports : meat and animal products 50 5% ; agricultural products 45 -0%. 

Transport and Communications. Roads (1949): 20,082 mi. Licensed 
motor vehicles (Dec. 1949): cars 250,000; commercial 160,000. Rail- 
ways (1948): 26,568 mi.; freight carried (1948) 43 million tons; passengers 
carried (1947) 335 million. Shipping (July 1949): number of merchant 
vessels over 100 gross tons 403; total tonnage 834,840. Air transport 
(1949, six months): mi. flown 3,996,721; passengers flown 132,538; 
cargo carried 302,004 tons; air mail carried 51,779 tons. Telephones 
(1949): subscribers 650,058. Wireless licences (1949): 2 million. 

Finance and Banking. (Million pesos) budget: (1950 est.) revenue 
4,870-0, expenditure 5,040-9; (1951 est.) revenue 4,844-1, expenditure 
4,844-0. Budget of autonomous agencies (1950; 1951 in brackets): 
balanced at 5,022-7 (5,987-9). National debt (Dec. 1948; Dec. 1949 
in brackets): 12,940 (15,408). Currency circulation (July 1949; July 
1950 in brackets): 7,018 (9,174). Gold reserve (million U.S. dollars, 
July 1949; July 1950 in brackets): 167 (216). Monetary unit: peso with 
a free market rate (pre-devaluation, 1949; Nov. 1950 in brackets) of 
19-38 (38-22) pesos to the pound and 4-81 (13-65) pesos to the U.S. 
dollar. 

See J. C. J. Melford, San Martin: The Liberator (Oxford, 1950). 

ARMIES OF THE WORLD. Three outstanding 
developments affected the armies of the world during 1950: 
on June 25 the army of North Korea invaded South Korea; 
the United States abandoned attempts to economize in its 
defence expenditure, passed a new draft law and began 
major shipments of arms to North Atlantic treaty nations 
while greatly expanding its own ground forces; and Chinese 
Communist troops intervened in Korea, and China launched 
an invasion of Tibet and built up forces in Kwangtung for 
a possible amphibious thrust at Formosa or support of the 
Communist forces in Indo-China. 

The major changes in the disposition of the armies of the 



ARMIES OF THE WORLD 



59 



world during 1950 resulted from the Korean war. Nearly 
all of the U.S. forces of occupation in Japan were sent to 
Korea, while most of the regular army troops in the United 
States were also sent to the far east. Within the United 
States the troops being sent overseas were replaced by con- 
scripts and the activation of four national guard divisions. 
France continued to send additional troops, mostly colonials, 
to Indo-China. At the same time a gradual build-up of 
strength commenced among the North Atlantic treaty 
nations. There was little change in the disposition of the 
Soviet and satellite armies. 

Great Britain. The international crisis forced Great Britain 
to modify its programme for economic recovery and concen- 
trate on building up its armed forces. In July a three-year 
defence plan was announced, involving an expenditure of 
3,400 million. Military service for men from 18 to 26 was 
extended from 18 months to two years and service pay was 
increased by as much as 75 % for some ranks. Increases in 
pay would add another 200 million to defence expenditure. 
Great Britain was to expand its forces in Germany, and pro- 
duce tanks, transport and heavy artillery for the Atlantic 
treaty army. 

Disposition. Steps were taken during 1950 to increase the 
army by 55,000. This was to bring the 6^ divisions overseas to 
full strength. A new division, the 1 Hh Armoured, was moved 
to Germany, joining the 7th Armoured and 2nd Infantry 
which were already in the British Army of the Rhine. British 
troop strength of about 50,000 was maintained in the middle 
east with a concentration in the Suez canal zone and with 
troops in Eritrea and Cyprus. There was the equivalent of 
two divisions in Malaya together with about 70,000 police of 
all types. Strength in Hong Kong was 40,000. In Korea the 
28th and 29th brigades and supporting troops, including 
armour, fought as part of the United Nations forces. 

Equipment. The 60-ton Centurion tank, which saw some 
service in Korea, was one of the best heavy tanks in the world, 
along with the Soviet Stalin Mark III. However, British 
production of the Centurion was only slightly more than 100 
a year. (See BRITISH ARMY.) 

United States. At the beginning of 1950 the U.S. army 
faced an economy programme, by which the number of troops 
would be reduced from 677,000 to 630,000. At this time about 
20% of the strength of the army was allocated to " house- 
keeping " duties normally performed by civilian employees 
who had been dismissed during the economy drive. Conse- 



quently, when hostilities broke out in Korea the army had 
only about 596,000 men. 

With the bulk of the regular army committed in Korea, the 
trend was completely reversed. The rate of military appro- 
priations indicates the development of plans for U.S. rearma- 
ment. The appropriation for the army for the fiscal year 1950 
was $4,407 million. With economy in mind the initial 
appropriation for the fiscal year 1951 (beginning July 1, 1950) 
was $4,018 million, a reduction of $389 million. The over-all 
defence appropriation for this period was $13,000 million. 
However, during 1950 congress passed two supplementary 
defence appropriations the first for $1 1,000 million and the 
second for $15,000 million, bringing defence appropriations 
to more than $42,000 million or three times the original 
figure by the end of the calendar year. Of this amount approxi- 
mately half was for the army and provided for a strength of 
1,263,000 men. 

At the outbreak of the Korean war in June 1950 the U.S. 
army had only ten active divisions. Of these, four were on 
occupation duty in Japan, one was in Germany and the rest 
were in the U.S. Two of the divisions in the U.S., the 2nd 
and 3rd Infantry, were sent to Korea and four National 
guard divisions the 28th (Pennsylvania), 40th (California), 
43rd (Connecticut, Rhode Island and Vermont) and 45th 
(Qklahoma) were called to active duty. In addition the 
196th (South Dakota) and 278th (Tennessee) Regimental 
Combat teams were called up, These units were to be brought 
to full strength with drafted men. Some non-divisional 
National guard units were mobilized to replace units of 
regular divisions sent overseas. The strength of the National 
guard at the start of the Korean conflict was 325,976 and 
included 27 divisions and 20 regimental combat teams. At 
that time the organized reserve had a strength of 185,000 and 
the volunteer reserve 337,000. By the end of 1950 more than 
200,000 men had been inducted into the army under selective 
service, bringing the over-all ground strength to nearly a 
million. Plans called for the equivalent of 24 divisions to be 
organized by June 1951. 

Disposition. Approximately half the U.S. troops, 314,000, 
were in the United States during the first half of 1950, and 
about 100,000 in Europe and 150,000 in the Pacific area. At 
the end of 'the year U.S. troop strength in the Pacific was 
considerably greater, the forces stationed in Europe increasing 
only slightly. 

Steps were taken to transform the occupation forces in 




Tanks of the French tinny taking part in manoeuvres, Aug. 30 to Sept. /, 7950 



60 



ARMIES OF THE WORLD 



Germany into a component part of the Atlantic treaty army. 
The 7th U.S. army was put on an active service footing with 
headquarters at Stuttgart. The first combat forces assigned 
to this army included the 1st U.S. Infantry division and 
constabulary units which were to be reorganized into an 
armoured division. 

Training, The U.S. army began to put its stations on an 
active basis and modernize training areas necessary for 
handling an army of two to three times the size of the regular 
army in 1950. Initial plans called for the induction of about 
80,000 men a month during the early part of 1951. 

During 1950 three major training exercises were conducted. 
In February " Sweetbriar " was held in Alaska jointly with 
the Canadian army to test arctic equipment and technique. 




Fifty-ton Centurion tanks oj the British army, each carrying a 
20-pdr. gun seen at Catterick camp, Yorkshire. 

About 5,300 troops participated in a " mechanized march " 
across difficult Alaskan terrain to attack an airstrip held by 
an "aggressor*' force. The U.S. 14th Regimental Combat 
team and elements of Princess Patricia's Canadian Light 
infantry, with some airborne troops, participated. " Portex," 
held in March, was the largest peacetime amphibious-airborne 
joint operation held up to the end of 1950. With about 
80,000 U.S. army, navy, marine and air force personnel 
participating this exercise was designed to provide training 
in joint operations including airborne-amphibious techniques, 
to test under service conditions and to train the defence 
forces of the Caribbean command. In May " S warmer " 
put to test a purely aerial invasion. Conducted with about 
63,000 men and 375 planes, including the bulk of the 1 Ith and 
82nd Airborne divisions, this operation tested the practicality 
of capturing and supporting completely from the air a foothold 
in enemy-held territory. The operation proved that capture 
of an airhead was feasible and that airborne operations of a 
greater scope than any attempted in World War II could be 
mounted. The principal lesson from this exercise was that 
paratroopers needed to be protected from enemy tank 
attacks. Another training problem which received attention 
in 1950 was that of close support of ground units by tactical 
aircraft. An army air-support centre was established at Fort 
Bragg, North Carolina, to train air-ground teams. 
Equipment. New tanks put into production during 1950 
included a light tank, the T-41, weighing 28 tons, mounting 
a 76-mm. gun, with a speed of 35 m.p.h. The T-41 was stated 
to be superior to anything in its class, including the thinly 
armoured M-24 light tank which mounted a 75-mm. gun. An 
improved medium tank, the M-47, was also put into produc- 
tion. A development of the General Patton, the new tank had 
similar characteristics, such as a weight of 48 tons, a 90-mm. 
gun and a speed of 33 m.p.h. 

A new anti-tank weapon was also produced in 1950, a 
105-mm. jeep-mounted recoilless rifle. This weapon was 
designed for infantry units, to be used with 5 5-in. bazookas 
and the 75-mm. recoilless rifle against armour. 



U.S.S.R. There was little evidence of change in the over-all 
strength of the Soviet army in 1950. With about 100 divisions 
at full strength, and another 100 in cadres, the U.S.S.R. was 
maintaining about 2-5 million men on active service in the 
army. Because the proportion of administrative and supply 
troops was smaller in the Russian army than in the western 
armies, this number gave the U.S.S.R. a higher proportion 
of effective combatants than would usually be the case for 
this number of men in an army. The published defence 
appropriations for 1950 amounted to 19% of the total 
budget. 

Disposition. No major changes in disposition of the Soviet 
army took place in 1950. About 30 to 35 divisions were 
maintained in Germany at full strength (1 1,000 for the infantry 
units). These divisions included six armoured formations 
and there were some unattached tank regiments. In addition 
there were six Soviet divisions in Hungary and Rumania and 
two in Austria. The exact number of units in Poland was 
unknown and it was apparent that a great concentration of 
strength could take place there almost unobserved. Bridges 
in the eastern zone of Germany were strengthened to carry 
the very heavy Stalin Mark III tanks. The strength maintained 
in the far east was 650,000 men. 

Training. At least one special task force was trained during 
1950 in arctic warfare technique. Large-scale exercises were 
held in Germany, although tank manoeuvres were believed 
to be restricted because of the deterioration of equipment. 
An analysis of the state of training and equipment in the 
Soviet army showed the following conditions: (1) Main- 
tenance of mechanized equipment and armour was at its 
lowest ebb since World War II because of an extreme shortage 
of technicians. It was deduced that Soviet industrial expan- 
sion had received first priority for technicians and that the 
army was required to train its own mechanics. (2) There was 
a shortage of all forms of mechanized equipment. Tanks were 
old, trucks were scarce and in bad condition and there was 
a scarcity of self-propelled guns. (3) Armoured divisions 
lacked good radio equipment. (4) The physical condition, 
training and discipline of the troops were excellent. (5) Des- 
pite shortcomings the Soviet army was an extremely effective 
fighting force. 

France. The length of military service was increased from 
18 months to two years as part of the programme to expand 
the army to fulfil France's commitments under the Atlantic 
treaty. Plans called for the expansion of the army in Europe 
to a total of ten divisions in 1951 and at least five more in 




An anti-aircraft gun crew of the United States army taking part 

in combined U.S. -Canada army manoeuvres in Yukon Territory, 

Canada. 



ARMIES OF THE WORLD 



61 









Mute-train artillery of the bodyguard of the Dalai Lama of Tibet seen during field exercises in Lhasa, Oct. 1950, as the Chinese forces 

began their invasion of Tibet. 



1952 and a further five in 1953. The defence budget totalled 
Fr. 740,000 million (28-5% of budget). 

Additional financial support was promised by the United 
States, as well as arms and equipment. 

Disposition. Three French divisions were engaged in 
occupation duties in Germany and Austria. Four additional 
divisional cadres were available in France and were to be 
fully manned in 1951. Reinforcements were sent from France 
and north Africa to Indo-China during the year. These 
included an armoured regiment equipped with Sherman 
tanks and an infantry regiment composed of battalions from 
the French Foreign legion and from Morocco and Senegal. 
French strength in Indo-China amounted to 150,000, of 
which about one-third was French, one-third colonial and 
the balance Vietnamese. About half the Vietnamese troops 
were well-trained; less than 10,000 were under Vietnamese 
officers, the rest having French officers. 

Opposing the French and Vietnam forces in Indo-China 
were 150,000 Vietminh troops, a large proportion of whom 
had been armed and trained at the principal depot and 
supply centre of Nanning in southern China. Ho Chi Minh 
maintained 53 well-armed battalions and 50 lightly armed 
units' of battalion strength in the vital Tongking area, where 
French communications to Hanoi and Haiphong were 
harassed. 

The French continued to hold the vital areas around 
Hanoi, but expected a major drive to capture this rice- 
producing region. General de Lattre de Tassigny was named 
commanding general in Jndo-China late in the year. 

Equipment. France depended heavily on U.S. equipment 
both in Indo-China and metropolitan France. Production 
of armoured vehicles was increased but was still insufficient. 

China. The strength of the Chinese Communist armies, 
like that of most Chinese armies, was very indefinite. There 
were probably about 3 million men under arms, of whom 
nearly half were in central Manchuria and North Korea. 
Mobilization was publicly decreed on Dec. 12, 1950, and 
there were indications that the Chinese Communists were 
apprehensive of a general war in Asia. In addition to the 
regular army, there was the People's militia of 2 million men. 

Most of the remaining forces of Chiang Kai-shek were 
concentrated on the island of Formosa, although some 
guerrilla bands continued to harass the Communist forces, 
particularly in southwest China. Chiang's forces numbered 



about 400,000, although most of these had received only six 
to eight weeks' training and very few were properly equipped. 

Disposition. There was an important shift in the dis- 
position of the Chinese armies following the intervention of 
Chinese Communist units in the Korean war. The 4th Field 
army, with a strength of more than 500,000 men and one 
of the best in China, was moved from the south to Korea. 
To fill the gap left by this movement the 3rd Field army 
moved to cover the Indo-China border and the coast opposite 
Formosa. The 2nd Field army was reported to be in south- 
west China and there was some indication that the 1st Field 
army was in central Manchuria. 

Organization. The strength of the Chinese divisions was 
7,000 to 10,000 men each. These were organized into three 
infantry regiments. The Chinese divisions had few supporting 
services suclj as engineers, communications, reconnaissance, 
etc. Artillery support was limited. Three divisions were 
grouped into each arjny, and three armies into each group of 
armies. A field army usually had several groups of armies. 

Equipment. Most small arms were old and of Soviet or 
U.S. origin. The Chinese had field artillery up to 155 mm. 
There were some U.S. light and medium tanks, and some 
Soviet small arms and medium tanks. 

The Korean War. Military observers noted the following 
facts in the Korean war. The training of both North Korean 
and Chinese troops was good, with a strong emphasis on 
guerrilla and infiltration tactics. The strategy was similar 
to that used in the civil war in China sudden attacks which 
faded away into the hills when they encountered opposition 
that was too strong. The leadership of the North Korean 
and Chinese forces was excellent and showed an ability to 
exploit any weakness and to take advantage of terrain. 
Soviet equipment stood up well under adverse conditions. 
Such equipment included a sub-machine gun with a drum- 
type magazine and high rate of fire, a 120-mm. mortar, 
jeeps and anti-tank guns. The T-34 tank had the field to 
itself until the U.S. General Patton tank with its 90-mm. gun 
arrived. (See KOREA; KOREAN WAR.) 

The North Atlantic Army. Agreement was finally reached 
in 1950 among the powers of the Atlantic area over the 
details of establishing an international army for the defence 
of western Europe. This followed the creation in 1948 of 
Western Union (q.v.) with its five-power defence treaty for 
50 years, and the signing in 1949 of the 12-nation North 



62 



ARMIES OF THE WORLD 



Atlantic treaty. Although all the Atlantic treaty nations 
passed greatly augmented defence budgets in 1950, agree- 
ment on the individual contributions and the composition 
of the army was not reached until late in the year. Even then 
the rearmament of Western Germany continued to be a 
controversial subject among the North Atlantic treaty powers, 
and a final solution concerning Western Germany was not 
reached in 1950. 

The following is a general indication of the number of 
divisions from the Atlantic treaty countries and Western 
Germany which were to be stationed in western Europe 'by 
1953 (number of divisions in western Europe in 1950 in 
brackets): the Benelux countries, 9(2); France, 25(5); Italy, 
18(8); United Kingdom, 7(2); United States, 10(2); total, 
69(19). To support these units the U.S. appropriated $6,000 
million in 1950 for equipment to be sent to the treaty nations. 

On Dec. 19, 1950, General Dwight D. Eisenhower (q.v.), 
United States, was appointed commander in chief of the 
forces of the North Atlantic treaty powers. 

Belgium. The army was reorganized to fit into the Atlantic 
treaty force. Three commands were established, one for the 
troops forming part of the treaty army, one for the defence 
of the national territory and one for maintenance and trans- 
port. Plans were made to send a full division to Germany 
to strengthen the Belgian corps, which consisted of two 
brigades in 1950. Compulsory service was extended from 
1 8 months to two years. Strength of the armed forces was 
75,000 but was to be raised to 150,000. 

Italy. During the year Italy maintained about 100,000 men 
in the army; in addition there were 70,000 carabinieri. To 
build up sufficient forces for defence, the 8 existing divisions 
would be increased to 12; there would also be 2 armoured 
brigades. The development of the army was hindered by 
lack of equipment, which would, however, be forthcoming 
under the Atlantic treaty. 

Netherlands. With the disbandment of the Netherlands 
Indies army, the Dutch commenced to build up their ground 
forces for the North Atlantic army. Supplies to .arm one 
infantry division were to be received from Canada. 

Eastern Europe. Bulgaria. One of the most advanced of 
the armies in the Soviet orbit, the Bulgarian army was 
reported to have 195,000 men under arms, although the 
treaty limit set a maximum figure of 55,000. The Bulgarian 
army was well-equipped with Sovi